[:: Date : & The prophetic word that came forth  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  :: ::  ::] 


:: Date & Confirmation in the news and what people have said has taken place  ::  ::  

-  ><>  -  ><>  -   -  <><  -  <><  -


:: 1-18-21 Frontpage Mag :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

After Conservative Deplatforming, Purge Moves to Ham Radio

Mon Jan 18, 2021 Daniel Greenfield

The two things about living under a totalitarian regime is the constant tyranny and absurdity.

After contriving to deplatform conservatives from every tech service and app they could manage, the purge boldly marches on to ham radio.

The US government is warning that groups could rely on radio equipment as an alternative to social media to plan future criminal activities.

In a stark warning Sunday, the Federal Communications Commission's enforcement bureau said people coordinating or conducting criminal activity over radio waves are breaking the law.

"The Bureau has become aware of discussions on social media platforms suggesting that certain radio services regulated by the Commission may be an alternative to social media platforms for groups to communicate and coordinate future activities," the FCC said in its warning Sunday. "Individuals using radios in the Amateur or Personal Radio Services in this manner may be subject to severe penalties, including significant fines, seizure of the offending equipment, and, in some cases, criminal prosecution."

Now that criminal activity has been redefined to mean questioning the results of elections won by Democrats (questioning elections won by Republicans is still patriotic), it can be banned by the FCC. Is there a wave of people taking to the incredibly secure platform of ham radio complete with built-in encryption?

I'm rather skeptical.

Totalitarians have to invent threats to pursue. There's always an emergency of one kind or another. And plotters are always engaging in increasingly implausible conspiracies and have to be put down.

And elements of the governments that were previously quiet can be militarized against this new threat. Like the threat of ham radio. 

:: 1-18-21 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Poland's Pastors Stood Up to the Satanic Globalists While America's Pastors Have Joined the Dark Side of Harris and Biden! Robert Griswold and Dave Hodges

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Monday, January 18, 2021 - 16:36.

The nation of Poland, has been and is a shining example to the world of what a courageous nation consists of. When the Nazis invaded in World War II, they met the German Panzer tanks on horseback. In the Warsaw Ghetto, the resisted the German occupation force with incredible courage.

After World War II, the Russian thugs came calling and enslaved the nation. However, they never gave in and eventually, they were able to win their final victory, and unlike so many nations after World War II, they maintained their territorial integrity, Christian heritage and national identity. It is safe to say that if the nation of Poland had just experienced an election theft similar to what the United States just experienced, their nation would have been turned upside down and the like of Kamala Harris and the Biden crime family would have been put in jail, if not executed for treason. Today, Poland is achieving what the United States does not have the resolve to do. They resisted attempted forced immigration with populations that were not compatible to their country. Unlike Europe and most of the world, the family structure is a major priority of the Polish government. And finally, they have just passed a law which will fine big tech for censorship in their version of Section 230 of the 1996 Communications Act.

The integrity of Poland is so appealing that this journalist would consider moving to Poland if I were a younger man. How do they do what the United States cannot? First of all, the Polish people make no secret of the fact that they are a Christian nation and clearly, God has blessed this nation. Secondly, their political leaders are loyal to their people and the criminal interests that permeate our Congress, a literal whorehouse, would never be tolerated in Poland. A belief in Christ and loyalty to the core principles of their nation is how Poland has become a superior nation. I am happy for this nation, but envious because we Americans are stuck with pedophiles, insider traders, traitors to Communist China, beneficiaries of bribery, permeated by those who tolerate and are complicity in child sex trafficking and are mocking Jesus and the teachings of Bible. Today, in America, the Clergy Response Team has been activated. This is part of the NOVAD plan to send undesirable, dissident Americans to FEMA camps and have the clergy assist the new rogue, Bolshevik government without being permitted to mention God and the Bible in the process. The pastors, the priests and most of Christian leadership have betrayed their core principles and America is soon going to resemble Nazi Germany of the Western Hemisphere and all that this development means.

The former Senate Majority Leader, Mitch McConnell takes donations from Communist-China-related-Dominion voting machine and he has also blocked election integrity bills. His wife, recently resigned Transportation Secretary Chao’s parents are the biggest operators of Communist Chinese ports. In Poland the pastors would pray for his soul right before the government executed him for treason!

Recently, I interviewed Robert Griswold about the betrayal of the government and mostly the church officials of the United States where being a Christian in America means trusting in a televangelist's false promises that God is some great slot machine in the sky who will enrich you if you only give money to the pastor. Could this nation find 100 pastors who would call the coronavirus scamdemic what it truly is, an national/global invasion by the Satanic New World Order? Every Pastor, loyal to the teachings of the Lord, should be lamenting from the pulpit the takeover of our government by Satanic-serving forces. Instead, we are hearing a bastardization of Romans 13 and your Pastor has now earned the right to not pay tax to a criminal, Bolshevik regime! This interview is not for the faint of heart and it is unlikely, after listening to this interview, that you will ever see your church and likely-complicit-pastor the same way again. By the way America, when was the last time your pastor said "we should protest against the evils of the act of murdering children as they are born?" Is your church a tax-exempt church? I just told you why your pastor does not speak out against abortion. If this were 2000 years ago, Jesus would have chased your pastor along with the bankers out of the Temple. We talk about Biden's treason, but the real treason in this country comes from its nation's pastors and that is why we are today, where we are.

The interview with Robert Griswold can be accessed by clicking this link. 

:: 1-18-21 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

French Workers Angrily Reject Social Distancing ‘Collars’

by Steve Watson January 18th 2021, 8:17 am

Factory workers in France have labeled social distancing ‘dog collars’ as an “attack on individual liberty” as employers are trying to make them wear the devices to enforce restrictions while working.

The alarm devices emit a noise and light up if workers get closer than two metres together, but have been slammed by a worker’s union for “infantilising” employees. The alarms are scheduled to be introduced by hygiene company Essity, which wants it’s factory workers to wear them around their necks.

The CFDT union told AFP that it is “a system comparable to ones that try to dissuade dogs from barking.” Christine Duguet, a union representative from the CFDT, suggested that the devices will “finish in the rubbish bins or stay in a cupboard,” adding “This is complete nonsense.”

Duguet also expressed concerns that the company would attempt to keep the system in place as a ‘security measure’ even after the pandemic ends.

The device is manufactured by a Belgian company called Phi Data, which also offers a similar device that can be activated by the wearer if they feel someone comes too close to them.

Imagine that hell. Karens everywhere emitting bleeping blaring alarms if you dare to walk past them on the street.

Other similar devices have been developed by tech companies and researchers seeking to cash in on the pandemic panic:

There are also scores of videos on YouTube detailing how to make DIY versions of the devices:

This is not normal. What has happened to humans?

Where does this end up? Electronic collars that administer a shock if you break distancing restrictions?

Aside from the imprisonment of everyone inside pods, this weird technology is being embraced with the social distancing justification.

Amazon is reported to have experimented with such technology in their warehouses:

As we highlighted back in October, Hitachi has developed similar technology, which includes cartoon fish swimming around inside a bubble. When a person violates social distancing, the fish escape.

The promo video brags that the technology “can even be deployed inside elevators” and Hitachi is “hoping to get the technology commercialized quickly.” Given that numerous prominent people are insisting that social distancing and other coronavirus restrictions are here to say, it’s perfectly feasible to imagine a near future in which this technology is widely adopted.

China is already linking coronavirus rules to its onerous social credit score system, in addition to using AI to discipline its slave labor workforce, so the idea that people could be publicly shamed or punished for getting too close to others is a very real possibility.

Crossroads with Joshua Philipp


CCP has launched a new #SocialControl system called “civilization code,” that combines China’s coronavirus #HealthCode app with the “social credit system” which allows the #CCP to track and trace citizens with a tighter grip. 

:: 1-18-21 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Seven months ago, Kamala Harris bailed out criminal rioters; now she wants to punish Capitol “insurrectionists”

Monday, January 18, 2021 by: Ethan Huff

(Natural News) Standing in brave opposition to the political establishment on Wednesday, Rep. Lauren Boebert of Colorado blasted the Democrats for impeaching President Donald Trump over “political violence” at the Capitol when many of them, including Kamala Harris, helped bail out the left-wing rioters that destroyed America back in the summer in honor of George Floyd and Breonna Taylor.

Boebert asked Nancy Pelosi why her party felt that it was okay to encourage and normalize violence between the end of May through Jan. 5, only to switch the narrative on Jan. 6 following the false flag “siege” at the Capitol building.

“Where’s the accountability for the left after encouraging and normalizing violence?” Boebert stated. “Rather than helping American people in this time, we start impeachments that further divide our country. I call bull crap.”

Truth be told, the left’s goading of political violence extends back years, as all throughout the Obama years it was considered both acceptable and virtuous to destroy property, assault people, and engage in domestic terrorism to fight “systemic racism.” Now, it is suddenly not okay to protest a fraudulent election, as the Democrats apparently consider a mostly peaceful protest to be “insurrection.”

The hypocrisy is disgusting,” tweeted a Trump supporter named David Leatherwood.Democrat leaders have been inciting, enabling, and applauding political violence for (at least) the past four years. Don’t apologize to these people, they are absolute monsters.”

To keep up with the latest news about hypocritical Democrats and their newfound concern for the enforcement of “law and order” – but only when Republicans get “out of line” – be sure to check out

Imagine the outrage if Republicans set up a bailout fund for the Capitol protesters?

Back when Kamala Harris and her allies announced the establishment of bail funds for Black Lives Matter (BLM) and Antifa rioters, the mainstream media called her “brave” and “bold.” Now, we can only imagine what the response would be if Republicans set up a bailout fund for the Capitol protesters.

Not only did Harris set up a bail fund for leftist agitators, she also called for more protest violence to end the type of “racism” that leads to criminals like George Floyd, who actually died from a fentanyl overdose, getting arrested for criminal behavior.

Harris also called for supporters of a child rapist to post bail so he could get back out on the streets to engage in even more pedophilia – so stunning and brave!

Meanwhile, the left is honed in on persecuting anyone who was spotted in our nation’s capital on Jan. 6, regardless of whether they actually invaded the Capitol building or not. Merely supporting President Trump while opposing fraudulent elections is now considered by the left to be “treason.”

Rep. Kat Cammack, another member of Congress who voiced opposition to Trump’s second impeachment, tweeted that if only Pelosi had cared as much about helping struggling Americans as she does about punishing the president for trying to salvage free and fair elections, then the country would not have had to wait six months for a piddly $600 “relief” check from the Treasury.

“Democrats have had articles of impeachment pre-written for every possible situation,” wrote one Twitter user in response to Cammack’s tweet.

“She doesn’t care about the people that put her there,” wrote another about Pelosi. “She is driven by vengeance and she thinks she is bigger than life. Power got to her head. At 80 years old you would expect someone to be wiser and more compassionate. God only knows when you get older you need to reflect.”

“Was $600 and ‘at least we got rid of Trump’ enough to pay everyone’s rent?” joked yet another.

Sources for this article include: 

:: 1-14-21 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Florida's New Assault Weapons Ban Bill Explained: Its Bad!

521,030 views •Jan 14, 2021

Guns & Gadgets 422K subscribers

Florida's New Assault Weapons Ban Bill Explained: Its Bad!

Florida Assault Weapon Ban Bill: 

Contact Florida Senate President: 

:: 1--21 The Burning Platform :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

America’s Demise Is Near At Hand

Guest Post by Paul Craig Roberts

For years I have been cataloging America’s decline into collapse, not merely economic collapse from economic concentration and the offshoring of jobs and investment, but also the collapse of the belief system that created some unity among a diverse population. Today not only is the economy done for, but so is the belief system that sustained social and political stability.

America no longer exists. A geographical entity exists of diverse peoples and interests, but not a country, much less a nation. The United States itself has degenerated into an empire. It is no longer simply a country with an empire. The 50 states are themselves the Establishment’s empire, and it can only be held together by force. Earlier in my life free speech was used by liberals to legalize pornography, homosexual marriage, and abortion, all of which were opposed by the majority of the population. This did not stop liberals from imposing their agendas on the people.

Today free speech is impermissible, because it can be used to protest what half of the population sincerely believes was a stolen presidential election. Even attorneys and legal firms that brought legitimate cases of electoral fraud for clients are being punished for doing the ordinary work of attorneys. The same is happening to university professors and to average Americans who exercised their Constitutionally protected right of free speech and association and attended the Trump rally. See for example: 

In America today, free speech can only be exercised in narrow and controlled channels. It can be used to demonize President Trump and his supporters as “enemies of democracy.” It can be used to demonize white people as “systemic racists” and “white supremacists,” and to demonize heterosexual white males as “misogynists.” Its one other use is to demonize countries—Russia, China, and Iran—that stand in the way of Washington’s hegemony. There are no other permissible uses of free speech today in the United States, an inappropriate name of the country as the country has been throughly disunited by Identity Politics and a presidential election widely perceived by voters to have been stolen.

I have provided for my readers a massive, but only partial, list of evidence of a stolen election. See: 

But a simple question suffices: If the election was not stolen, why is it impermissible to raise the question? Explanations that are off limits to investigation and public discussion are unlikely to be true. The reason they are off limits is because they cannot withstand examination. You don’t have to go back far in time to get a long list: Assassinations of JFK, RFK, and MLK, Waco, Oklahoma City Bombing, 9/11, Saddam Hussein’s weapons of mass destruction, Iranian nukes, Assayd’s use of chemical weapons, Russian invasion of Ukraine, Russiagate, 2020 electoral fraud, January 6 Trump Insurrection. And, yes, I left out some, but the point stands without them. A country in which explanations are controlled is a country in which people live in lies. In America and Western civilization generally, the concept of objective truth has essentially been destroyed, especially in educational and communication institutions. Throughout the Western World the basis of truth has been shifted from evidence to emotion. Emotion has become the important evidence. Objective truth is dismissed as a construct that serves white males. 

In America today everything is aligned against the white heterosexual population. The Democrat left, universities, and media are aligned with race and gender victims of alleged white racism and transphobia. Kristen Clarke has been appointed to the Justice (sic) Department to ensure that employment and promotion policies are aligned with race and gender victims. 

Immigration policy is aligned against white Americans. Powerless as a majority, white Americans have no future as a minority.



Even if white Americans could escape their insouciance and realize that their country is being taken away from them, they are powerless to do anything about it. With the new domestic terrorism bill on the way, even a protest against dispossession is criminalized as sedition. There are many interesting aspects of the situation that we could explore. But let’s take only one. The Biden regime seems to be filling up with neoconservative zionists who are agents of Washington and Israel’s hegemony. The pursuit of this hegemony involves conflict with Russia, China, and Iran.

Washington will be entering these conflicts with a collapsed economy and a sharpely divided population. Will the real backbone of the American armed forces—Trump deplorables—fight for an Establishment that hates its guts? Will an economy drowning in debt and destroyed by corporate offshoring of investment and American middle class jobs and now by lockdowns that are destroying the remaining pieces of the middle class—small businesses—be able to sustain a conflict with nations more unified and free of external debt and unmanageable internal debt? If so, it will be the first time in history. How long will Trump deplorables remain docile when they realize that they are being exterminated by being cut off from equal rights, constitutional protection, employment and avenues of success?

As for the Establishment itself, when will its arrogance and confidence be shaken by the realization that it cannot control the anti-white, anti-American ideologues it has created and is itself facing the situation faced by Kerensky, the Brownshirts, and the Chinese Communist Party when Mao unleashed the cultural revolution? Having empowered hatred and having let it out of the bottle, the Establishment itself will be destroyed by it.

Who will the Establishment appeal to when the revolution turns on them? What answer will the Establishment have when they are asked the question Bolsheviks put to Kerensky: “Who chose you?”  

:: 11-1-09 Imperial College London :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Martins’ and Sephton’s Alien Origins

01 November 2009

It is not every day that you discover your ancestors were alien, but to Zita Martins and Mark Sephton in ESE the realisation came with the analysis of a carbon-rich meteorite called Murchison. The meteorite fell in Australia in 1969 and previous analyses have shown that it contains a huge variety of organic compounds from hydrocarbons to coal-like macromolecular material. Amongst these molecules are nucleobases, compounds which are precursors to the molecules that make up DNA and RNA, the fundamental genetic units of all known living organisms.

The presence of nucleobases in the Murchison meteorite suggest that perhaps meteorites, which showered the early Earth, provided the basic building blocks from which the first living organisms were constructed. However, there was an alternative explanation, the Murchison meteorite fell in a farmyard and it was possible that the small amounts of nucleobases it contains had very terrestrial and quite smelly farmyard origin.

To prove whether nucleobases within Murchison were indigenous extraterrestrial molecules or cow-derived contamination Martins and Sephton isolated uracil and xanthine from the meteorite and using world-leading GC-QMS analyses measured the carbon isotope ratios of the molecules. Extraterrestrial organic molecules are isotopically heavier than their terrestrial counterparts having higher abundances of carbon-13 compared with carbon-12. The results confirmed that Murchison’s nucleobases are from space.

meteoriteThe results of the study have been published in a paper in Earth and Planetary Science Letters. Lead author Dr Zita Martins says that the research may provide evidence explaining the evolution of early life. She says:  We believe early life may have adopted nucleobases from meteoritic fragments for use in genetic coding which enabled them to pass on their successful features to subsequent generations.”

Between 3.8 to 4.4 billion years ago large numbers of rocks similar to the Murchison meteorite rained down on Earth at the time when primitive life was first forming. The heavy bombardment would have dropped large amounts of meteorite material to the surface of planets like Earth and Mars.

Co-author Professor Mark Sephton, also of ESE, believes this research is an important step in understanding how early life might have evolved. He added:

“Because meteorites represent left over materials from the formation of the solar system, the key components for life – including nucleobases – could be widespread in the cosmos. As more and more of life’s raw materials are discovered from space, the possibility of life springing forth wherever the right chemistry is present becomes more likely.”

Associated Personnel 

:: 1-19-21 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Wuhan medics are secretly filmed admitting they were told to LIE and that they KNEW coronavirus was deadly and spreading between humans before China told the world

Medics in Wuhan say they knew about virus deaths as early as December 2019

They also realised virus was spreading between humans before the WHO did

ITV documentary Outbreak: The Virus That Shook The World airs at 9pm Tuesday

By Tim Stickings For Mailonline

Published: 05:39 EST, 19 January 2021 | Updated: 10:06 EST, 19 January 2021

Chinese medics have been secretly filmed admitting they knew how dangerous the coronavirus was when it began to wreak havoc in Wuhan - but say they were told to lie about it.

Medical professionals in Wuhan say they knew about virus deaths as early as December 2019, but it was mid-January before China first informed the WHO of a fatality.

They also realized that the virus was passing between humans, but hospitals were told 'not to tell the truth' and calls to scrap Lunar New Year festivities were rejected because authorities wanted to 'present a harmonious and prosperous society".

The new testimony, which will be broadcast tonight in an ITV documentary called Outbreak: The Virus That Shook The World, flies in the face of China's denials that it covered up the epidemic in its earliest days.

It comes amid growing pressure on China after a WHO-backed panel said on Monday that Beijing was too slow to respond to the outbreak, days after the US published new claims suggesting the virus could have leaked from a Wuhan lab.

The video also adds to a growing body of evidence that China lied to the world about the early stages of the coronavirus outbreak, allowing it to balloon into a global pandemic.

China first informed the WHO of 27 cases of the then-unknown disease on December 31, 2019, with no deaths reported until mid-January.

But Chinese medics filmed secretly by a citizen journalist say they knew before then that the virus was deadly.

One medic said: 'Actually, at the end of December or beginning of January, the relative of someone I know died of this virus. Many of those living with him were also infected, including people I know.'

As late as January 12, the WHO was saying there was 'no clear evidence of human to human transmission' and said it was 'reassured of the quality' of China's response.

But one Chinese medic said: 'We all felt there shouldn't be any doubt about human to human transmission.'

According to one account, doctors who attended a hospital meeting were 'told not to speak out' about the true nature of the contagion.

'We knew this virus transmitted from human to human. But when we attended a hospital meeting, we were told not to speak out,' one medic said. 'The provincial leaders told the hospitals not to tell the truth.'

By January 21, when the WHO issued its first situation report on the virus, the disease had infected at least 278 people in China and spread to three other countries.

The medics also claim that authorities knew the risks of Lunar New Year celebrations, realising that the travel and crowds could 'accelerate the spread of the virus'.

'People suggested at city level that it shouldn't go ahead, but it did because such an event would present a harmonious and prosperous society,' one said.

The testimony of Wuhan medical professionals testimony is backed by leading virologists, including infectious diseases specialist Dr Yi-Chun Lo, the deputy director-general of the Centers for Disease Control in Taiwan.

He said: 'The very early outbreak management was just a mess, a failure. I think the pandemic could have been avoided at the beginning if China was transparent about the outbreak and was quick to provide necessary information to the world.'

The documentary also hears from Dr Yin-Ching Chuang, from the Infectious Diseases Prevention and Treatment Network in Taiwan, who says he and his team had tried desperately to find out whether the virus was spreading between humans.

After getting permission to travel to mainland China, they say they found it difficult to get clear answers until the truth finally emerged in a meeting.

'We asked a lot of questions, very unwillingly they finally came out and said limited human-to-human transmission can't be ruled out,' he said.

Dr Chuang said: 'What was the scale of infection? How big was this epidemic? How many patients were affected? We didn't know. Only they knew this.

'Why didn't China inform other countries of this human-to-human matter earlier?'

Virologist Sir Paul Nurse, of the Francis Crick Institute in London, said the outbreak from China to the rest of the world was 'like a forest fire in the Australian outback'.

'What might've taken two, three, four, five years to spread a couple of hundred years ago can spread in 24 hours,' he said.

The Chinese government declined to comment, but Beijing has repeatedly rejected claims of a cover-up and said it provided timely information once facts were known.

Beijing has touted its recovery from the early outbreak as a triumph for its Communist leaders, with China's economy the only major one to grow in 2020.

But on Monday, a new report by a WHO-backed expert panel said it was 'clear' that 'public health measures could have been applied more forcefully by local and national health authorities in China' last January.

The panel, set up last July after countries including Australia angered China by calling for an investigation, said there was 'potential for early signs to have been acted on more rapidly' by both China and the WHO.

The criticism is at odds with the WHO's public statements at the time, when it praised China for the 'remarkable speed' with which it responded to the outbreak.

The panel also faulted the WHO itself, which has faced a chorus of criticism led by Donald Trump for being too close to Beijing.

The criticism of both authorities comes as a team of WHO experts carries out a separate, politically sensitive mission in China to investigate the origins of the disease.

WHO chief Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus said on Monday that 'no one should be in any doubt that this is a scientific exercise' to understand how the virus emerged.

The team was expected to investigate the animal market linked to an early cluster of cases, but it is no longer thought that this was necessarily where the virus jumped from animals to humans.

It is widely suspected that the virus originated in bats, but scientists say that it may have passed to humans via another species, possibly pangolins.

The Trump administration has touted alternative theories, rejected by China, that the virus could have leaked out from a virology lab in Wuhan.

Last Friday, the US state department claimed that some researchers at the institute had shown possible Covid-19 symptoms weeks before the outbreak came to light.

China, for its part, has promoted the idea that the virus might not have originated within its borders at all but arrived on contaminated seafood from elsewhere.

The documentary airs on ITV at 9pm on Tuesday. 

:: 1-15-21 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Left Began The Domestic Terror

Jon Bowne |

January 15th 2021, 12:31 pm

The Democrats are acting as if we are under an alien invasion, however, it’s merely their constituents who have had enough of their rights being stripped, the corruption on parade, and our vote being compromised. Instead of throwing a blanket of calm and unification over the raging fire of frustration, the Corpracratic Country Club responds with gasoline. Amongst themselves, the left foments a dangerous communistic narrative deeming all conservatives as sub-human trash.

But they can’t escape the facts.

And it is as plain as day that the left began the domestic terror. 

:: 1--21 Breitbart :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Exclusive — Gov. Greg Abbott: Texas Is ‘Leading the Nation’ in Vaccine Distribution

Texas Gov. Greg Abbott (R) told Breitbart News on Saturday that his state is “leading the nation” in vaccine distribution as part of an exclusive interview that came just after Texas became the first state to vaccinate a million residents from the coronavirus.

We’re showing the country how to get this done,” Abbott said on Breitbart News Saturday on SiriusXM 125 the Patriot Channel. “But the first thing I want to convey to your audience a standard we have in the state of Texas is when it comes to vaccines: they are always voluntary, never forced or required. People have a choice in Texas whether they want to take a vaccine or not. For those who do want to take a vaccine, we have created a very robust system to make sure we are getting this out as quickly as possible. One thing that we did where we led the nation is we were the first to pivot to ensuring that anybody aged 65 and older would be able to get access to the vaccine. The original strategy by the federal government was too complicated and it slowed things down too much. Also, we wanted to target the people who would be most likely to either lose life or face the harsh consequences from COVID [Chinese coronavirus]. That is people aged 65 and older. If we exclude that group, hardly anybody loses life.” Abbott also said Texas has created dozens of hubs around the state at which residents can receive the vaccine if they choose to do so.

“The second thing we did was we created these massive hubs,” Abbott said. “We have 28 hubs in the state of Texas, where each of these hubs provide between one and four thousand vaccinations per day. Then in addition to those hubs we also have more than 200 other locations across the state that provide hundreds of vaccinations per day. Through that process, we are able to get people in and out typically within a few hours in a day. A location is going to be able to provide thousands upon thousands of vaccines and our goal is to make sure we get all of those vaccines out as quickly as possible because one thing we really want to do in Texas is we want to get COVID behind us and get people back to work and get back to normal as it was before COVID and the best way to do that is to make sure we get these vaccines out. One more thing I’ll tell you and that is not only is Texas leading the nation with regard to the number of vaccines distributed, if you look at all the top 20 states in the United States we also have the greatest percentage of vaccines that we have that have been actually administered to people. We are now at about 70 percent of vaccines that have been delivered to Texas have been administered to people in our state. So we are rocking and rolling with regard to making sure we are getting people in the state of Texas who want a vaccine to get a vaccine.”

Other red states, like Florida and South Dakota, are also seeing similar success with vaccine distribution, while blue states like New York and California, under Democrat leadership, have failed in the early days of vaccine distribution. Abbott attributed the GOP successes, and Democrat failures, to unnecessary bureaucracy in blue states that stands in the way of distriibuting and administering the vaccine.

“In typical fashion, the Democrat states are typically more bureaucratic,” Abbott told Breitbart News. “When it comes to something like mass and swift distribution of something like vaccines, you need to dispense with all the bureaucracy. You just need to execute. And, Republicans and red states are better at executing than Democrats who get bogged down in the slowness that goes along with bureaucracy.”

Abbott, whose state was one of the first to begin reopening as far back as late April last year, said that despite the pandemic Texas had the best year it has ever had in terms of economic development. As the state continues to fight the pandemic into early 2021, and aims to put it behind the state this year as the vaccine gets further distributed, Abbott said that he believes Texas could have an even better 2021 economically. “It’s twofold. One, it’s just making sure we continue to execute the release of the vaccine and vaccinate our population so every aspect of our business will be able to get back to normal as quickly as possible,” Abbott said when asked what’s next for beating the coronavirus pandemic. “Candidly, what we are doing is we are looking very forward. You mentioned businesses and things like that. During the course of 2020, the pandemic year, Texas—which always ranks number one in the United States for economic development, there’s an award given out for this it’s called the Governor’s Cup. Every year that I’ve been governor Texas has received the Governor’s Cup as the number one state in America for new economic projects. Believe it or not, 2020 was our best year ever. We are seeing Texas explode with regard to economic development. Already, 2021 is lining up to be maybe even better than 2020. We have 200 projects in our pipeline as we are speaking today. We are pedal to the metal not only with regard to business but coming back even better. We operate on a two-year budget cycle that we’re going into which begins this coming September. I believe our two-year budget cycle this coming two years will be better than it has ever been. We’re going to come out of this pandemic bigger, stronger, and more powerful and more entrepreneurial than we’ve ever been in Texas.”

What’s more, Abbott said that a massive influx of people continues to move to Texas from failed blue states like California and New York. The highest profile one is tech entrepreneur Elon Musk, whom Abbott described as a “natural conservative,” but millions more are coming from blue states. Even so, Abbott said, they are not hurting the state’s conservative and Republican pedigree, as the people who are coming are conservatives — while liberals from Texas are leaving for the Democrat havens in places like California.

“It has completely accelerated,” Abbot said when asked about the trend of people moving to Texas from blue states. “Elon is maybe the highest profile person, but there are so many more like him. Elon actually has become a very good friend of mine, and we communicate every single week. He’s a true conservative and he’s against big government. He knows big government slows his ability to grow and expand all of his businesses. Remember this, people think of Elon Musk and they think of Tesla — which now has a massive operation in Texas. But another thing he’s doing at the exact same time is SpaceX. SpaceX launches are taking place in the state of Texas. Then he has The Boring Company, which he’s also working in the state of Texas. But here’s the point I want to get to because I want to make sure you and your audience know what I’m about to say. Typically, when people talk about people coming from California or wherever to the state of Texas they think oh they’re just going to turn Texas blue. I can prove factually that is not the case. For one, I’ve talked to these business leaders who are coming here and they fit within the profile of what you would think. That is if you like big government and you like high taxes, and you like all of these social programs and leftist social agendas, the last place you would leave is California and the last place you would come to is the state of Texas. I have math supporting what I’m about to tell you and that is two elections ago, not the presidential election but the midterm election before. I was on the ballot and that was the big race between [Sen.] Ted Cruz [R-TX] and [then-Democrat Senate candidate] Beto O’Rourke. We did exit polls after people had voted and we did a poll that said did you vote for me or my opponent and did you vote for Ted Cruz or Beto O’Rourke. Then we asked the question if you moved to Texas from California or if you were a native-born Texan. Believe it or not, Ted Cruz got 57 percent of the vote from people who moved from California. Ted Cruz got a higher percent of the vote of people who moved from California than he did from native-born Texans. So here’s what’s going on. There are a lot of people who are coming from California to Texas every year and they are more conservative and believe it or not, there are a lot of Texans who move to California every year. So, what I think is going on is conservatives from California are moving to Texas and liberals from Texas are moving to California.” Abbott concluded the interview by saying the future for Republicans and conservatives is “very bright,” despite the fact that the Democrats are going to have complete control in Washington when President-elect Joe Biden is sworn in Wednesday. When Biden is sworn in, Vice President-elect Kamala Harris will head to the U.S. Senate to break the tie in that chamber and hand control of the Senate to the Democrats — who already have a majority, albeit a much slimmer one than last year, in the U.S. House. Despite this, Abbott believes that conservative principles will win the day in the long run as evidenced by the continued success of states like Texas.

“The future is going to be very bright,” Abbott said. “First, I’ll tell you this thing that will cause tears for the Democrats and that is because of the population growth we’ve seen in the state of Texas, Texas will gain electoral college votes with the redistricting process that will take place this year. California and New York each will lose electoral college votes. Texas will be even more prolific going forward in future presidential elections and also with regard to the size of our congressional delegation we should pick up maybe three seats this year. But with regard to the conservative movement going forward, listen: Conservative principles aren’t going away. One thing we have found in Texas is that conservatives principles are what drives the state and it’s also what drives people to the state of Texas. So if we double down on conservative principles, and obviously we understand that people run their lives better than government runs their lives. One reason why Texas is so strong with regard to economic development is we know we can’t run these businesses, they can better than government can. When you have California and New York trying to regulate these businesses, that destroys those businesses. But we have to go back to the core values of freedom, freedom as established in the Constitution, freedom of speech, freedom of religion. We saw in places like New York in the course of the pandemic they were shutting down churches. In the state of Texas, we have made sure that churches remained open. But also focusing on the Second Amendment. You see some of these people, and maybe all of these people, who ran for president on the Democrat side. They were talking about coming to get your guns. Texas is a Second Amendment sanctuary state. In fact, just yesterday it was announced that the NRA is moving to the great state of Texas.” 

:: 1-18-21 SHTF Plan :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

It Starts: Seattle Fire Will Go Door To Door To “Adult Family” Homes Administer COVID-19 Vaccines

Mac Slavo January 18th, 2021

The government is about to bring the vaccine to your door. Seattle Fire Department paramedics will be going door to door starting Thursday to vaccinate “residents of adult family homes throughout the city.” They will start by going to “adult family homes.”

The city of Seattle was approved late last week as a distributor of COVID-19 vaccines, Mayor Jenny Durkan announced. “The City” refers to anyone employed and currently accepting a paycheck from the city government of Seattle. Durkan framed the new push as the first in what will eventually be a major city effort to distribute the vaccine from sites spread throughout the city.

The Propaganda Is Non-Stop For The Beast System: No Travel Without The Vaccine

And just what, exactly, do you think will happen if you refuse the vaccine from a paramedic? An armed police officer will likely be there next to “follow the orders” of the mayor. It’s begun. “We have to get these shots out of refrigerators and into people’s arms,” the mayor said. “We hope that if we get steady supplies, we will stand up mass vaccination sites side by side with our testing sites.”

The city has, for months, operated four free drive-up coronavirus testing sites that, city officials said, have conducted more than 556,000 tests.

They are rolling out this vaccine almost as fast as troops piled up in Washington D.C. Wake up, folks. It’s about to real and ugly. The Seattle mayor has also discussed setting up vaccine sites at schools.

“It will really have to be an all-hands-on-deck approach,” she said according to a report by EMS1. The mayor stressed that to reach the 70% vaccination rate of its adult population, King County will have to vaccinate 1.3 million people, giving out 2.6 million shots. “It is an undertaking that our country has never done before, not on this scale.”

Seattle Fire plans to complete the first round of vaccinations by Jan. 24 and the second dose by Feb. 21.

Since receiving vaccines in mid-December, the state has struggled to quickly vaccinate the most vulnerable people: long-term care residents and health care workers. CVS and Walgreens, which have been contracted to set up vaccine clinics at long-term care facilities, have fumbled scheduling vaccine clinics, after waiting weeks for state approval.

The Washington State Department of Health on Saturday approved Seattle Fire as a vaccine distributor. –EMS1 

:: 1-18-21 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Elite Plan Satanic Ritual for Joe Biden Inauguration as Democrats Commit Open Insurrection – Watch Live

The Alex Jones Show January 18th 2021, 3:00 pm

At least 25,000 Guardsmen are protecting the Capitol complex.

Armed protesters have arrived at multiple state capitol complexes across the country Sunday morning. This follows a special bulletin from the FBI last week that warned: “armed protests” were being planned at 50 state capitols and the US Capitol in Washington, DC, ahead of President-elect Joe Biden’s inauguration on Jan. 20.

While the protesters are being identified across various platforms as members of a so-called “boogaloo” movement, they largely appear to be generic anti-government anarchists – some of whom call themselves “liberty boys,” and others who oppose the conservative Proud Boys. Their sudden emergence surrounding the inauguration is curious, to say the least.

A field reporter at The Daily Caller, Jorge Ventura, reports from the Ohio Statehouse, where he notes that “580 National Guard members” were activated “to provide security around the Ohio Statehouse in downtown Columbus through Wednesday.”

On top of this all, civil flight observers have said, “amount of USAF cargo aircraft (C130s C17s KC135s KC46s) bringing National Guard troops to Washington DC/Capitol is truly impressive. Almost a constant air bridge for the past several days.” 

:: 1-18-21 Rumble :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Clinton Calls For Criminal Laws Against Trump Supporters & CNN Calls For Conservatives Removal!

Lisa Haven Published January 18, 2021 11,575 Views

Video click on link 

:: 1-18-21 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Who Didn't See This Coming? Speech Nazis Want News Outlets That Don't Toe The Liberal Line Blacklisted By Cable Providers - Next Up: Will Demand They Block Independent Media Website IPs

By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine January 18, 2021

First it was social media and big tech censoring conservatives, while claiming they weren't, until proven that they not only were, but they felt so empowered due to their monopolies that they could, and did, deplatform the President of the United States of America.

Tens of thousands of conservatives were then terminated or suspended from their platforms, all for questioning the legitimacy of the 2020 presidential election after documented voting irregularities were established in multiple states.

These latest actions followed years of censoring and demonizing conservatives online, from Twitter to Facebook to YouTube and even Google searches.

As trust in the media continues to dwindle, we now see CNN "journalists" demanding that the largest of cable companies deny contracts to conservatives news outlets, like NewsMax TV and One American News (OAN).

"We are going to have to figure out the OAN and Newsmax problem. These companies have freedom of speech, but I'm not sure we need Verizon, AT&T, Comcast and such bringing them into tens of millions of homes," @alexstamos tells @brianstelter.

So, Oliver Darcy,was quoting a guest on Brian Stelters show, then Darcy continues to explain why CNN is pushing to have cable companies censor conservatives news, which would force all Americans to rely on leftist outlets like CNN.

Just a reminder that neither @Verizon, @ATT, nor @comcast have answered any questions about why they beam channels like OAN & Newsmax into millions of homes. Do they have any second thoughts about distributing these channels given their election denialism content? They won't say.

CNN, the same "news" outlet that pushed the Russia collusion hoax for four years, the same outlet that was forced to delete, edit, correct, completely change, and retract multiple different articles, one causing the resignation of three of their "reporters."

Election denialism.....hmmmmmm. Like questioning why GOP observers were disallowed from observing, despite judges ruling them must allow them. Like suitcases of ballots brought in under the cover of night. Like questioning the changing of votes, caught on camera no less.

So, basically questioning anything the MSM doesn't wants us to question, is a reason to prevent millions of people that make the choice to watch NewsMax and OAN, from doing so.

Sounds a little like they are scared of something, yes?


Social media and big tech have already censored Independent media. Whether by limiting their "reach" on Facebook if the message doesn't toe the liberal Zuckerberg line, shadow banning, banning, or suspending accounts on Twitter for daring to have an opinion other than Jack Dorsey's and his merry little band of communist workers.

Now they are going after conservatives or Independent news outlets on cable TV.

Once they have browbeat network cables providers into dropping NewsMax and OAN, the next step for them is very easy, since most cable providers are also internet providers, with the ability to mass block any URL or website they want to.

If those providers caved to the censoring of conservatives news cable outlets, how long before those same providers nail the rest of us by blocking our websites from their users.

In many places, there is only one choice for a provider, which would leave independent media, nor their own users, with no recourse.


While most of us simply do not have pockets deep enough to create an entire conservative network online, including but not limited to; Internet and cable news providers to be a counterbalance to Verison, AT&T, Comcast, etc, Online hosting services, video channels....there are many conservatives, watching how fast Independent and conservatives voices are being wiped out all across the Internet.

Some have already begun. Brighteon and/or Rumble have created their own video platform, used now by many that were banned, or censored on YouTube.

DuckDuckGom or other search engines bypassing the liberally skewed results found on Google and others.

Gab as a free speech alternative to Twitter and even Facebook.

Parler was growing by leaps and bounds, millions were flocking there to get away from Twitter and Facebook and wham, big tech went after them, Amazon terminated their hosting services, and it is an open question whether they will be able to get back online.

The difference between Gab and Parler, is that when Gab first began, they attacked them as well. Hosting providers cut them off, just as they did with Parler, but GAB created their own network, hosting their own website, bypassing the ability of others to cut them off.

As I pointed out just days ago, we need services geared for free speech, free flow of information and a way to to keep the speech Nazis from controlling everything Americans see and hear.

After Twitter banned President Trump from their platform, he took to his @Potus account to inform his followers that his team has been "negotiating with other site," and looking into "building out" a separate platform to counter the liberal control and monopoly of social media, so open communications without fear of censorship.


President Trump cannot do this all himself, we need a network of others to join with him, to create an entire portion of the internet into a complete free speech zone, without thought or fear of anyone being able to silence the truth or even opinions that don't match with their world view.

Make no mistake, any conservative and independent network will draw the attention and ire of the liberal speech and thought police, so of course they will rush right over to find something to whine about, but, when they discover that they can speak freely, but cannot silence conservatives, heads will be exploding all over the place.

We need to cancel the cancel culture.

In the first video below, we see a clip of the speech Nazis over at CNN discussing why Americans should not be allowed to see conservative news on their cable outlets. 

[ :: 5-12-13 am service (first word)  :: ::  :: ::  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. the world is in darkness and that darkness continues to grow darker and darker and darker, for they follow the evil plans of the enemy and they know not which plans they follow, they just desire to be the conquerors the controllers, the dictators etc.

:: 1-17-21 Gateway Pundit :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

HERE THEY ARE: The Five Most Obvious Acts of Fraud in the 2020 Election that You Are No Longer Allowed to Discuss

By Jim Hoft Published January 17, 2021 at 6:33pm 2148 Comments

For months now, since Election night on November 3rd, The Gateway Pundit has been exposing the massive and unprecedented fraud in the 2020 presidential election.

The days when Democrats find 500 ballots in a trunk of a car are over. Today their election fraud includes likely every segment of the election process from illegal voters to fraudulent counting.

Since the US Capitol rioting on January 6th the Democrat-Media Complex, including the tech giants, will no longer allow ANY discussion on fraud in the 2020 election. Democrats and RINO Republicans like Lindsey Graham are determined to shut this discussion down.

This is a lie.

They are trying to control what you can say, read or see.

In response to this media gaslighting today we are releasing our list of the Five Most Significant Acts of Fraud in the 2020 election.


1.) The Georgia Late Night Hidden Suitcase Heist:

in late December President Trump tweeted out an OANN report on a Gateway Pundit investigation of the Atlanta suitcase voter fraud scandal.

The Gateway Pundit was first to identify Ruby Freeman, her daughter Wandrea “Shaye” Moss, and their boss Ralph Jones, Sr. in the infamous suitcase ballot hoist.

We later reported on Ruby Freeman running the same batch of ballots through the counting machines at least three times after these Democrat operatives cleared the room of observers!

President Trump tweeted this OANN and Gateway Pundit video. 

— Donald J. Trump (@realDonaldTrump) December 23, 2020

Shaye Moss is the same person who called out for observers to go home late on election night before the ballot heist.

Ralph Jones, Sr. is ON AUDIO telling reporters he was going to shut down the State Farm Center early and send observers home. This was BEFORE the suitcase ballot heist!

HERE THEY ARE: The Five Most Obvious Acts of Fraud in the 2020 Election that You Are No Longer Allowed to Discuss

By Jim Hoft Published January 17, 2021 at 6:33pm 2148 Comments Share (9k) Tweet P Share Email

For months now, since Election night on November 3rd, The Gateway Pundit has been exposing the massive and unprecedented fraud in the 2020 presidential election.

The days when Democrats find 500 ballots in a trunk of a car are over. Today their election fraud includes likely every segment of the election process from illegal voters to fraudulent counting.

Advertisement - story continues below

Since the US Capitol rioting on January 6th the Democrat-Media Complex, including the tech giants, will no longer allow ANY discussion on fraud in the 2020 election. Democrats and RINO Republicans like Lindsey Graham are determined to shut this discussion down.

This is a lie.

They are trying to control what you can say, read or see.

TRENDING: "I Will Always Fight for You - We Will Be Back in Some Form" - President Trump Delivers Final Remarks as the 45th CiC at Joint Base Andrews (VIDEO)

In response to this media gaslighting today we are releasing our list of the Five Most Significant Acts of Fraud in the 2020 election.


Advertisement - story continues below

1.) The Georgia Late Night Hidden Suitcase Heist:

in late December President Trump tweeted out an OANN report on a Gateway Pundit investigation of the Atlanta suitcase voter fraud scandal.

The Gateway Pundit was first to identify Ruby Freeman, her daughter Wandrea “Shaye” Moss, and their boss Ralph Jones, Sr. in the infamous suitcase ballot hoist.

We later reported on Ruby Freeman running the same batch of ballots through the counting machines at least three times after these Democrat operatives cleared the room of observers!

President Trump tweeted this OANN and Gateway Pundit video.

Advertisement - story continues below 

— Donald J. Trump (@realDonaldTrump) December 23, 2020

Shaye Moss is the same person who called out for observers to go home late on election night before the ballot heist.

Ralph Jones, Sr. is ON AUDIO telling reporters he was going to shut down the State Farm Center early and send observers home. This was BEFORE the suitcase ballot heist!

Advertisement - story continues below

It was a carefully planned event!  They had NO IDEA they would get caught!

Georgia elections official Gabriel Sterling later came out and told reporters this was completely normal in his state. If counting ballots without observers after you sent them home is normal then Sterling should have been arrested by now.

NOW WITH AUDIO: Georgia Election Official Ralph Jones, Sr. Announced on Nov. 3rd Evening that Counting would Stop at 11 PM — Then Led Team to Count Stashed ‘Suitcase” Ballots

HERE THEY ARE: The Five Most Obvious Acts of Fraud in the 2020 Election that You Are No Longer Allowed to Discuss

By Jim Hoft Published January 17, 2021 at 6:33pm 2148 Comments Share (9k) Tweet P Share Email

For months now, since Election night on November 3rd, The Gateway Pundit has been exposing the massive and unprecedented fraud in the 2020 presidential election.

The days when Democrats find 500 ballots in a trunk of a car are over. Today their election fraud includes likely every segment of the election process from illegal voters to fraudulent counting.

Advertisement - story continues below

Since the US Capitol rioting on January 6th the Democrat-Media Complex, including the tech giants, will no longer allow ANY discussion on fraud in the 2020 election. Democrats and RINO Republicans like Lindsey Graham are determined to shut this discussion down.

This is a lie.

They are trying to control what you can say, read or see.

TRENDING: "I Will Always Fight for You - We Will Be Back in Some Form" - President Trump Delivers Final Remarks as the 45th CiC at Joint Base Andrews (VIDEO)

In response to this media gaslighting today we are releasing our list of the Five Most Significant Acts of Fraud in the 2020 election.


Advertisement - story continues below

1.) The Georgia Late Night Hidden Suitcase Heist:

in late December President Trump tweeted out an OANN report on a Gateway Pundit investigation of the Atlanta suitcase voter fraud scandal.

The Gateway Pundit was first to identify Ruby Freeman, her daughter Wandrea “Shaye” Moss, and their boss Ralph Jones, Sr. in the infamous suitcase ballot hoist.

We later reported on Ruby Freeman running the same batch of ballots through the counting machines at least three times after these Democrat operatives cleared the room of observers!

President Trump tweeted this OANN and Gateway Pundit video.

Advertisement - story continues below

— Donald J. Trump (@realDonaldTrump) December 23, 2020

Shaye Moss is the same person who called out for observers to go home late on election night before the ballot heist.

Ralph Jones, Sr. is ON AUDIO telling reporters he was going to shut down the State Farm Center early and send observers home. This was BEFORE the suitcase ballot heist!

Advertisement - story continues below

It was a carefully planned event!

They had NO IDEA they would get caught!

Georgia elections official Gabriel Sterling later came out and told reporters this was completely normal in his state. If counting ballots without observers after you sent them home is normal then Sterling should have been arrested by now.

At this time there is no evidence that FBI or the Georgia Bureau of Investigations have interviewed or arrested Ruby Freeman, Shaye Ross, or Ralph Jones, Sr.

2.) The Drop and Roll Shutting down five states and then dumping hundreds of thousands of late-night votes for Joe Biden

Five swing states all shut down their counting on election night at the same time. This was likely a coordinated event.

Then each state saw a mysterious and impossible spike of Joe Biden ballots in the middle of the night. We first discovered this pattern in Pennsylvania. Then we saw this same pattern in at least four other states.

WE CAUGHT THEM! Part 7: Wisconsin, Like MI, GA, PA and VA, Caught Doing the ‘Drop and Roll’ Too — Once Biden Gained Lead with MASSIVE Vote Dumps, The Rest of Votes All Possessed Same Biden to Trump Vote RatioTHIS IS IMPOSSIBLE!

We’ve reported on multiple incidents of ‘glitches’ that people observed related to the 2020 Presidential Election. These incidents seem odd and so we sought out and found a data set from the 2020 Presidential election. A group of IT patriots analyzed a data set of election vote data and found millions of votes in the … Continue reading etc

We later put together a video with the data we had at the time to explain this “Drop and Roll” fraud in the 2020 election.

3.) Blocking GOP Poll Watchers in the counting rooms in swing states

Committed far-left Democrats blocked and harassed GOP election observers in several swing states. We have video of this. The media defended this. In Pennsylvania the Democrats blocked GOP observers from the counting room until they were able to manufacture nearly a million votes for Joe Biden.

Associated Press Agrees with Democrats that GOP Observers Should Not Be Allowed Inside Convention Center to Watch Vote Counters

Following the landslide turnout for President Donald Trump Democrats knew they would have to get to work to flip the election for their candidate Joe Biden. President Trump was ahead of Joe Biden by 700,000 votes on Election day! So Democrat officials in Philly, Detroit, Milwaukee and Atlanta went to work. For the rest of … Continue reading Associated

In Detroit Michigan the leftists taped cardboard over the windows so observers could not see into the room at all.

4.) Votes deleted or switched from President Trump to Joe Biden:

A few days after the election we began to identify system ‘glitches’ that were reported across the country where votes were switched in all cases from President Trump to Joe Biden. These switches were in the thousands. We then reported on an analysis where the data from the election was reviewed and millions of votes for President Trump were eliminated or switched to Joe Biden.

BREAKING EXCLUSIVE: Analysis of Election Night Data from All States Shows MILLIONS OF VOTES Either Switched from President Trump to Biden or Were Lost — Using Dominion and Other Systems

We’ve reported on numerous events in the 2020 election which are being referred to as system ‘glitches’ in the media. Last night we provided another ‘glitch’, this time in Wisconsin, which if reversed would eliminate Biden’s reported vote lead in the state. Tonight we have obtained an unaudited analysis of data available for all the … Continue reading

The President retweeted this report twice.

5.) USPS postal service drivers speak out after they were told to transfer up to 288,000 completed ballots across state lines after the election.

Election fraud whistleblowers came forward in late November, including one who witnessed the shipping of an estimated 144,000-288,000 completed ballots across three state lines on October 21.

The information was made public at a press conference by the Amistad Project of the Thomas More Society, a national constitutional litigation organization.

Attorney Phil Kline said, “130,000 to 280,000 completed ballots for the 2020 general election were shipped from Bethpage, NY, to Lancaster, PA, where those ballots and the trailer in which they were shipped disappeared.”

Truck driver Jesse Morgan was present at the press conference and spoke for 9 minutes about his unbelievable ordeal. Morgan was tasked with delivering completed ballots to Pennsylvania from New York state.

This was explosive testimony.

Jesse Morgan: In total I saw 24 gaylords, or large cardboard containers of ballots, loaded into my trailer. These gaylords contained plastic trays, I call them totes or trays of ballots stacked on top of each other. All the envelopes were the same size. I saw the envelopes had return addresses… They were complete ballots.”

Jesse went on to say that he sat in Harrisburg for hours and when he was told to leave the supervisor at the post office would not give him a slip or an overtime slip so he could get paid. Jesse said the manager-supervisor was “kinda rude.”

Jesse’s testimony today revealed that employees at the United States Post Office were in on the conspiracy to steal the votes.

The video has 1 million views!

Jesse Morgan, a truck driver with USPS subcontractor says he was suspicious of his cargo load of 288,000 COMPLETED ballots: “I was driving completed ballots from New York to Pennsylvania. I didn’t know, so I decided to speak up.”

— Team Trump (@TeamTrump) December 1, 2020

These are just five of the most blatant acts of fraud in the 2020 election.

This does not include the massive mail-in absentee ballot fraud or the vote counting machines which allow for election fraud.

The Democrats and tech giants insist you are no longer allowed to discuss the fraud in the 2020 election. 

:: 1-17-21 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Armed Protesters Begin To Arrive At State Capitols Around The Nation

by Tyler Durden Sunday, Jan 17, 2021 - 21:20

Update (1918 ET): Heading into the overnight, in a show of force, hundreds of National Guard troops protecting the US Capitol are marching in the city streets amid threats of armed protests.

At least 25,000 Guardsmen are protecting the Capitol complex.

Armed protesters have arrived at multiple state capitol complexes across the country Sunday morning. This follows a special bulletin from the FBI last week that warned: "armed protests" were being planned at 50 state capitols and the US Capitol in Washington, DC, ahead of President-elect Joe Biden's inauguration on Jan. 20.

While the protesters are being identified across various platforms as members of a so-called "boogaloo" movement, they largely appear to be generic anti-government anarchists - some of whom call themselves "liberty boys," and others who oppose the conservative Proud Boys. Their sudden emergence surrounding the inauguration is curious, to say the least.

A field reporter at The Daily Caller, Jorge Ventura, reports from the Ohio Statehouse, where he notes that "580 National Guard members" were activated "to provide security around the Ohio Statehouse in downtown Columbus through Wednesday."

Jorge Ventura Media


"We are out here supporting the local BLM scene" says one of the Boogaloo Boys before marching towards the Ohio Statehouse building to protest

Jorge Ventura Media


Boogaloo boys marching towards the Ohio Statehouse for an armed protest. Gov. authorized 580 National Guard members to provide security around the Ohio Statehouse in downtown Columbus through Wednesday

"We are not a pro-Trump group," said one of the armed protesters at the Ohio demonstration.

"We are not a pro-Trump group" says one of the speakers for the Boogaloo Boys in front of the Ohio Statehouse 

— Jorge Ventura Media (@VenturaReport) January 17, 2021

An armed protester in Ohio told the "Proud Boys do not come here."

Lisa Bennatan


We hope the Proud Boys do not come here, we do not want you here,” armed boogaloo boys protesting outside Ohio Statehouse. Ohio State Highway Patrol and National Guard surround the area

In Michigan, a dozen or so armed protesters are now showing up at the State Capitol.

Dave Boucher


Jan 17, 2021

Replying to @Dave_Boucher1

About a dozen guard vehicles ready on the opposite side of the Capitol, where a few protestors are gathered.

Dave Boucher


About a dozen people who appear to be boogaloo boys accompanied by a fair number of media members walk to the front of the Capitol

Brendan Gutenschwager


If you continue to oppress the American people, they will remain rational no longer.” A member of the Boogaloo Bois gives remarks outside the fenced-off Capitol steps #Lansing #Michigan #Capitol

Daily Mirror's Derek Momodu tweeted, "this is very worrying..." as armed protesters gather in front of the Michigan State Capitol as Guardsmen are on "standby."

"If you continue to oppress the American people, they will remain rational no longer," said an armed protester in Michigan.

Brendan Gutenschwager


“If you continue to oppress the American people, they will remain rational no longer.” A member of the Boogaloo Bois gives remarks outside the fenced-off Capitol steps #Lansing #Michigan #Capitol

In New Hampshire, a handful of armed protesters showed up outside the Capitol.

While a similarly small group began to assemble outside the Oregon Capitol.

Sergio Olmos


This group call themselves “liberty boys”, boogaloo boys are an extremist movement born online.

More on then in this piece by @Leah_Sottile 

Mark Maxwell


A heavily armed platoon of Illinois National Guard formed a perimeter to blockade all access roads leading up to the Illinois State Capitol.



St. Paul MN -- Large Police Presence At The Minnesota Capitol

There's a large police presence at the Minnesota State Capitol building as threats of armed protesters could assemble today.

Scribe note: All these video's and more are on Zero Hedge website click on the link below. 

:: 1-18-21 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

18th Jan 2021 by Robert W.

DC On Lockdown: Is this what preparation for the largest false flag in US history, orchestrated with the intention of sparking a civil war looks like?

Washington DC has gone into a total lockdown ahead of Inauguration Day, with all-out martial law being implemented in response to FBI warnings of widespread violence being planned by right wing extremists. Having deemed the storming of the Capitol led by Capitol police and shady actors including national socialists, skinheads and BLM activists on January 6 to be a ‘violent insurrection’, and with the FBI and establishment news outlets all warning of a bigger wave of violence being planned by the same characters on and around Inauguration Day, an ever growing number of National Guard troops are being deployed to DC, the number of troops now occupying DC having reached a whopping 21,000!

Screenshot_2021-01-17 2017 Redux DC Descends Into Dystopian Lockdown As Inauguration Day Looms .png

With so many red flags surrounding the storming of the Capitol pointing towards an orchestrated false flag ushering in the new ‘war on domestic terror’, the FBI’s internal memo describing a plan by extremists to initiate a nationwide ‘uprising’ in the days leading up to and on Inauguration Day certainly raises a number of red flags causing independent thinkers to question whether a bigger false flag attack or series of attacks is now being orchestrated by the very agencies now warning us of them.

According to the FBI internal memo, armed protests are being planned in all 50 state capitols as extremists are allegedly in the process of orchestrating “a huge uprising.”

From ABC News on January 9:

Starting this week and running through at least Inauguration Day, armed protests are being planned at all 50 state capitols and at the U.S. Capitol, according to an internal FBI bulletin obtained by ABC News.

The FBI has also received information in recent days on a group calling for “storming” state, local and federal government courthouses and administrative buildings in the event President Donald Trump is removed from office prior to Inauguration Day. The group is also planning to “storm” government offices in every state the day President-elect Joe Biden will be inaugurated, regardless of whether the states certified electoral votes for Biden or Trump.

“The FBI received information about an identified armed group intending to travel to Washington, DC on 16 January,” the bulletin read. “They have warned that if Congress attempts to remove POTUS via the 25th Amendment, a huge uprising will occur.”

This presentation PROOVES WITHOUT DOUBT that America is in for a major fight that will put you and your family in the firing line, literally… So make sure you watch this presentation while it’s still online…

Many people smell a trap, and have warned concerned citizens to avoid all such protests over the likely possibility that either those planning the protests or radical infiltrators will use the event(s) to incite violence in a large-scale repeat of what took place on January 6, giving the establishment just the justification they are looking for to complete their setup of the emerging Covid1984 biosecurity state.

Is it possible the FBI’s so-called credible ‘intelligence’ is in fact only credible because the FBI is alone privy to the planning of such an event, because they are in on it? Given the FBI’s history of foreknowledge and orchestration of a series of domestic terror plots, such a possibility is not out of the question.

FBI Director Chris Wray told Vice President Mike Pence on Thursday that the bureau was monitoring an “extensive amount of concerning online chatter” related to potential threats leading up to the presidential inauguration on January 20.

“When we talk about potential threats, we are seeing an extensive amount of concerning online chatter—that’s the best way I can describe it—about a number of events surrounding the inauguration and, together with our partners, we evaluate those threats and what kind of resources to employ against them. Right now, we’re tracking calls for potential armed protests and activity leading up to the inauguration,” Wray told Vice President Mike Pence during a briefing on security for the inauguration.

We’re concerned about the potential for violence at multiple protests and rallies planned here in D.C. and in state capitols around the country in the days that come that could bring armed individuals within close proximity to government facilities and officials,” Wray added.

The government has responded with an unprecedented lockdown of DC an entire week before the inauguration, implementing martial law on a scale rarely before seen in this country. Donald Trump invoked the Insurrection Act in order to initiate the otherwise unconstitutional action that violates the Posse Comitatus Act which prohibits use of military force on US soil. Roadblocks have been erected, blocking traffic in some streets, a giant ‘non-scalable’ fence has been erected around the Capitol, and citizens are being urged not to attend Joe Biden’s inauguration and to in fact stay out of DC entirely on January 20.

More photos of this martial law madness can be seen at the Huffington Post.

The biggest problem with the FBI’s warnings about planned violence is that even the Department of Homeland Security has admittedly seen no “specific, credible threats” ahead of Inauguration Day – as Zero Hedge’s Tyler Durden points out.

“There’s no specific credible threats at this point in time. There’s just this raised level of tension. And so we’re raising our security level. And we’re doing it across the country,” Ken Cuccinelli, acting deputy secretary of the Department of Homeland Security, said on CNN’s “New Day.”

Meanwhile, “the top federal prosecutor overseeing the sweeping probe of the riots at the Capitol told reporters that […] they had no “direct evidence” that rioters who stormed the U.S. Capitol had formed “kill capture teams,” refuting the apparent lies about strong evidence of assassination squads taking part in the storming of the Capitol made by prosecutors in Arizona and widely regurgitated by fakestream media outlets as a main segment of Friday’s news cycle.

The comments by Acting U.S. Attorney Michael Sherwin appeared to be an effort to walk back claims federal prosecutors in Arizona had made in a court filing late on Thursday, in which they alleged there was evidence that rioters intended “to capture and assassinate elected officials.”

Headlines previously touted the baseless claims as ‘strong evidence’.

The statement of alleged violent intent came in a motion filed by federal prosecutors in Arizona seeking to have Jacob Chansley detained pending trial. Chansley, also known as Jake Angeli, was seen wearing horns, a fur headdress and face paint during the riot.

Strong evidence, including Chansley’s own words and actions at the Capitol, supports that the intent of the Capitol rioters was to capture and assassinate elected officials of the United States government,” the document said.

It is interesting that the only known evidence of this elaborate ‘plot’ that never was, is Jake Angeli, who as I documented in my post on the January 6 storming of the Capitol is an Arizona actor and apparently tied to the both the Q psyop and leftist climate change activists, the type of suspicious profile that raises red flags, being what one would expect from a false flag operative.

The truth is we have never been more disconnected from life, from the world, from the soil, from the trees, and from our own souls.

We are straying away from our roots on a dangerous road from which there will be no turning back.

And the good and bad news is that we are the last generation that can truly do something about it.

We no longer know how to live without refrigerators, without cars, without phones or without supermarkets.

What will you do tomorrow if you simply are unable to buy things?

In this short Video, I will unearth a long-forgotten secret that helped our ancestors survive famines, wars, economic crises, diseases, droughts, and anything else life threw at them… a secret that will help you do the same for your loved ones when America crumbles into the ground.

In any event, what we are seeing here is pure propaganda being peddled to create and perpetuate the new narrative now being used to sell the public on martial law being rolled out to lock down DC, and eventually all of America.

Just another preview of the soon to be permanent ‘new normal’ we’ve been seeing a lot of over the course of the past year…

At least there are plenty of people out there who can see what’s going on here, and that it has nothing to do with party politics and everything to do with strengthening the power of the state in the increasingly speedier march to total tyranny.

Whatever the real reason for this massive troop rollout and lockdown of DC, the military is clearly preparing for something, something totally out of the ordinary.

And now, on Friday (1/15) the FBI again warned of the coming violence, this time in a report warning of ‘substantial’ risk of explosives will be used as a part of the coming violence and ‘huge uprising’ on January 20.

Authorities are warning of the “substantial” risk that explosives will be among the “tactics” used during protests before and during the Jan. 20 inauguration of President-elect Joe Biden, piling on to a previous memo urging law enforcement to be prepared for armed demonstrations in all 50 state capitols in the coming days, according to a recent report.

Is this what preparation for the largest false flag in US history, orchestrated with the intention of sparking a civil war looks like? They’ve been warning of a ‘dark winter’ including election chaos leading to massive civil unrest, and it sure looks like they could now be preparing to launch the final stage in an operation designed to bring about the culmination of all the chaos they’ve been predicting since the summer of 2020.

In this short VIDEO, I will unearth A lost super-food will bulletproof you against any food shortage or famine. It’s a food that vanished with the Incas over 6 centuries ago

In the next crisis these lost skills will be more valuable than gold, food supplies and survival equipment combined. These skills have been tested and proven to work for centuries. 

:: 1-16-21 Breitbart :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Gaetz: Incoming Biden Administration Wants to ‘Use National Security Authorities Against MAGA’

By Jeff Poor16 Jan 2021

During an appearance on FNC’s “Hannity” on Friday, Rep. Matt Gaetz (R-FL) warned the incoming Biden administration is positioning itself to use national security tool against political opponents.

Gaetz told host Sean Hannity that he and several of his House colleagues were being targeted for the positions they held on election intergrity. “[W]e should take note of the language that the left is usingchemical warfare, insurrection, domestic terrorism,” he said. “That’s not by accident, Sean. There are exquisite authorities in our national laws that allow our government to do things to terrorists that we would never allow against our own people. But in the incoming Biden administration, they want to use national security authorities against MAGA. They’re targeting Mo Brooks, Paul Gosar, Andy Biggs, Louie Gohmert, Madison Cawthorn and myself because we had the nerve to actually stand up and point out the need for election integrity.”

“And we also pointed out their hypocrisy, because for all of the criticism that they have leveled against Donald Trump unfairly, they were the cheerleaders, fundraisers and apologists for the people who burned our cities, attacked our police and were on offense against the very notion of America for months this summer,” Gaetz continued. “They don’t want to account for that. Joe Biden doesn’t want to answer for it. Certainly, Kamala Harris doesn’t. And so, they are going to go after the president and his allies and they’re going to use national security authorities that you should never use against our fellow Americans.”

Follow Jeff Poor on Twitter @jeff_poor 

:: 1-16-21 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

How People Treat Free Speech These Days


•Jan 16, 2021


1.68M subscribers

Take a stand against censorship. Join my Awakened Warriors Email List - 

In this video you’ll see how people treat free speech these days. Should freedom of speech still be a thing? Of course not! You’ll learn that freedom of speech causes violence and it needs to be censored because it’s highly dangerous. You also learn how depressed freedom of speech feels.

*For Comedy Show schedule and tickets: 

-My NEW Awakened Shirts are available! Claim yours here:

Listen and Subscribe to my NEW Podcast here:

It's also available everywhere else you get podcasts. Just search and subscribe to "Awaken With JP Sears Show"

Connect with me at: 

:: 1-15-21 Global Research :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The mRNA COVID Vaccine Is Not a Vaccine

By Makia Freeman Global Research, January 15, 2021

It’s NOT a vaccine. The mRNA COVID vaccine now being militarily deployed in many nations around the world, is NOT a vaccine. I repeat: it is not a vaccine. It is many things indeed, but a vaccine is not one of them. We have to awaken to the fact that the COVID scamdemic has rapidly accelerated the technocratic and transhumanistic aspects of the New World Order (NWO) to the point where people are blindly lining up to get injected with a “treatment” which is also a chemical device, an operating system, a synthetic pathogen and chemical pathogen production device. As covered in previous articles, this new COVID vax is a completely new kind of technology, potentially even more dangerous than your average toxic vaccine. In this article, we will explore in more depth what this mRNA vaccine is.

Doctors David Martin and Judy Mikovits Expose How So-Called COVID Vaccine is Not a Vaccine

Listen to this short excerpt featuring doctors David Martin and Judy Mikovits (who have both been very outspoken thus far in exposing the COVID plandemic) who are speaking with Robert Kennedy Jr. and lawyer Rocco Galati, who is representing a Canadian freedom group suing the government for the entire COVID scam. David Martin makes some extremely important points about how we can’t accurately label the device Moderna and Pfizer are pushing as a vaccine, because both medically and legally, is not a vaccine:

“This is not a vaccineusing the term vaccine to sneak this thing under public health exemptions … This is a mRNA packaged in a fat envelope that is delivered to a cell. It is a medical device designed to stimulate the human cell into becoming a pathogen creator. It is not a vaccine! Vaccines actually are a legally defined term … under public health law … under CDC and FDA standards, and a vaccine specifically has to stimulate both an immunity within the person receiving it, but it also has to disrupt transmission … They have been abundantly clear in saying that the mRNA strand that is going into the cell is not to stop transmission. It is a treatment. But if it was discussed as a treatment, it would not get the sympathetic ear of public health authorities, because then people would say “What other treatments are there?”

The use of the term vaccine is unconscionable … because it actually is the sucker punch to open and free discourse … Moderna was a started as a chemotherapy company for cancer, not a vaccine manufacturer for SARS … if we said we’re going to give people prophylactic chemo for the cancer they don’t have, you’d be laughed out of a room, because it’s a stupid idea. That’s exactly what this is! This is a mechanical device, in the form of a very small packet of technology, that is being inserted into the human system to activate the cell to become a pathogen manufacturing site.

The only reason why the term [vaccine] is being used is to abuse the 1905 Jacobsen case that has been misrepresented since it was written. If we were honest with this, we would actually call it what it is: it is a chemical pathogen device, that is actually meant to unleash a chemical pathogen production action within the cell. It is a medical device, not a drug, because it meets the CDRH [Center for Devices and Radiological Health] definition of a device.

It is made to make you sick … 80% of the people who are exposed to allegedly the virus [SARS-Cov-2] have no symptoms at all … 80% of people who get this injected into them have a clinical adverse event. You are getting injected with a chemical substance to induce illness, not to induce a[n] immuno-transmissive response. In other words, nothing about this is going to stop you transmitting anything. This is about getting you sick, and having your own cells be the thing that get you sick.”

Judy Mikovits also chips in with this:

“It’s a synthetic pathogen. They’ve literally injected this pathogenic part of the virus into every cell of the body … it can actually directly cause multiple sclerosis, Lou Gehrig’s disease, Alzheimer’s disease … it can cause accelerated cancer … that’s what the expression of that piece of virus … has been known to do for decades.” 

:: 1-18-21 Rumble :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

INSIDER ATTACK ALERT! 25,000 D.C. TROOPS TO BE VETTED! 'Hunger Games' Inauguration Goes Full Hamlet!

Restricted Republic w/ Lisa Haven & Justus Knight Published January 18, 2021 17,526 Views

Rumble — By Justus Knight on January 18, 2021


Join now and you heard us right…14 Days, on us, to check it out absolutely for FREE!!

Restricted Republic: 




Signal: (Coming Soon)



On today’s broadcast:

25,000 troops suddenly needed to be ‘vetted’ by the FBI. The paranoid Pelosi and beholden Biden have gone full Hamlet and created the ultimate Hunger Games Inauguration. Do you know why they had to go on Red Alert!? We do, and we’ll tell you every detail…because if it wasn’t a full attack from the outside (as their intel is now pointing out) that means it had to come from the…

God Speed and God Bless, Justus Knight

Referenced Sources: 

:: 1-18-21 The Epoch Times :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

2,000 National Guard Troops in DC Sworn In as Special Deputy US Marshals

By Jack Phillips January 18, 2021 Updated: January 18, 2021

About 2,000 National Guard troops were sworn in as U.S. Marshals before Inauguration Day, the U.S. Marshals Service said.

Chief Lamont Ruffin from D.C. District Court swore in the 2,000 National Guard troops as special deputy U.S. Marshals prior to the presidential inauguration, according to the federal law enforcement agency’s Twitter page.

The “deputation gives the guardsmen temporary, limited, law enforcement authority pertaining specifically to the safety and protection of the inauguration and related events,” the U.S. Marshals said in a caption on its Flickr page, showing the Guard troops being deputized at night.

Later Monday, the U.S. Marshals Service confirmed that the agency was assisting the U.S. Secret Service, which is leading the coordination of security for inauguration day.

The U.S. Marshals Service said in an emailed statement to The Epoch Times that it routinely supports other agencies with security efforts for presidential inaugurations.

“Additionally, the U.S. Marshal for the District of Columbia customarily specially deputizes thousands of state and local law enforcement officers from around the country to augment security at the event,” the statement said.

The U.S. Secret Service and Pentagon didn’t respond to The Epoch Times’ requests for comments.

Last week, officials confirmed that as many as 25,000 National Guard members were being deployed to the District of Columbia for Inauguration Day.

A statement from the Army to news outlets said the increase in Guard troops would support the “federal law enforcement mission and security preparations” during the inauguration.

Our National Guard soldiers and airmen are set around the city to protect our nation’s Capital,” National Guard Bureau Chief Army Gen. Daniel Hokanson said in the statement.

Last week, the FBI sent out bulletins for the possibility of violence in connection with events on Jan. 20. Meanwhile, President Donald Trump called on Americans not to break the law.

In light of reports of more demonstrations, I urge that there must be NO violence, NO lawbreaking, and NO vandalism of any kind,” Trump said. “That is not what I stand for, and it is not what America stands for. I call on ALL Americans to help ease tensions and calm tempers. Thank You.”

The National Park Service has closed the Washington Monument to tours and Mayor Muriel Bowser has asked visitors to avoid the city.

In Washington, the perimeter of a fence surrounding the Capitol was pushed out to encompass the Supreme Court and the Library of Congress. Roads and other access points were closed, and some businesses said they would shut.

At least 21 states have activated their National Guard troops, respectively, in capital cities. States where National Guard troops have been activated include California, Connecticut, Delaware, Florida, Georgia, Illinois, Kentucky, Maine, Minnesota, Michigan, North Carolina, New Mexico, Nevada, Ohio, Oklahoma, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Texas, Utah, Washington, and Wisconsin, according to a tally from The Associated Press.

Reuters contributed to this report. This article has been updated with a statement from the U.S. Marshals service. 

:: 1-18-21 The Beltway :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Biden Scared Military Will ATTACK HIM Instead of Defending Him At Inauguration

By Morti on January 18, 2021

Ask yourself why Joe Biden, if 80,000,000 people are so in love with him and the media is right that the vast majority of the country is so jazzed up about his election … why would her need more troops that we have over seas fighting the forever wars he helped bring the United States into, to ‘protect him’?

This is the kind of stuff tyrants, who know they are illegitimate do. In fact, it is a hallmark to authoritarian regimes.

The fact that Biden and Pelosi are scared that the military will turn on them is all you need to know about how guilty their consciouses are.

Let me take this opportunity to remind everyone of what you already know. Violence is not going to help us. We need to be the calm, rational, information distributing patriots, we can not descend to the left’s levels of political violence.

Of course, be prepared for the worse, but avoid violence at all costs, and NEVER instigate it

The Gateway Pundit explained:

In the days leading up to the Biden inaugural, the nation’s capital has been turned into an occupied military zone like Baghdad. In fact, there are more US troops in the nation’s capital today than in Iraq, Syria and Afghanistan combined. Armed US troops authorized to use lethal force are manning checkpoints to enter and leave downtown Washington, D.C. Green Zone and and Red Zone perimeters have been established. Several bridges into the city from neighboring Virginia are scheduled to be closed next week for the inaugural.

Razor wire topped fencing has been erected around the Capitol and Supreme Court, large swaths of official Washington have been blocked to vehicular traffic.

CCTV cameras were also installed so they can spy on the people they don’t trust.

According to NBC, US defense officials are worried about an inside attack or threat from guard members chosen to secure Biden’s fraudulent inauguration.

U.S. defense officials say they are worried about an insider attack or other threat from service members involved in securing President-elect Joe Biden’s inauguration, prompting the FBI to vet all of the 25,000 National Guard troops coming into Washington for the event.

Army Secretary Ryan McCarthy told The Associated Press on Sunday that officials are conscious of the potential threat, and he warned commanders to be on the lookout for any problems within their ranks as the inauguration approaches. So far, however, he and other leaders say they have seen no evidence of any threats, and officials said the vetting hadn’t flagged any issues.

”We’re continually going through the process, and taking second, third looks at every one of the individuals assigned to this operation,” McCarthy said in an interview after he and other military leaders went through an exhaustive, three-hour security drill in preparation for Wednesday’s inauguration. He said Guard members are also getting training on how to identify potential insider threats. About 25,000 members of the National Guard are streaming into Washington from across the country — at least two and a half times the number for previous inaugurals. And while the military routinely reviews service members for extremist connections, the FBI screening is in addition to any previous monitoring. If Joe Biden needs 25,000 troops to protect his inauguration and he’s paranoid about an insider attack from those troops. perhaps he wasn’t elected by the people. Hoft pointed out.

There was another guy who I recall was consumed with concern about his own body guards killing him … his reign didn’t end well. Perhaps you remember him, his name was Adolf Hitler.

Conservative opinion writers and news reporters are under attack from the tyrants and Big Tech. We need your support now more than ever. To help us, you can do two things:

1. Like and share our articles and videos on every platform you can. Even though you are likely being censored also, it gives us a better chance of reaching a broader audience.

2. Join and become active on privately owned social media platforms. Our preferred platform is Spreely, but there are other good alternatives available.

Thanks, Terry


:: 1-19-21 The Washington Standard :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

“Enforcement” Outnumbers Protestors At Capitol Before Inauguration

Tim Brown / January 19, 2021

Cops outnumber protestors at the nation’s capitol in advance of the inauguration on Wednesday. There is also allegedly a big show of force at many of the state’s capitols.

State capitols across the United States have been “reinforced” against a possible wave of pro-Trump armed protests after the FBI warned of “armed groups” preparing to descend on them. However, it’s become obvious that the situation on the ground tells a different story.

The massive number of military personnel and their presence are ominous and we are obviously not being told the entire truth. There’s no need to outnumber the protestors to this extent unless there’s something else going on and it’s the cover story. Are people actually still buying the official narrative this time?

The Capitol Hill riot, which saw an unruly group of pro-Trump protesters run amuck in the U.S. Capitol on January 6th, has been the current springboard talking point to bring in a level of military never seen before. Politicians (liars in suits aka, the ruling class) are warning of an undercurrent of right-wing “extremism” and “domestic terrorism” across the country. Journalists and liberal pundits continue to openly talk of the need to “cleanse” the nation of “Trumpism,” using rhetoric not seen since the days of WWII. Joe Biden’s inauguration on Wednesday will take place in a locked-down Washington, DC, behind unprecedented security, including 20,000 National Guardsmen. Some reports say there’s more military than that, however.

If this was simply to “arrest the deep state,” there wouldn’t be the need for this mass of troops. So what’s really going on? All I have, honestly, are speculations. There’s no evidence to back up anything yet, but my instincts say this is a cover story for something else much bigger and we all need to be prepared. Whatever is going on is preplanned. They brought in the military early enough that this should be obvious to people.

I would spend the day grabbing some “lead” if you can find any and maybe a few extra pounds of dried beans, and a case of water just in case. Make any last-minute preparations and know that you did your best to ensure your family will be safe. Don’t succumb to fear, as we know these elitists and the ruling class feed off of the terrified masses. Continue to do the right thing to others, help people if you can, be kind (many may need this in the coming weeks), and most of all, stay away from ALL of the state capitols! Keep your eyes and ears open. Be alert and aware and stay prepared. Gray-man skills could come in handy right now too.

Article posted with permission from Mac Slavo 

:: 1-18-21 General Hyten :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Channel created  January 18  General Hyten

Don't give up hope. It may seem difficult to you, but we have everything under control.



General Hyten

Stay tuned for more information.



General Hyten

All stations are ready to go. Waiting on the decision of one man....



General Hyten




General Hyten

Do not be afraid.



General Hyten




General Hyten

Have faith.

General Hyten

This is just the beginning....

The best is yet to come!!



General Hyten

Emergency Broadcasting System.



January 19

General Hyten

Day 0.



General Hyten

The president is safe.



General Hyten

They all know what's coming. [DS]



General Hyten

Get ready.



General Hyten

The whole world will hear it.



General Hyten




General Hyten




General Hyten

Help will be provided.



General Hyten

The account is maintained by me.

- genhyten ?



General Hyten

By the people, for the people.



General Hyten

Information warfare.



General Hyten




General Hyten

Freedom of information [truth] = END



General Hyten




General Hyten

Digital Battlefield.



General Hyten

United we stand. Divided we fall.

and this continues link below 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 1-18-21 Times of Israel :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

2 Gaza rockets fired toward Ashdod land in sea; IDF strikes Hamas in response

Military says launches did not trigger warning sirens, no reports of injury or damage; Israeli fighter jets bomb Hamas tunnel-digging sites

By Judah Ari Gross and TOI staff 18 January 2021, 5:13 amUpdated at 6:54 am

Palestinian terrorists in the Gaza Strip fired two rockets toward the southern Israeli city of Ashdod before dawn on Monday, which landed in the sea just off the coast of the city, the army said.

The projectiles did not trigger warning sirens, the Israel Defense Forces said. There were no injuries or damage reported. In response to the rocket fire, the Israeli military said, its fighter jets bombed sites where the Hamas terror group is digging underground tunnels in southern Gaza. Though it was not immediately clear which terror group in the Strip fired the rockets, the IDF said the Hamas terror group was ultimately responsible as it is the de facto ruler of the Palestinian enclave.

The rocket launches came after a period of relative quiet on the Gaza border.

In late December, Hamas and other Gaza terror groups held a joint military drill during which several rockets were fired toward the sea, in an effort to send a “clear message to the Zionist enemy.”

On the eve of the drill, Palestinians attempted to fire a projectile into Israel, but it failed to cross the Gaza border.

That came two days after two rockets fired from Gaza struck open areas along the coast — one near Ashdod and the other on Palmachim Beach, south of Tel Aviv — causing no significant damage or injuries.

Soldiers operating the Iron Dome air defense system attempted to shoot down the rocket fired toward Palmachim Beach, firing at least two interceptor missiles at the projectile, but did not bring it down. Fragments of an interceptor missile landed in the nearby city of Bat Yam, causing minor damage.

That rocket fire came days after the one-year anniversary of the killing of Palestinian Islamic Jihad commander Baha Abu al-Ata.

Hamas has ruled the Gaza Strip since 2007, when it expelled its rival Fatah following a bloody struggle for control of the coastal enclave. Israel has fought three large campaigns against terror groups in the Strip since Hamas took control of the area, along with dozens of smaller exchanges of fire. 

:: 1--21 The Christian Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

750 killed at Ethiopian Orthodox church said to contain Ark of the Covenant: report

By Anugrah Kumar, Christian Post Contributor

Around 750 people were killed in an attack on an Orthodox church, which is said to contain the Ark of the Covenant described in the Book of Exodus in the Bible, in northern Ethiopia’s war-torn Tigray region — home to thousands of churches and monasteries — according to reports.

Hundreds of people hiding in Maryam Tsiyon Church in Aksum amid an armed conflict were brought out and shot to death, and local residents believe the aim was to take the Ark of Covenant to Addis Ababa, the Belgium-based nonprofit European External Programme with Africa reported in this month’s situational report, released on Jan. 9.

“The number of people killed is reported as 750,” it said. The church, the most ancient and sacred of Ethiopian Christianity and also known as the Church of St. Mary of Zion, belongs to the Ethiopian Orthodox Tewahedo Church.

I’ve not heard more than rumours about the looting of the Arc from Maryam Tsion, but if it’s true that up to 750 died defending it, it is conceivable that the attackers didn't stop there,” said Michael Gervers, a professor of history at the University of Toronto, according to The Telegraph.

"The government and the Eritreans want to wipe out the Tigrayan culture. They think they’re better than rest of the people in the country. The looting is about destroying and removing the cultural presence of Tigray,” Gervers explained.

Former BBC World Service Africa editor and Senior Research Fellow at the Institute of Commonwealth Studies, Martin Plaut, said that those who escaped the Aksum massacre had reported that the attack began after Ethiopian federal troops and Amhara militia approached the church, the U.K.’s Church Times reported.

“People were worried about the safety of the Ark, and when they heard troops were approaching feared they had come to steal it. All those inside the cathedral were forced out into the square,” Plaut was quoted as saying.

About 1,000 people were believed to be in the church complex at the time of the attack. The EEPA said the massacre was carried out by Ethiopian federal troops and allied Amhara militia that are fighting the Tigray People’s Liberation Front.

The church and and the Ark have likely not been damaged, Plaut added.

The fighting began in Tigray since Nov. 4 when the region’s ruling political party Tigray People’s Liberation Front captured the Northern Command army base in the regional capital Mekelle as part of an uprising, after which Prime Minister Abiy Ahmed ordered a military offensive. Abiy claimed on Nov. 28 that the Ethiopian National Defense Force had regained “full command” of Mekelle.

However, humanitarian workers say the fighting continues. 

:: 1-18-21 The Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Antibodies increase by 6 to 20 times after second Pfizer dose - Sheba

Results showed that antibodies were higher than those who suffered severe cases of the virus.


People who received their second dose of the Pfizer vaccine had a six- to 12-fold increase in the amount of antibodies produced to defend against the novel coronavirus, Sheba Medical Center in Tel Hashomer reported Monday.

The results of preliminary research were based on 102 cases of medical personnel vaccinated at the hospital. They had more antibodies than people who were severely infected with the virus and recovered.

“The results of the survey are in line with Pfizer’s experiment and even better than expected,” Prof. Gili Regev-Yochay, director of Sheba’s Infectious Disease Epidemiology Unit, said in a briefing Monday. “I expect that the survey results of the other employees participating will be similar. There is certainly reason for optimism.”

The result of the data is that Israel should see a reduction in the outbreak of the coronavirus across the country as more people receive their second doses, she said.

Two people did not develop antibodies, including one who is immunocompromised, Regev-Yochay said. There was no explanation for why the second person did not develop antibodies, and the hospital is investigating the matter, she said.

At last count, 7,106 Sheba employees have been vaccinated with the first dose, or approximately 80% of all staff. Of those, 4,484 received their second dose as of Monday. Although the study only involved 102 cases, others were being evaluated, Regev-Yochay said.

The study is specifically looking at immunoglobulin G (IgG) antibodies, which determine whether a patient has developed immunity. The study does not indicate how long the immunity will last or if a person who has antibodies can still carry the virus and infect others, Regev-Yochay said. However, she said it appeared to her that people who have been vaccinated will not shed the virus, meaning they will not pass it on to others.

While people who were sick and recovered are not yet eligible to receive the Pfizer vaccine in Israel, if further research shows that the vaccine produces improved immunity, it is possible that they will be inoculated in a second phase, at least with the booster shot, Regev-Yochay said. 

[ ::  12-31-18/1-1-19 New Years Eve service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc hour is getting very close.  The earthquakes shall now get bigger, far bigger, far bigger, more powerful, the tornadoes and the hurricanes, oh you will see storms like the world has not seen, volcanoes like the world does not remember. Oh the things that are about to take place simply because it is my timing, etc

:: 1--21 AP :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Aid effort intensifies after Indonesia quake that killed 84


MAMUJU, Indonesia (AP) — Aid was reaching the thousands of people left homeless and struggling after an earthquake that killed at least 84 people on an Indonesian island where rescuers intensified their work Monday to find those buried in the rubble.

More rescuers and volunteers were deployed in the hardest-hit city of Mamuju and the neighboring district of Majene on Sulawesi island, where the magnitude 6.2 quake struck early Friday, said Raditya Jati, the National Disaster Mitigation Agency’s spokesperson.

He said nearly 20,000 survivors were moved to shelters and more than 900 people were injured, with nearly 300 of them still receiving treatment for serious injuries.

A total of 73 people died in Mamuju and 11 in Majene, said Didi Hamzar, the disaster agency’s director of preparedness. He said rescuers also managed to pull 18 people alive from the rubble of a collapsed houses and buildings.

Mahatir, a relief coordinator for volunteer rescuers, said his team was trying to reach many people in six isolated villages in Majene district after the quake damaged roads and bridges. Aid and other logistic supplies can be distributed only by foot over the severe terrain, said Mahatir who goes by one name.

In a virtual news conference, Hamzar said that three helicopters were taking aid supplies Monday to four cut-off villages in Majene.

In other hard hit areas. water, which has been in short supply, as well as food and medical supplies were being distributed from trucks. The military said it sent five planes carrying rescue personnel, food, medicine, blankets, field tents and water tankers.

Volunteers and rescue personnel erected more temporary shelters for those left homeless in Mamuju and Majene.

Most were barely protected by makeshift shelters that were lashed by heavy monsoon downpours. Only a few were lucky to be protected by tarpaulin-covered tents. They said they were running low on food, blankets and other aid, as emergency supplies were rushed to the hard-hit region.

Police and soldiers were deployed to guard vehicles carrying relief goods and grocery stores from looting that occurred in some areas, said Muhammad Helmi, who heads the West Sulawesi police’s operation unit.

Jati said at least 1,150 houses in Majene were damaged and the agency was still collecting data on damaged houses and buildings in Mamuju.

Mamuju, the provincial capital of nearly 300,000 people, was strewn with debris from collapsed buildings. The governor’s office building was almost flattened and a shopping mall was reduced to a crumpled hulk.

The disaster agency said the evacuees are in dire need of basic necessities — blankets, mats, tents, baby food and medical services.

The disaster agency’s chief, Doni Monardo, said authorities were trying to separate high- and lower-risk groups and provided tens of thousands of anti-coronavirus masks for those needing shelters. He said authorities would also set up health posts at the camps to test people for the virus. People being housed in temporary shelters were seen standing close together, many of them without masks, saying that they difficult to observe health protocols in this emergency situation.

West Sulawesi province has recorded more than 2,500 cases of the coronavirus, including 58 deaths. Indonesia has confirmed nearly 908,000 cases and almost 26,000 fatalities.

Many on Sulawesi island are still haunted by a magnitude 7.5 earthquake that devastated Palu city in 2018, setting of a tsunami and a phenomenon called liquefaction in which soil collapses into itself. More than 4,000 people were killed, including many who were buried when whole neighborhoods were swallowed in the falling ground.

Indonesia, home to more than 260 million people, is lined with seismic faults and is frequently hit by earthquakes, volcanic eruptions and tsunamis. A magnitude 9.1 earthquake off Sumatra in 2004 triggered a tsunami that killed 230,000 people in a dozen countries.

Karmini reported from Jakarta, Indonesia. 

:: 1-17-21 WCBV abc 5 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

FBI vetting National Guard troops in DC amid fears of insider attack at inauguration

Updated: 4:18 AM EST Jan 18, 2021

U.S. defense officials say they are worried about an insider attack or other threat from service members involved in securing President-elect Joe Biden’s inauguration, prompting the FBI to vet all of the 25,000 National Guard troops coming into Washington for the event.

The massive undertaking reflects the extraordinary security concerns that have gripped Washington following the deadly Jan. 6 insurrection at the U.S. Capitol by pro-Trump rioters. And it underscores fears that some of the very people assigned to protect the city over the next several days could present a threat to the incoming president and other VIPs in attendance.

Army Secretary Ryan McCarthy told The Associated Press on Sunday that officials are conscious of the potential threat, and he warned commanders to be on the lookout for any problems within their ranks as the inauguration approaches. So far, however, he and other leaders say they have seen no evidence of any threats, and officials said the vetting hadn't flagged any issues that they were aware of.

”We’re continually going through the process, and taking second, third looks at every one of the individuals assigned to this operation,” McCarthy said in an interview after he and other military leaders went through an exhaustive, three-hour security drill in preparation for Wednesday’s inauguration. He said Guard members are also getting training on how to identify potential insider threats.

About 25,000 members of the National Guard are streaming into Washington from across the country — at least two and a half times the number for previous inaugurals. And while the military routinely reviews service members for extremist connections, the FBI screening is in addition to any previous monitoring. Multiple officials said the process began as the first Guard troops began deploying to D.C. more than a week ago. And they said it is slated to be complete by Wednesday. Several officials discussed military planning on condition of anonymity.

“The question is, is that all of them? Are there others?” said McCarthy. “We need to be conscious of it and we need to put all of the mechanisms in place to thoroughly vet these men and women who would support any operations like this.”

In a situation like this one, FBI vetting would involve running peoples’ names through databases and watchlists maintained by the bureau to see if anything alarming comes up. That could include involvement in prior investigations or terrorism-related concerns, said David Gomez, a former FBI national security supervisor in Seattle.

Insider threats have been a persistent law enforcement priority in the years after the Sept. 11, 2001, attacks. But in most cases, the threats are from homegrown insurgents radicalized by al-Qaida, the Islamic State group or similar groups. In contrast, the threats against Biden’s inauguration have been fueled by supporters of President Donald Trump, far-right militants, white supremacists and other radical groups. Many believe Trump’s baseless accusations that the election was stolen from him, a claim that has been refuted by many courts, the Justice Department and Republican officials in key battleground states.

The insurrection at the Capitol began after Trump made incendiary remarks at the Jan. 6 rally. According to McCarthy, service members from across the military were at that rally, but it’s not clear how many were there or who may have participated in the breach at the Capitol. So far only a couple of current active-duty or National Guard members have been arrested in connection with the Capitol assault, which left five people dead. The dead included a Capitol Police officer and a woman shot by police as she climbed through a window in a door near the House chamber. Gen. Daniel R. Hokanson, chief of the National Guard Bureau, has been meeting with Guard troops as they arrive in D.C. and as they gather downtown. He said he believes there are good processes in place to identify any potential threats.

“If there’s any indication that any of our soldiers or airmen are expressing things that are extremist views, it’s either handed over to law enforcement or dealt with the chain of command immediately,” he said.

The insider threat, however, was just one of the security concerns voiced by officials on Sunday, as dozens of military, National Guard, law enforcement and Washington, D.C., officials and commanders went through a security rehearsal in northern Virginia. As many as three dozen leaders lined tables that ringed a massive color-coded map of D.C. reflected onto the floor. Behind them were dozens more National Guard officers and staff, with their eyes trained on additional maps and charts displayed on the wall.

The Secret Service is in charge of event security, but there is a wide variety of military and law enforcement personnel involved, ranging from the National Guard and the FBI to Washington’s Metropolitan Police Department, U.S. Capitol Police and U.S. Park Police.

Commanders went over every aspect of the city’s complicated security lockdown, with McCarthy and others peppering them with questions about how the troops will respond in any scenario and how well they can communicate with the other enforcement agencies scattered around the city.

The major security concern is an attack by armed groups of individuals, as well as planted explosives and other devices. McCarthy said intelligence reports suggest that groups are organizing armed rallies leading up to Inauguration Day, and possibly after that.

The bulk of the Guard members will be armed. And McCarthy said units are going through repeated drills to practice when and how to use force and how to work quickly with law enforcement partners. Law enforcement officers would make any arrests.

He said Guard units are going through “constant mental repetitions of looking at the map and talking through scenarios with leaders so they understand their task and purpose, they know their routes, they know where they’re friendly, adjacent units are, they have the appropriate frequencies to communicate with their law enforcement partners.”

The key goal, he said, is for America’s transfer of power to happen without incident.

This is a national priority. We have to be successful as an institution,” said McCarthy. “ “We want to send the message to everyone in the United States and for the rest of the world that we can do this safely and peacefully.”

Associated Press writer Eric Tucker contributed to this report.

[ :: 5-12-13 am service (first word)  :: ::  :: ::  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. the world is in darkness and that darkness continues to grow darker and darker and darker, for they follow the evil plans of the enemy and they know not which plans they follow, they just desire to be the conquerors the controllers, the dictators etc.

:: 1-11-21 News Thud :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

PARLER GOES DARK. In America, if the left doesn’t like you, they can just turn you off. For EVERYONE.

written by J.C McCallum January 11, 2021

It is now 30 minutes past midnight, Pacific Time, and per their ultimatum this weekend, Amazon has turned off Parler.  The Big Tech Purge is now at the next level.

They’ve gone from concept to execution (a fitting word) on their test case of shutting down speech and banning what they don’t like from the internet.

It could take weeks or more for Parler to come back, IF they can come back, as CEO John Matze explained on Sunday.

They’re having trouble finding vendors, because the mafia bosses have declared them unclean.

He elaborated even more in one of the final Parleys before the lights went out.

Who is next?


:: 1-10-21 Hagman Report :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Exposing Those Who Control Our Nation

By Douglas J. Hagmann - January 10, 2021

Countries under Communist control crush corporations and silence their CEOs for criticizing their governments. Currently, in the US, we are witnessing the inverse of that approach.

In Communist countries, a state-run media exists. In the US, a media-run state exists. It’s a distinction without a difference, as both models result in a nearly identical crackdown of our freedoms.

CEOs of corporations, specifically those of “big tech” companies, are controlling the levers of power by silencing “America First” patriots inside and outside of government. Never has it been so apparent as the “Digital Night of the Long Knives,” when these oligarchs conspired to silence the President of the United States and countless other conservative voices in a wholesale, historical, and dangerous “purge” of dissenting ideologies.

What we saw in this purge was not an organic response or reaction to the events that happened at the Capitol last Wednesday. It was a power-play made by permanent or “deep state” oligarchs who have been waiting for just such a manageable and exploitable event.

Social media and the various internet platforms “came of age” when Barack Hussein Obama occupied the White House. During that period, the deliberate and most effective integration of power between big business, the corporate media, social media platforms, and government at the highest level of the permanent or “deep state” took place. Members of the Obama regime, including and especially from the State Department and National Security Council, combined with big tech to form what many people today refer to as the “shadow government.” It was also during this period that big tech companies and media giants integrated with the authoritarian national security apparatus. This deliberate construct enabled selected key individuals at the highest levels of big government to shape public opinion by controlling news content. It was also during this time that “fake news” and oligarch appointed and approved “fact-checkers” came of age. Globalist oligarchs refined their control of whatever narrative was necessary at the time to turn public sentiment against a patriotic and unapologetic ideology of “America First.”

Asserting that platforms such as Twitter and Facebook are private companies and therefore not subject to First Amendment applications seems like a legitimate constitutional argument, at least on its face. However, the vertical integration with the permanent state has resulted in the virtual town square’s near-complete occupation, where only approved speech is permitted. This vertical integration of power is the precise reason that President Trump has been consistently antagonistic and vocal towards the media since he first announced his candidacy. We must also realize that there is no longer any meaningful distinction between the corporate globalist oligarchs of the social media platforms, corporate media, and the authoritarian state.

This integration of power is responsible for perpetuating hoaxes such as Russiagate, the unwarranted and costly Mueller investigation, the chorus of media calling for President Trump’s impeachment, and the complete blackout of overt voter and election fraud.

What this big tech-authoritarian partnership has planned next, however, is far more alarming and dangerous than most people can imagine, yet many are cheering for it without reservation.

Allowed to continue unabated, the full force of the American security apparatus will be used against anyone who ever voiced their support for Donald Trump and his “Make America Great – Keep America Great” agenda. The national security apparatus will target those who continue to embrace a populist agenda.

This corrupt globalist regime, a combination of the permanent state and big tech oligarchs, will not be satisfied to simply silence those who oppose a globalist agenda and support American exceptionalism. They intend to employ a scorched earth policy against 75 million-plus patriots, labeling us as domestic terrorists.

That is a point from which we can never return. 

:: 1-10-21 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Great Purge Of 2021 Will Have Dire Consequences Nationwide As 'Big Tech' Declares War Upon America By Censoring Our Commander In Chief

- Emboldened Censorious Nazis Of Social Media And Big Tech Are Purging Conservatives

By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine January 10, 2021

Just two days ago I wrote "Get ready folks, this is it," while describing the signs indicating an imminent full purge was going into effect as Facebook terminated the President of the United States Facebook account, and Twitter first temporarily suspended President Trump. Then Twitter permanently banned him. Instagram too.

Parler's app, known as a free speech alternative to Twitter, has been threatened by one service demanding they start censoring speech like FB and Twitter has, and another services stopped offering the app.  Gab has been threatened countless times.

Twitter also banned top conservatives voices from their platforms as the rest of conservatives watched their accounts decrease by tens of millions of followers collectively.

Conservative journalists are also being banned from Facebook and Instagram.

The point here is that Joe Biden has not even been inaugurated and yet the emboldened, censorious Nazi's of social media, aka, Jack Dorsey and Mark Zuckerberg, and Big tech including Apple, Google play, and YouTube, have already begun the "Great Purge of 2021."


For the first time a number of high profile conservative names, such as Rush Limbaugh, Lou Dobbs, and Mark Levin all deactivated their Twitter accounts in response to the deplatforming of President Trump, after telling their followers to join them on Parler.

In fact the mass exodus from Twitter briefly made it hard to access Parler, but they seem to be running fine now.

Congressional Republicans tear into big tech and social media for their draconian censorship, comparing them to China, we do note a few coinciding events happening.

The entire purpose of the Great Purge of 2021 is to stifle any dissent to a Biden presidency, to conceal what a Biden administration is doing, by only allowing the "official" narrative to be discussed on their platforms.

I think neither big tech and social media, nor the media who are celebrating the deplatforming of President Trump, as well as the radical liberal democrat politicians, understand exactly the type of war they are asking for.

For example: Should liberals that run Twitter and Facebook, get their way and drive conservatives from their platforms, the following unintended consequences are not going to make them very happy.

There will be no debate on their platform because it will be full of only radical liberals.

Talk about boring!!

How long before they start eating each other, cancelling themselves for saying the wrong thing. Liberals now hunt through Twitter and Facebook to flag everything they disagree with... who will be left to compalin about when conservatives are gone? Answer: Other liberals.

Most liberals will have no idea what conservatives are saying, planning, or organizing. Look how freaked out they get if they are forced to hear an opion other than their own. It makes it highly doubtful they will spend much time on conservative sites.

In the meantime they are giving conservatives the edge here in their information war because conservatives can listen to other opinions without their heads exploding. Conservatives will spend time on liberal sites and determine what liberals are up to.

ANP EMERGENCY FUNDRAISER: Due to unexpected medical and emergency repair bills, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this 'Info-war' for America at this most critical time in US history, during a time of systematic 'big tech' censorship and widespread Democrat corruption.


They may get far more than they bargained for, and frankly, they will deserve it.

They feel emboldened because they know that Democrats will control the House, the Senate and the White House, incorrectly assuming that conservatives can do nothing if DC is controlled by Democrats.

Fine by us, they can think what they want, because we are starting to see the type of organizing from frustrated and annoyed conservatives that we have not seen to date.

Organizing that liberals seem completely oblivious to.

The march at the capitol, excluding the Antifa infiltrators and troublemakers, was a shot across the bow and Democrats like Nancy Pelosi have no idea at all the can of worms she is about to open by pushing for an impeachment just 10 days away from inauguration.

The same goes for Dorsey at Twitter and Zuckerberg at Facebook, because their actions will incite far worse than what was seen at the Capitol, which is ironic since they banned Trump claiming he could incite violence.

Jack Dorsey and Mark Zuckerberg should look in the mirror, because what comes next is partly their fault for deliberately trying to incite conservatives, generally armed Americans, to fight back against you and liberals collectively. BOTTOM LINE

Prep, prep and then prep some more. Pull cash out of the bank. Lock and load and prepare to defend yourself, your home, neighbors, family and communities.

If this is where Pelosi and her merry band of liberal extremists, along with their cheerleaders in the media, and social media enablers, want to go..... then they better hope they are ready for the response.

Via an email this morning, it was suggested we are able to reach readers just in case something happened to ANP.

There is a newsletter link at the bottom of every page, and HERE. The newsletter is sent out about once a week, sometimes twice if it is a busy news week. Sign up if you want to and we will email with a place everyone can congregate if anything happens that knocks us down temporarily.

We will also place a notification on the ANP #2 backup site (Bookmark it)

If anyone else has a newsletter, or chat forum, or blog site, feel free to post it in the comment section so other readers can bookmark it as well. 

:: 1-10-21 The Washington Standard :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Parler & the Problem of Escaping Internet Censorship

The Washington Standard / January 10, 2021

The transition from desktops and laptops to Android and IOS devices mean that users are operating in a walled garden run by two very lefty companies. Those companies can do with the garden what they please. Those users who choose to jailbreak their devices have more options, but most don’t. Conservatives can try to distribute the knowledge more widely and encourage that kind of self-empowerment. But the bottom line is most smartphone, Kindle, Chromebook, etc users want a simple device that just works and runs all the apps in the app store. Doing anything more complicated would be inconvenient. People also tend to get their smartphones from one of the handful of remaining providers, e.g. the big three, AT&T, Verizon, and T-Mobile. You may think you’re not using one of those companies, but even then you’re probably using one of their branded providers or a small company that’s using their services.

That means 5 companies essentially control the mobile ecosystem and can shut down an app like Parler anytime they please. They can also, if they please, shut down access to any site accessed through their browsers. They can also ban any browser from their app store or device that doesn’t shut down access to these sites.

There are potential workarounds, but they all involve escalating levels of difficulty.

And since the trend has moved away from any kind of independent user agency and toward crippled ‘smart’ devices, that’s the battle going forward.

Don’t get the idea that desktops and laptops are safe.

Microsoft is ‘evolving’ toward a walled garden of apps. Redmond being incompetent, it’s messed up multiple opportunities to do so, notably Windows 8, which was a complete disaster. The PC is really only free because Microsoft is incompetent. But Microsoft wants to take a percent from every app installed. And at some point it’s going to shove that into Windows 10 in another update while deliberately breaking Windows 7 under the guise of some sort of urgent emergency threat.

The internet service providers are also narrowing down to a smaller group that’s only going to get smaller which would make it possible for a handful of telecoms to likewise block access to particular sites. There are a lot more workarounds for that scenario, but every workaround limits the potential audience and ghettoizes conservatives.

The conservative movement in the past few years embraced Section 230 abolition. As I warned in the past, threatening to abolish Section 230 is a good form of leverage, but would accomplish very little once it’s done, except reward some rivals like Disney. Antitrust breakups, which the DOJ and Republican states were pushing for, would have done far more. But considering the events of the past few months, that’s a lot less likely to happen. Instead, look for Google and the rest of the boys to “negotiate” a settlement that will see them moving millions into Democrats and lefty groups in exchange for promising not to misbehave. Win-win, as they say. I’ve laid out the scale of the digital iron curtain only in part. I haven’t even gotten to the problem of services like cloudfront and similar services, and how they can be used to curtail competition. I previously discussed why it’s so hard to launch a rival search engine (there are only two actual search engines, Google and Microsoft’s Bing. DuckDuckGo is cute, but just allows you to search Bing without Microsoft seeing your searches.)

Nor have I even touched on the role played by advertising and payment solutions. Control those and no conservative site is going to be profitable. Meanwhile, lefty sites can be awash in cash. It’s not just the internet obviously.

Antitrust action is a partial answer. It’s the biggest one to date. The only other answers are to work around the restrictions, to be rats in the walls, a challenging prospect that will limit the potential audience, or to reimagine the internet, an even more challenging concept. There are some ideas there, but they’ll have to wait for another time.

The problem isn’t just that Facebook, Twitter, or Google are biased against conservatives. The problem is that the internet is controlled by an increasingly small interconnected network of companies who can act in concert to suppress anyone or anything they don’t like. You can’t just walk in and ‘compete’ with a trust. In the last decade, the Democrats, the media, and Big Tech assembled a rationale, e.g. disinformation, Russian interference, for heavily censoring the internet.

Conservatives were slow to grasp the scale of the threat, to react to it, and to build a plan to fight it. That plan still isn’t fully there. And there’s only so much time.

Article posted with permission from Daniel Greenfield 

[:: 8-20-17 am service (second word)  ::  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::   ::  ::  ::  ::  ::]

From this day forth, says your Father, the true news, the true news is going to have to come from me, because even those stations that at one time were true are now turning and going the other direction because of the power, because of the money people, because of those that want the one world government etc

:: 1-11-21 The Telegraph :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Talk-radio owner orders conservative hosts to temper election fraud rhetoric

Paul Farhi, The Washington Post Published 5:17 am CST, Monday, January 11, 2021

After months of stoking anger about alleged election fraud, one of America's largest talk-radio companies has decided on an abrupt change of direction.

Cumulus Media, which employs some of the most popular right-leaning talk-radio hosts in the United States, has told its on-air personalities to stop suggesting that the election was stolen from President Donald Trump - or else face termination.

A Cumulus executive issued the directive on Wednesday, just as Congress met to certify Joe Biden's election victory and an angry mob of Trump supporters marched on the Capitol, overwhelmed police and briefly occupied the building, terrorizing lawmakers and leading to the deaths of five people.

"We need to help induce national calm NOW," Brian Philips, executive vice president of content for Cumulus, wrote in an internal memo, which was first reported by Inside Music Media. Cumulus and its program syndication arm, Westwood One, "will not tolerate any suggestion that the election has not ended. The election has been resolved and there are no alternate acceptable 'paths.' "

The memo adds: "If you transgress this policy, you can expect to separate from the company immediately."

A Cumulus representative did not respond to repeated requests for comment on Sunday.

The new policy is a stunning corporate clampdown on the kind of provocative and even inflammatory talk that has long driven the business model for Cumulus and other talk show broadcasters. And it came as Apple, Google and Amazon cut off essential business services to Parler, the pro-Trump social media network where users have promoted falsehoods about election fraud and praised the mob that assaulted the Capitol. Apple and Google removed the Parler app from the offerings for its smartphones, while Amazon suspended it from its Web-hosting services. (Amazon founder and chief executive Jeff Bezos owns The Washington Post.)

Since the election, Cumulus has remained silent while its most popular hosts - which include Mark Levin, Ben Shapiro and Dan Bongino - have amplified Trump's lies that the vote was "rigged" or in some way fraudulent.

On his program on Tuesday, the day before the march on the Capitol, for example, Levin fulminated about Congress's certification of electoral votes for Biden, describing the normally routine vote as an act of "tyranny."

"You think the framers of the Constitution . . . sat there and said, 'Congress has no choice [to accept the votes], even if there's fraud, even if there's some court order, even if some legislature has violated the Constitution?' " Levin said, his voice rising to a shout.

Atlanta-based Cumulus owns 416 radio stations in 84 regions across the country. Many of its stations broadcast a talk format, a medium that has been dominated by a conservative point of view for decades. In addition to its national personalities, it employs local talk-radio hosts in many of its markets.

Cumulus's biggest stations include WMAL in Washington, KABC in Los Angeles, WLS in Chicago and KGO in San Francisco, all of which air a news-talk format. (Rush Limbaugh, perhaps the biggest star of conservative talk, is syndicated by another company, Premiere Networks, though his program is heard on many Cumulus-owned stations. Limbaugh isn't subject to Cumulus's memo.)

The memo appears to reflect the reality that voters, presidential electors, courts and now Congress have accepted or certified that Biden won the election and is the president-elect. It may also be an attempt to cool down emotions that led to Wednesday's invasion of the Capitol, and to mollify advertisers that are concerned about being associated with programs that could be inciting listeners to violence.

But it also reveals some of the hidden corporate hand behind what is said and discussed on talk-radio programs. Rather than a medium of freethinking individuals expressing passionately held beliefs, the memo reminds that hosts are subject to corporate mandates and control.

"It's naive not to recognize that a corporate imperative goes into all media," said Michael Harrison, the publisher of Talkers magazine, which covers talk radio. "Corporations have always called the tune ultimately. Everyone pays attention to the guys at the top and always has."

Talk-radio hosts, Harrison said, "never expected" their critiques of the election "to get out of hand" in the manner seen Wednesday. Cumulus and other broadcast companies "recognize they're in the hot seat right now because the national eye is on them," he said.

Asked how hosts who have repeatedly promoted Trump's claims of fraud can now credibly flip to acceptance, Harrison said: "I would hope they put their personal feelings aside and come clean with their listeners. I encourage them to pursue the truth and to tell their audience something that Trump may not like."

However, there's some question as to whether stars such as Levin will comply with the recent edict and whether Cumulus will discipline them if they don't.

On his syndicated radio program on Thursday, a day after Cumulus sent its memo and Trump supporters breached the Capitol, Levin didn't seem to be backing off. "It appears nothing has changed in 24 hours," he said on the air. "Not a damn thing. The never-Trumpers, the RINOs, the media - same damn thing."

He went on to add: "I'm not stirring up a damn thing. Everything I say is based on principle and mission. Everything is based on liberty, family, faith, the Constitution. . . . My enemies and my critics can't say the same." 

[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. But it is not an exciting time for the lukewarm or the ungodly, it shall be a terrible time, a time of a dictator, a dictator government that dictates, that takes away your rights, that takes away your freedoms, that takes away the things that you have, the things that you never expected that they would control, they shall control. Oh, what an hour is just ahead. etc..

[ :: 4-22-12 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. The clock is ticking, the midnight hour is already striking, the horses have been riding and yet many see not the things I have told them. They understand not what my word has said, etc..

[ :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ]

Rev 6:1 Now I saw when the Lamb opened one of the seals; and I heard one of the four living creatures saying with a voice like thunder, "Come and see."

Rev 6:5 When He opened the third seal, I heard the third living creature say, "Come and see." So I looked, and behold, a black horse, and he who sat on it had a pair of scales in his hand.

Rev 6:6 And I heard a voice in the midst of the four living creatures saying, "A quart of wheat for a denarius, and three quarts of barley for a denarius; and do not harm the oil and the wine."      (inflation)

:: 1-9-21 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Food Price Inflation Accelerates For Seventh Consecutive Month

by Tyler Durden Saturday, Jan 09, 2021 - 23:00

Is it time to worry about food inflation?

The Food and Agriculture Organization's Food Price Index rose for a seventh consecutive month in December, led by dairy products and vegetable oils.

The FAO Food Price Index averaged 107.5 points last month versus 105.2 points in November.

The benchmark, which tracks global food prices of cereals, oilseeds, dairy products, meat, and sugar, averaged 97.9 points for 2020, a three-year high, and a 3.1% rise from 2019 levels.

The global food index was still down 25% from its historical high reached in 2011.

Vegetable oil prices saw the most significant jump, up 4.7% month-on-month in December after surging more than 14.0% in November. The index was up 19.1% in 2020 over the prior year.

FAO explained that soaring vegetable oil prices are due to "ongoing supply tightness in major palm oil-producing countries. International trade was affected by a sharp hike in export duties in Indonesia. International prices for soy oil rose in part due to prolonged strikes in Argentina that impacted both crushing activity and port logistics."

Cereal prices rose 1.1% from November and for all of 2020 averaged 6.6% over the prior year. The reason for the increase is that export prices for wheat, maize, sorghum, and rice all rose last month due to growing condition concerns in North and South America and the Russian Federation.

Earlier this week, we highlighted drought conditions materialized in Argentina resulted in corn (maize) prices trading in Chicago surging to 6-1/2 year highs.

Rome-based FAO said the dairy index increased 3.2% on the month, but for the year, it was flat compared to 2019.

The meat index increased 1.7% last month, while its average this year was 4.5% below that of 2019.

Everyone's favorite permabear, SocGen's Albert Edwards, who, unlike Goldman Sachs, is starting to worry about soaring food inflation, writes FAO Food Price Index been surging over the last few months.

With the FAO food index continually rising, Edwards notes that "annual inflation in cereals reached 20%, the highest annual rise since mid-2011 when the Arab Spring was in full flow! (see chart below)."

Edwards makes his feelings clear on who ultimately was to blame for the global tidal wave in food inflation back in 2011: "Despite Ben Bernanke's denials that the Fed's QE policies caused rampant food price inflation in 2011 (link), many economists such as myself believe that was absolutely the case."

Edwards summarizes his concerns best with the following statement: "even in the richest country in the world, food poverty has become a real problem during this pandemic."

This leaves us with the next imminent food inflation crisis as central banks are mindlessly injecting a record $1.4 billion in liquidity into capital markets every hour.

Soaring food inflation may result in social-destabilization; the question is where will it start? 

:: 1-10-21 RT :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Clock ticks towards release of UFO report as emergency relief bill forces US intelligence agencies to reveal knowledge

10 Jan, 2021 12:51

We’re set to hear what US intelligence agencies have learnt about UFOs in their decades investigating the phenomenon, thanks to a law buried deep in the emergency relief bill that was signed by President Donald Trump.

A 180-day clock is ticking for the secretary of defense and the director of national intelligence to provide Congress with an unclassified report about “unidentified aerial phenomena” – more commonly referred to as Unidentified Flying Objects (UFOs) – due to one of the stipulations contained in the 5,600-page bill that Trump signed in late December.

The report is required to include “a detailed analysis of unidentified aerial phenomena data and intelligence reporting collected or held” by almost all US intelligence agencies.

It must also include “identification of any incidents or patterns that indicate a potential adversary may have achieved breakthrough aerospace capabilities that could put United States strategic or conventional forces at risk.”

A former deputy assistant secretary of defense for intelligence has backed the move, saying he hopes the incoming Biden administration will “rigorously execute its oversight prerogatives” regarding the report.

“The concerns of the public and numerous military personnel have been ignored by the national security bureaucracy for far too long,” Christopher Mellon added.

Last April, the Pentagon declassified three videos and released a range of new details about encounters between US navy aircraft and unidentified flying objects.

READ MORE: 'That’s a hell of a video!’ Trump’s reaction to Pentagon’s declassified UFO footage leaves ET hunters puzzled

The recordings were captured by navy pilots in November 2004 and January 2015. In the videos mysterious objects can be seen traversing the skies at extremely high speeds and performing seemingly physics defying maneuvers.

Two of the videos contain the recordings of the communications by the pilots, who were clearly shocked at the velocity of the unknown aircraft.

Late last year, former Obama-era CIA director John Brennan described the declassified footage as “eyebrow-raising” and said it should be treated with an open mind.

Obama himself recently revealed that, while in office, he had asked what the government knew about aliens and UFOs. However, he’s seemingly less keen on revealing what he was told. 

[:: 3-31-19 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. You are living in a time of great deception, a time when the enemy is working harder than he has ever worked before in the history of man and yet my people don’t seem to understand that. etc.

:: 1-11-21 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Democrats Would NEVER Have A Moment Of Peace If Americans Took This 2018 Advice From Dem Rep Maxine Waters - Americans Should NEVER Give Tyrants Our 'Consent To Be Governed'

- Absolute Proof That Democrats Are The Biggest Hypocrites In America

By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die January 11, 2021

We're going to start this story off by emphasizing that while we strongly recommend that ALL Americans be fully prepared to defend themselves when necessary, with justifiable self-defense and the defense of others not only being fully supported by US law but fully ingrained in the US Constitution and fully 'justifiable' in the eyes of God, we would NEVER advocate what California Democrat Representative Maxine Waters advocated back in 2018.

With gun stocks soaring and gun sales now going through the roof in America, (with democrats and 'big tech' becoming some of the 'biggest gun sales people' in America without even knowing it due to their Communist-style censorship of President Donald Trump), we have to take a look back at this June 25th of 2018 story over at CNN (saved at archive) titled "Maxine Waters encourages supporters to harass Trump administration officials".

Reporting back then that California's Representative Waters had called on her supporters to publicly confront and harass members of the Trump administration in response to the Trump administration's "zero tolerance" policy that she claimed had led to the separation of families at the border, Democrats should think very hard about Waters speech back then should they themselves be confronted by very angry Americans in the days, weeks, months and years ahead.

And we'd venture a guess that Democrats would likely scream out in bloody horror like the pathetic little hypocrites that they are if someone told Americans to do to any Biden administration official what Maxine Waters told her constituents to do to every member of President Trump's administration:

"Let's make sure we show up wherever we have to show up. And if you see anybody from that Cabinet in a restaurant, in a department store, at a gasoline station, you get out and you create a crowd. And you push back on them. And you tell them they're not welcome anymore, anywhere."


"The people are going to turn on them. They're going to protest. They're going to absolutely harass them until they decide that they're going to tell the President, 'No, I can't hang with you",

Just imagine how 2021 Democrat politicians nationwide would react if 'everywhere they go', they were going to be 'harassed' like Waters told Democrats to do to President Trump's administration! While many would argue that 'turnabout is fair play', cowardly Democrats would surely call Americans harassing them like Waters told Democrats to harass the Trump administration 'terrorism'. But Waters called harassing Trump officials 'resistance'. So, as Waters would put it, 'Viva la Resistance', America!

Perfectly proving the 'double standard' and utter hypocrisy that has left many Democrats actually believing that 'their own sh*t doesn't stink', one also has to wonder why Democrats in Congress are REALLY now so petrified of President Trump as he approaches the one-week mark left in his presidency. So fearful of President Trump that Democrats insanely plan on attempting to 'impeach' him once again.

Why this late in his term? What does President Trump know that Democrats don't want Americans to know?

With Senator Lindsey Graham himself recently witnessing such a response from angry Americans when he was confronted at the airport by a large group of people screaming 'traitor', is it just a coincidence that Graham also recently warned Democrats NOT to impeach President Trump? Graham recently warned that to do so, "Democrats will be 'tearing this country apart."

So as we had warned in this January 9th ANP story titled "More Proof Democrats Want Us All Dead! Can You Imagine The Outrage If A President Trump Supporter Said THIS!," it's well past time to prepare to defend our families and loved ones, especially with some Democrats actually calling for Trump-supporters to be killed for our political beliefs and the fact that we deeply believe Democrats committed voter fraud at the very highest levels and 'stole' this election.

And a fact Democrats can never get away from is, simply put, should Joe Biden ever make it into the White House, Biden will never be looked at as a 'legitimate president' by 100 million or more Americans. Americans who should never, ever give him what he needs, OUR consent to be governed.

The top-rated comment on this must-read story by Caitlin Johnstone titled "The Boot Is Coming Down Hard And Fast" is also a must-read. With America now witnessing nothing less than a 'big tech coup' upon our 1st Amendment, with 'big tech' censoring our own duly-elected President before Democrats in Congress once again insanely attempt to 'impeach him' despite President Trump just over 1 week remaining in office, we're going to republish that comment in full before we continue.

We have to face the fact that we have been divided, and we have been conquered. Representative Slotkin is absolutely right when she says "If we don't connect our two Americas, the threats will not have to come from the outside."

Of course, her idea and my idea of who the real terrorists are are very different. The terrorists and the pirates are in charge, and if we cannot unite to rid ourselves of these killers, bullies and thieves, they will bleed us dry while making war both domestically and internationally.

They are doing a very good job of keeping us divided. People can barely speak to each other anymore. But now we can see the clampdown coming for both the right and the left and know that we've been had. Of all the things that have happened over the last couple of years, the censorship is the most dangerous, the most shocking, and the most un-American.

Myself, I'm a libertarian. Although leftists will not agree with my economic views, I believe we have common cause on issues of censorship and personal liberty. Let's all stop fighting with each other and focus on the true oppressors: politicians like Slotkin, spooks like Brennan and their media and tech allies like Zuckerberg and Dorsey. Note the war dogs in congress who push for the conflicts. Note enthusiastic censors and congresspeople who speak out in favor of more jails, prisons and police.

Oppose them any 'legal' way you can. Vote against them, mock them online, tell your friends what sh*ts these people are. If you meet them, give them a piece of your mind. If they come into your restaurant, tell them you don't serve tyrants or censors. Make them understand that nobody but their mothers and "pals" in Washington really likes them.

We can't just shelter in place and watch angry Youtube videos-- Hell, pretty soon they'll all be banned, anyway. We must begin to stop fighting each other and start resisting THEM.

(ANP EMERGENCY FUNDRAISER: Due to unexpected medical and emergency repair bills, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this 'Info-war' for America at this most critical time in US history, during a time of systematic 'big tech' censorship and widespread Democrat corruption.)

With democrats/globalists absolutely using this Covid-19 pandemic as a way to not only 'steal the election' by getting millions of fraudulent 'mail in votes' pushed through that they never would have been able to get had Americans 'en masse' been required to show up at the polls to vote, while also using it to totally lockdown America while destroying small businesses, imagine if EVERY GOVERNMENT OFFICIAL across America was 'dismissed' from their 'jobs' as our 'public servants' and were forced to live on $1,200 for the next 11 weeks!

'Evening up' the game just a little bit (with most Americans never having made millions of dollars off of the US taxpayer like many politicians have!), what happens to a country in which the person in the highest political office in the land is censored and 'thrown away' like a stray dog, like they're doing to President Trump?

With such a move, if finalized in the weeks ahead, absolute proof that America has fallen to 'techno-tyranny', that 'boot stamping upon a human face, forever' that George Orwell warned the world about decades ago wouldn't be too far off, with President Trump's 'window' to 'take down' the globalist swamp that he long ago warned us about rapidly closing as heard in the 1st video below from Mike Adams.

And in the final video below, Adams take a look at the biggest story of the week, 'big tech' declaring war upon America by censoring our duly-elected Commander-in-Chief while claiming that the reason they are doing so was 'Trump inspiring violence'.

With that move by 'big tech' also giving Americans all across the country absolute proof that Democrats are the biggest hypocrites in the entire world when comparing President Trump's remarks to Maxine Waters remarks, it has also given law-abiding Americans all across the country a reason to arm up and ammo up, now, and get prepared to defend their families and loved ones with 'techno-tyranny' now on the rampage in America, taking down America's President, and no end to it in sight. 

:: 1-11-21 Rumble :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Who's Really President!? Why Did Pelosi Just Enact These Measures...For Presidents Past OR CURRENT!

Restricted Republic w/ Lisa Haven & Justus Knight Published January 11, 2021 6,413 Views

Rumble — Join us today at:




January 11th, 2021 By: Justus Knight!


Join  now and you heard us right…14 Days, on us, to check it out absolutely for FREE!!

Now available on Roku, Apple, Android or Amazon apps!  On today’s broadcast:

Biden better watch his 6. Pelosi is ready to seize all power…just look at her new House rules and you will quickly understand EXACTLY what she is preparing for. A few key words, “the President, and the Vice President, whether current or former,”. Hmmm, it appears now Nancy won’t be satisfied with the 25th Amendment and Trump, nor Trump impeachment, nor Trump in jail…she won’t be satisfied until she seizes FULL CONTROL of everything. Biden Beware; President Non-Elect Pelosi is coming for you next!

God Speed and God Bless,

Justus Knight

Join Us At The Following:






Referenced Sources: 

:: 1-11-21 Hal Turner Radio Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

VIDEO: Military Armored Vehicles Rolling into New Jersey

Nation News Desk 11 January 2021 Hits: 91766

Last night, armored military vehicles were video recorded rolling through a service area on I-95 in my home state of New Jersey.

The video, shown below, was taken late last night.

I am not privy to why this is taking place, but I don't like it.

More info if I get it. 

:: 1-11-21 The Washington Standard :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Americans Paid To Create The Internet – They Demand Freedom of Speech On It

The Washington Standard / January 11, 2021

2016: “The freedom of speech is under strenuous attack. This is not just about me. If I am silenced, a dangerous precedent will be set that people can be denied access to the means of communications if their views aren’t acceptable to the elites. This would mean the end of a free society in the U.S. Every American should care about this. There is nowhere to flee, nowhere else to go.”

The great Democrat-totalitarian dream is a gated worldwide web completely under their control.

Big tech has already decided what it’s going to do about us. The question is what are we going to do about it? If we want a free and open Internet, we have to fight for policies that will bring one about. That means championing the breakup of big tech monopolies and cutting off the government contracts that enrich them at the political level. But it also means changing how we use the internet.

Daniel Greenfield: The internet is our economy and our marketplace of ideas. And it is under the control of a handful of individuals and companies who, beyond becoming fabulously wealthy, believe that they are socially obligated to uphold their own political and cultural norms by banishing those voices they disagree with and promoting those voices they agree with. No railroad or oil baron ever had the power to shape political discourse that the bosses of Google, Facebook, Amazon and other FAANGS (Facebook, Amazon, Apple, Netflix, Alphabet) do today. 

:: 1-10-21 Pamela Geller :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

DELTA Airlines BOOTS Two Women for Private Conversation About President Trump

By Pamela Geller - on January 10, 2021

There is a madness a foot, a terrible evil madness. Does anyone recognize this country?

For those wondering how the Gestapo, the Stasi, KGB etc got so far so fast. Wonder no more. Your neighbors are willing, enthusiastic enforcers.

I’m amazed when people and corporations, sports team etc publicly act in a way that destroys their business. Like a political statement from an actor right before his movie comes out and then no one goes to his movie. 

:: 1-10-21 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

No ‘Riot’ Charges for Trump as Video of Capitol Police Letting Protestors Enter Capitol Proliferates

by National File  January 10th 2021, 5:11 am

Two US Justice Department officials have gone on record saying President Trump will not be charged with any crimes related to the chaos that descended on the US Capitol Building on January 6, 2021.

Frustrated and angry Trump supporters, by some accounts incited by anarchist and Leftist agitators, descended on the US after being betrayed by Vice President Mike Pence who refused to exercise his constitutional right to move a contested election in the Electoral College to the US House for a vote of delegations.

The Capitol Building and several elected official’s offices – including the Office of the Speaker – were accessed and disrupted during the chaos. The House and Senate floors were also accessed by the aggrieved protesters. Reports have surfaced that laptops have gone missing. Democrats leaders, led by House Speaker Nancy Pelosi (D-CA), and Senate Minority Leader Chuck Schumer (D-NY), have called for the President’s removal from office with less than two weeks left in his term. Alex Jones, Roger Stone & Robert Barnes lay out critical must see intel. The corrupt political system is desperate to deliver political kill shot to Trump.

Many Republicans, who benefited in their re-elections from President Trump’s support, have also joined the call for his removal.

But Democrat’s removal efforts have run into a speedbump with news that the Department of Justice will not pursue charges against the President for any of the activity that happened on Capitol Hill on January 6, 2021.

When asked Friday during a conference call with reporters if the DoJ was considering charging any of the speakers at the rally that preceded the destructive chaos at the Capitol Building, a Justice Department official said “We don’t expect any charges of that nature.” Later, another Justice Department official said the federal investigation is exclusively focused on criminal acts at the Capitol building.

Bowser reportedly refused an offer of federal assistance for additional security both at the rally and at the Capitol Building where the Electoral College vote was to be certified during a joint session of Congress.

Garance Franke-Ruta


"Mayor Muriel Bowser had warned of impending violence for weeks, and businesses had closed in anticipation. She requested National Guard help from the Pentagon on Dec. 31, but the Capitol Police turned down the Jan. 3 offer from the Defense Department"

In hindsight, Bowser’s decision resulted in the deaths of five people. Ashli Babbitt, a rally attendee who was at ground zero at the US Capitol Building, was shot dead by a Capitol Hill police officer during the chaos. 

:: 1-9-21 Gateway Pundit :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

NEW VIDEO: Antifa Hands Out Weapons from Bag During Storming of US Capitol

By Jim Hoft  Published January 9, 2021 at 9:20pm  712 Comments

A new video was released that shows Antifa terrorists handing out weapons to their comrades during the storming of the US Capitol.

This should come as no surprise for Gateway Pundit readers. As we reported earlier today Antifa organized a rally near the US Capitol on Wednesday.

On Friday investigative journalist Millie Weaver ran into Antifa activist and protest leader John Sullivan in Washington DC.

She overheard him say he was not being charged.

Millie Weaver



Just ran into John Sullivan the suspected BLM activist that was amongst the protesters that stormed the Capitol and was arrested yesterday. He appears to have been released!

In a phone call he can be heard saying that “no he’s not being charged”.

John Sullivan tweeted about BLM buses in DC during the “Stop the Steal” rally.

So BLM sent in busses of radicals for the ‘Stop the Steal’ rally?

This is all starting to come together now 

:: 1-9-21 NC Renegades :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Breaking — Amazon to shut down all Parler servers tomorrow night…

Posted on January 9, 2021 by Hammers Thor

Sunday (tomorrow) at midnight Amazon will be shutting off all of our servers in an attempt to completely remove free speech off the internet. There is the possibility Parler will be unavailable on the internet for up to a week as we rebuild from scratch. We prepared for events like this by never relying on amazons proprietary infrastructure and building bare metal products.

We will try our best to move to a new provider right now as we have many competing for our business, however Amazon, Google and Apple purposefully did this as a coordinated effort knowing our options would be limited and knowing this would inflict the most damage right as President Trump was banned from the tech companies.

This was a coordinated attack by the tech giants to kill competition in the market place. We were too successful too fast. You can expect the war on competition and free speech to continue, but don’t count us out.

Read the entire article here…

They’re not done. My guess, within the next two weeks ICANN will delete the web url’s of all conservative sites, thus making them unreachable, even if they were to switch servers. If you do not have a complete backup of your site now, and a plan to move your site to the dark web accessible with the TOR browser and hosted on your own machine through a VPN, you will not be online much longer.

Learn how to install TOR, install server software on your computer, install an instance of wordpress on your computer, and mirror your site on the dark web. Be sure to publish the .onion address for your site at the top of your website for everyone to copy and save. Time is of the essence. Here’s a primer, but some knowledge (or a teenager who understands this stuff) will help… 

:: 1-9-21 RT :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The American Empire has fallen, though Washington may not know it yet

Nebojsa Malic is a Serbian-American journalist, blogger and translator, who wrote a regular column for from 2000 to 2015, and is now senior writer at RT. Follow him on Twitter @NebojsaMalic

9 Jan, 2021 11:58

Wanting to turn back the clock and restore the American Empire to what it was before Donald Trump’s presidency is a fool’s errand. It’s already a thing of the past – and the storming of the US Capitol was just the last straw.

Don’t take my word for it, though. “If the post-American era has a start date, it is almost certainly today,” argued none other than the head of the Council on Foreign Relations – the foremost think tank advocating for the Empire in Washington – after Wednesday’s storming of the Capitol by several hundred Trump supporters protesting the certification of the election for Biden.

No one in the world is likely to see, respect, fear, or depend on us in the same way again,” lamented CFR president Richard Haas. Sure enough, as Haas was saying this the NATO secretary-general tweeted about the “shocking scenes” in Washington and demanded that Joe Biden’s election “must be respected.” British and French leaders followed suit, as did the Organization of American States. Turkey “expressed concern.” Canada and India chimed in.

Even Venezuela got into the act, condemning “acts of violence” in Washington and “political polarization” in the US, while expressing hope that Americans “can blaze a new path toward stability and social justice.” Keep in mind that the US has refused to recognize Venezuela’s elected president or parliament, attempting for the past two years to install an unelected ‘interim president’ instead and call it democracy. While the Trump administration has led this effort, the Democrats – now poised to have absolute power in the US – have been fully on board.

Likewise, the only time the Republican establishment and the Democrat ‘Resistance’ banded together in near-unison was to override Trump’s veto of the NDAA military funding bill, which contained a provision that would block him or any future president from withdrawing troops from overseas endless wars without prior congressional approval. The commitment to the Empire runs deep in the Washington ‘swamp’, as Trump used to call it.

We are seeing images that I never imagined we would see in this country – in some other capital yes, but not here,” said Haas. This unwitting admission of ‘American exceptionalism’ basically says it’s fine for US-backed activists to storm parliaments in “regimes” that Washington dislikes and wants to change, but when Americans rebel against their own government they believe is acting illegitimately, that’s beyond the pale.

While what happened Wednesday was not actually a “color revolution,” the visuals were certainly similar enough for the world to take notice. It would be wrong, however, to blame the Capitol “insurrection” for the demise of the American Empire, when it was merely the last domino to fall.

Again, don’t take my word for it – here’s Ishan Tharoor, a columnist for the notoriously pro-establishment Washington Post, declaring on Thursday that for “many abroad,” the vision of the US as a shining city on a hill with global moral influence and authority “has already died a thousand deaths.”

For some of these people, Tharoor argued, this narrative was “always an illusion to obscure the Washington-engineered coups and client military regimes.” Indeed.

Democrats and their neocon allies have spent the past four years blaming Trump’s ‘America First’ policy, lamenting that he was acting unilaterally, antagonizing “allies” and creating a “leadership vacuum” in the world. Those are the talking points of the incoming administration as well.

Except they’ve clearly forgotten the events of January 2020, when Trump ordered the drone assassination of Iranian General Qassem Soleimani. There were no protests from US “allies” – or should we say vassals? Instead, they fell in line with amazing alacrity.

Trump actually embraced the American Empire, he simply dispensed with the polite fictions it had used to dress up as something else over the years.

Ironically, it was the mobilization of the entire US political establishment to get rid of Trump – starting with ‘Russiagate’ and the impeachment circus over the phone call to Ukraine, with nationwide riots about “racial justice” and the politically weaponized coronavirus lockdowns along the waythat did the lion’s share of exploding the myths that maintained US hegemony, both at home and abroad.

Remember the ‘Deep State’ that was supposedly a Trumpian conspiracy theory? Yet its existence was confirmed in the impeachment hearings, a former CIA director openly praised it, and the eventual revelations of a FBI plot to frame General Flynn removed any vestiges of doubt.

The mainstream media’s war on Trump, later joined by social media platformscensorship of the legitimate and accurate Hunter Biden laptop story just before the election being just the most egregious example – also played out for the world to see. In the end, they banned Trump from every social media platform while he was still in office, even as he said he would leave peacefully.

Basically, the entire US establishment was so consumed by the desire to burn Trump at the proverbial stake, they chopped up the scaffolding that held up the Empire to use as firewood.

In a speech recently, Joe Biden vowed to “rebuild, reclaim America’s place in the world” as a country that will “champion liberty and democracy once more.” That’s a daunting task, on par with putting the genie back into the bottle, un-spilling milk, or putting Humpty Dumpty back together again.

Ironically, the only thing that could repair American prestige in the world might be to patch up the American Republic, almost broken by the four years of ‘Resistance’ to Trump. But as that would entail some self-awareness and soul-searching, it remains, shall we say, highly unlikely. 

:: 1--21 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

 2020 Election, Breaking News, Video

Massive Blackout in Vatican Following Release of Affidavit Revealing Italian Interference in US Election

by travis 3 days ago

As news of an international conspiracy involving the Italian government to remove President Donald Trump picks up steam, a massive blackout just hit the Vatican.

The timing of this suggests something very big is happening, especially following the release of a sworn affidavit revealing the Italian government played a huge part in the US presidential election.

† Ady Betambeau


Vatican in black out after affidavit was leaked of the Italians involvement in US election Interference

RED 2?

Timing would fit.

May just be coincidental

This statement came from Mr. Chin today, via his verified Twitter account. What's going on at the Vatican?#Blackout #Italy #Pakistan

— Toronto Today (@Toronto__Today) January 10, 2021

Reports: The Vatican now experiencing a blackout.  

— World Wire News (@WorldWireNews1) January 10, 2021


Italy in blackout. 57 million affected.

It's on people. This is the first thing the military does. Where did the election fraud originate? HERE.

— Executive Order News ( @ExecOrderNews ) January 10, 2021

Parrish 4 Minnesota


Vatican and all of Italy power outage blackout.

Reportedly, Pakistan and Iran power out too?


Current Vatican live cam:

The Vatican goes dark. DC is surrounded by NG. Something to see here?#thestorm

— GEORGE NEWS (@georgeNEWSclub) January 10, 2021 

:: 1-7-21 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Video: It's About The Politics Of A New World Order 

:: 1-10-21 Israel Haylom :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Site of Jesus' baptism cleared of mines after 50 years

The Scottish Halo Trust, which runs de-mining operations in former war zones, helped Israel make Qasr al-Yahud on the Jordan River safe for Christian worshippers.

By Reuters and ILH Staff  Published on 01-10-2021 18:30 Last modified: 01-10-2021 18:30

A shrine near the traditional site of Jesus' baptism on the River Jordan hosted an Epiphany procession for the first time in more than 50 years on Sunday after it was declared free of landmines.

Father Francesco Patton, the custodian of the Holy Land for the Roman Catholic church, led Franciscan friars towards a shrine in what was once a war zone between Israel and Jordan. Although the two countries have been at peace since 1994, seven churches laid abandoned for more than 50 years in the area of de-mining operations. The area lies about a kilometer from the Qasr al-Yahud ("The Tower of the Jews") baptism site near Jericho, which is a major draw for Christian pilgrims.

"Today, we are back to pray," Father Ibrahim Faltas, one of the clergymen at the ceremony, said. Attendance at the procession, which commemorates the baptism of Jesus by John the Baptist, was capped at 50 due to COVID-19 restrictions.

Israeli de-mining efforts began in 2018 and included support from the Halo Trust, a Scottish-based mine clearance group, an Israeli official said.

The Defense Ministry announced that as of the start of 2021, the "danger has been completely removed."

After visiting the shrine, the friars passed fading signs reading "DANGER - MINES!" in English, Arabic and Hebrew as they went down to the river to pray. 

:: 1-10-21 A P News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Anti-abortion faith leaders support use of COVID-19 vaccines

By DAVID CRARY yesterday

In a growing consensus, religious leaders at the forefront of the anti-abortion movement in the United States are telling their followers that the leading vaccines available to combat COVID-19 are acceptable to take, given their remote and indirect connection to lines of cells derived from aborted fetuses.

One outspoken foe of abortion based in Dallas, Southern Baptist megachurch pastor Robert Jeffress, has called the vaccines a “present from God.”

To ask God for help but then refuse the vaccine makes no more sense than calling 911 when your house is on fire, but refusing to allow the firemen in,” Jeffress said via email. “There is no legitimate faith-based reason for refusing to take the vaccine.” The Rev. Al Mohler, president of the Southern Baptist Theological Seminary, also has celebrated their development.

I will take it not only for what I hope will be the good of my own health, but for others as well,” he said on his website.

The U.S. Conference of Catholic Bishops, which says fighting abortion is its “preeminent” priority, said last month that getting vaccinated against the coronavirus “ought to be understood as an act of charity toward the other members of our community,” according to a statement by the chairmen of its Committee on Doctrine and Committee on Pro-Life Activities.

The bishops said it is morally acceptable for Catholics to use either of the two vaccines approved for use in the U.S. — made by Pfizer and Moderna — despite a “remote connection to morally compromised cell lines.” This entailed the use of fetal cell lines for lab tests seeking to confirm the vaccines’ effectiveness.

Another leading vaccine, made by AstraZeneca and approved for use in Britain and some other countries, is “more morally compromised,” and should be avoided if there are alternatives available, the bishops said.

Coinciding with the USCCB, four bishops in Colorado issued their own statement taking a somewhat more negative stance on AstraZeneca, describing it as “not a morally valid option.”

AstraZeneca used a cell line known as HEK293 to develop its vaccine. According to the Oxford University team that developed it, the original HEK293 cells were taken from the kidney of an aborted fetus in 1973, but the cells used now are clones of the original cells and are not the original fetal tissue.

As the first vaccines neared approval last year, some Catholic bishops warned they might be morally unacceptable. Among them was Bishop Joseph Brennan of Fresno, California, who urged Catholics not to jump on the “vaccine bandwagon.”

He later modified his stance, saying that due to health risks for individuals and communities, “Catholics may ethically decide for serious reasons to utilize such vaccines.”

Also questioning the vaccines was Bishop Joseph Strickland of Tyler, Texas, who has depicted any use of aborted fetuses in vaccine development as evil and says he won’t take any of the currently available vaccines.

“The Church has said that under some circumstances receiving the vaccine is permissible and I do not dispute that,” he said via email. “The Church has also said we should vigorously call for morally produced vaccines, and I urge those who take the vaccine to join that mission and demand change.”

Strickland is encouraging donations to the John Paul II Medical Research Institute, which supports research aimed at developing what it calls “ethical” cell lines — using adults’ stem cells — that would be used in the manufacturing of vaccines and other medical therapies.

Some other outspokenly anti-abortion bishops have embraced the vaccines.

“As a Christian engages the world, it’s impossible, in many settings, to completely avoid cooperating with moral evil,” tweeted Bishop Thomas Tobin of Providence, Rhode Island. “The Church, on multiple levels, has said that it’s morally acceptable to receive the vaccines that are currently available. I agree.”

Bishop Richard Stika of Knoxville, Tennessee, said he had no qualms about getting vaccinated. “I just hope they don’t implant a microchip in my arm to ascertain when I cheat on my diet,” he joked on Twitter.

Among Protestant evangelical leaders, who generally have strong anti-abortion views, there’s been relatively little anti-vaccine rhetoric, according to the Rev. Russell Moore, who heads the public policy arm of the Southern Baptist Convention.

I wouldn’t be able to think of one evangelical pastor who’s saying, ‘Don’t be vaccinated,’” he said.

A more notable challenge for pastors, Moore said, is countering baseless anti-vaccine conspiracy theories embraced by some members of their congregations or communities — for example that the vaccines would alter a recipient’s DNA or covertly implant a microchip.

On a global level, the Vatican has issued guidelines largely similar to those from the U.S. bishops, declaring it morally acceptable for Catholics to receive COVID-19 vaccines based on research that used cells derived from aborted fetuses.

One difference: It didn’t name or give details about specific vaccines. The Vatican plans to use the Pfizer vaccine starting this week for employees and their families, and Pope Francis — in an interview with an Italian broadcaster being aired this weekend — said he has an appointment to be vaccinated.

The Vatican has suggested it is wrong to refuse a vaccine based solely on the abortion objection, since refusal “may also result in a risk to others.”

Nicanor Austriaco, a molecular biologist and Catholic priest who teaches at universities in the U.S. and the Philippines, said the Vatican has appropriately addressed faith-based concerns about vaccines indirectly connected to research that used aborted fetal cells.

“The moral evil being contemplated here” took place in the 1970s when the original cell line was created, Austriaco said, “and it is remote.”

G. Kevin Donovan, a pediatrics professor at Georgetown University who directs its Pellegrino Center for Clinical Bioethics, said leaders of his Catholic faith couldn’t have been “more clear-cut.”

The advantage Catholics have is … the highest levels of authority have made it very clear this is a morally acceptable thing to do,” said Donovan.

In Indonesia, home to the world’s largest Muslim population, a Muslim clerical council has been included in that nation’s vaccine procurement process to ensure that a product is halal, or acceptable for use under Islamic law. In the past, the council has ruled that some vaccines for other diseases were unacceptable because they used pork-derived gelatin.

But on Friday the council gave its approval to China’s Sinovac COVID-19 vaccine, paving the way for its distribution in Indonesia. 

:: 1-10-21 Yahoo News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Indonesia Sriwijaya Air Boeing 737 'black boxes' located

Sun, January 10, 2021, 12:38 PM EST

"Black boxes" from a passenger plane that crashed into the sea soon after take-off in Indonesia on Saturday have been located, officials say.

Navy divers are confident that they will be able retrieve the two flight recorders when the search operation resumes on Monday.  Aircraft parts and human remains have been found.

The Sriwijaya Air Boeing 737 was carrying 62 people when it vanished from radar on its journey to Borneo.

"We have located the position of the black boxes, both of them," said Soerjanto Tjahjono, head of Indonesia's transport safety committee, quoted by AFP earlier on Sunday.

"Divers will start looking for them now and hopefully it won't be long before we get them."

The flight data recorder and cockpit voice recorder, or black boxes as they are often called, store data about planes. They can provide vital information in air accident investigations.

Investigators are analysing items which they believe to be a wheel and part of the plane's fuselage. A turbine from one of its engines is also among the debris that has been recovered. Sun, January 10, 2021, 12:38 PM EST

Indonesian officials inspect suspected debris from the plane  Parts of the fuselage of the plane have apparently been recovered

"Black boxes" from a passenger plane that crashed into the sea soon after take-off in Indonesia on Saturday have been located, officials say.

Navy divers are confident that they will be able retrieve the two flight recorders when the search operation resumes on Monday.  Aircraft parts and human remains have been found.

The Sriwijaya Air Boeing 737 was carrying 62 people when it vanished from radar on its journey to Borneo.

"We have located the position of the black boxes, both of them," said Soerjanto Tjahjono, head of Indonesia's transport safety committee, quoted by AFP earlier on Sunday.

"Divers will start looking for them now and hopefully it won't be long before we get them."

The flight data recorder and cockpit voice recorder, or black boxes as they are often called, store data about planes. They can provide vital information in air accident investigations.

Investigators are analysing items which they believe to be a wheel and part of the plane's fuselage. A turbine from one of its engines is also among the debris that has been recovered.

'Kind' pilot and newly-weds among crash missing

A timeline of global air disasters  Plane crash fatalities fell more than 50% in 2019

The search operation has been suspended for the night but is due to resume on Monday morning.

However, there appears to be no hope of finding any survivors. A spokesman for the Jakarta police, Yusri Yunus, said two bags had been received from the search and rescue agency.

"The first bag contained passengers' properties, another bag contained body parts," he told reporters, adding: "We are still identifying these findings."

Police are asking families of the victims to provide DNA samples and dental records to help identify the remains. The missing aircraft is not a 737 Max, the Boeing model that was grounded from March 2019 until last December following two deadly crashes.

What happened to the aircraft? Story continues 

:: 1-8-21 Life News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Satanic Temple: Aborted Babies Should Not Receive a Proper Funeral

State Micaiah Bilger Jan 8, 2021 | 5:46PM Columbus, Ohio

The Satanic Temple, a group that believes abortion is a “religious ritual” similar to communion or baptism, is fighting against a new Ohio law that ensures aborted babies receive a proper burial.

WLWT 5 News reports the religious group slammed the law as a violation of the First Amendment this week and threatened to take legal action.

Signed by Gov. Mike DeWine in December, the law requires the Ohio Department of Health to establish rules for the proper and humane burial or cremation of aborted babies’ bodies. It creates penalties for violations and requires abortion facilities to pay for the babies to be cremated or buried.

The law also allows the mother to decide “whether the final disposition shall be by cremation or interment” and “the location of the final disposition.”

Several states have similar laws in place, and the U.S. Supreme Court upheld Indiana’s law in 2019. Such laws not only ensure that aborted babies’ bodies are treated with dignity and respect, they also are a safeguard against abortion facilities trying to sell aborted baby body parts.

However, the Satanic Temple claims the Ohio law violates their religious freedom.

“Ohio’s desire to dictate funeral procedures cuts at the heart of religious freedoms as these rites have been an essential component of religious practices for thousands of years,” said Sydney Goodwin, a spokesperson for the group, in a statement.

Follow LifeNews on the MeWe social media network for the latest pro-life news free from Facebook’s censorship!

In contradiction to science, Satanists believe unborn babies are part of the mother’s body.

“Satanists believe that non-viable fetal tissue is part of the person who carries it. As such, state impositions of ceremonial requirements dictating its disposal, barring any plausible medical or sanitary concerns, violate their ability to contextualize the termination of a pregnancy on their terms,” Goodwin said.

Instead, Goodwin said they believe “fetal tissue” should be treated like other medical waste and incinerated.

The Satanic Temple, a radical pro-abortion group, is trying to overturn pro-life laws across the country using a religious freedom argument. Their belief that aborting an unborn baby is a religious ritual is part of their argument.

Many states have laws that interfere with our members’ ability to practice their religious beliefs,” said Satanic Temple spokesperson Jane Essex in August. “No Christian would accept a mandatory waiting period before they can partake in communion. No Christian would tolerate a law that insists state counseling is necessary before someone can be baptized. Our members are justly entitled to religious liberty in order to practice our rituals as well.”

So far, all of the Satanic Temple’s lawsuits against pro-life laws have failed. In 2020, a federal appeals court rejected their latest attempt at challenging Missouri’s informed consent law. In 2019, the Missouri Supreme Court dismissed another one of the Satanic Temple’s lawsuits. But every time they lose, they try again with a new approach.

The Satanic Temple is heavily involved in abortion activism in the U.S. Breitbart once described its work as a “pro-abortion crusade to come to the aid of America’s largest abortion provider,” Planned Parenthood.

Some of its members attempt to intimidate peaceful pro-life sidewalk counselors through gruesome protests. In 2016, pro-life advocates outside of a Detroit, Michigan Planned Parenthood faced a disturbing scene when a group from the Satanic Temple arrived to counter-protest wearing baby masks and carrying whips. They held a similar protest on Good Friday in 2017. 

[ :: 2-11-18 am service  [ third word]  ::  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

You have seen all the strange new signs that you are seeing, whether it be in weather, whether it be in the flu, whether it be in the germ warfare, and there is germ warfare going on right here, it has been delivered to this country by their enemies. etc. 

:: 1-9-21 CBS News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Rare blizzard in Spain leaves 4 dead and brings country to standstill

January 9, 2021 / 7:03 PM / AP

A persistent blizzard blanketed large parts of Spain with an unusual amount of snow on Saturday, killing at least four people and leaving thousands trapped in cars or at train stations and airports that suspended all services.

The national weather agency reported that as of 7 a.m., the snowfall in Madrid reached a level unseen in half a century. More than 20 inches of snow fell in the Spanish capital, according to the weather agency AEMET.

The bodies of a man and woman were recovered by the Andalucía region emergency service after their car was washed away by a flooded river near the town of Fuengirola. The Interior Ministry said a 54-year-old man was also found dead in Madrid under a big pile of snow. A homeless man died of hypothermia in the northern city of Zaragoza, the local police department reported. More than half of Spain's provinces remained under severe weather alerts for Storm Filomena on Saturday evening, seven of them at the highest level of warning. In Madrid, authorities activated a red alert for the first time since the system was adopted four decades ago and called in the military to rescue people from vehicles trapped on everything from small roads to the city's major thoroughfares. Sandra Morena, who became trapped late on Friday as she commuted to her night shift as a security guard in a shopping center, arrived home, on foot, after an army emergency unit helped her out on Saturday morning.

"It usually takes me 15 minutes, but this time it has been 12 hours freezing, without food or water, crying with other people because we didn't know how we were going to get out of there," said Morena, 22.

"Snow can be very beautiful but spending the night trapped in a car because of it is no fun," she added.

As of Saturday evening, Spanish security services had rescued all the people who were trapped in vehicles — over 1,500, Interior Minister Fernando Grande-Marlaska said.

AEMET had warned that some regions would be receiving more than 24 hours of continuous snowfall due to the odd combination of a cold air mass stagnant over the Iberian Peninsula and the arrival of the warmer Storm Filomena from the south. The storm is expected to be followed by a severe drop in temperatures in the coming days, the agency said.

Transport Minster José Luis Ábalos warned that "snow is going to turn into ice and we will enter a situation perhaps more dangerous than what we have at the moment."

He added that the priority was to assist those in need but also to ensure the supply chain for food and other basic goods.

"The storm has exceeded the most pessimistic forecasts we had," Ábalos added.

Adolfo Suárez Madrid-Barajas International Airport, the main gateway in and out of Spain, will remain closed at least until Sunday, Ábalos said, after the blizzard bested machines and workers trying to keep the runways clear of snow.

All trains into and out of Madrid, both commuter routes and long-distance passenger trains, as well as railway lines between the south and the northeast of the country, were suspended, railway operator Renfe said.

The storm had caused serious disruptions or closed over 650 roads, according to Spain's transit authorities, which urged people to stay indoors and avoid all non-essential travel.

More than 100 roads were still impassable almost 24 hours after the storm began dumping snow on the central swathe of the country.

The Spanish government plans to take extra steps to ensure that the country's weekly shipment of the BioNTech-Pfizer coronavirus vaccine on Monday can be distributed to regional health authorities via police-escorted convoys, the interior minister said.

The wintry weather did disrupt the country's soccer league, with some teams unable to travel for games. Saturday's match between Spanish league leader Atlético Madrid and Athletic Bilbao was postponed after the plane carrying Bilbao's team on Friday was unable to land in the capital and had to turn around.

The regions of Castilla La Mancha and Madrid, home to 8.6 million people altogether, announced that schools would be closed at least on Monday and Tuesday.

Despite the numerous branches and even whole trees toppled by the weight of the snow, the blizzard also yielded surreal images that entertained many Madrileños, including a few brave skiers and a man on a dog sled that was seen on videos widely circulated on social media.

Lucía Vallés, a coach for a Madrid-based ski club who usually has to travel to faraway mountains with her clients, was thrilled to see the white layers of snow accumulating literally at her doorstep.

"I never imagined this, it has been a gift," the 23-year-old said. "But I've never had so many photographs taken of me," she added as she slid past the late 18th-century building that hosts the Prado Museum.

First published on January 9, 2021 / 7:03 PM 

[ :: 6-28-09 am service ( first word ) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. All these things are end-time signs, the economy, the loss of jobs, the government control. You are in a time that the world has never seen before and that time does not get better, etc..

:: 1-4-21 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

America Is Ready to Take Her Place Along Side the Most Tyrannical Regimes In History- Steve Quayle and Dave Hodges

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Monday, January 4, 2021 - 15:48.

Steve Quayle and myself have received criticism, for years, when we have dared to discuss the evidence for FEMA camps. Frequently, it was the government's or military documents. We were ridiculed when we discussed the CHICOM threat. Some scoffed when we discussed our compromised leaders and accused some of them with treason. Nobody is not criticizing, ridiculing and scoffing. For all who have eyes to see and ears to hear, the soon-to-be dangerous state of this nation will soon be on display for everyone. America is about to become a very dangerous place to live. The historical figures of the past have nothing on this generation's despots. All of us are learning what it is like to live through a Bolshevik Revolution.

I recently interviewed Steve Quayle on these topics. This interview is not for the faint of heart, it is just a hard case of reality. Please click this link to listen to this tell-all interview. 

[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. But it is not an exciting time for the lukewarm or the ungodly, it shall be a terrible time, a time of a dictator, a dictator government that dictates, that takes away your rights, that takes away your freedoms, that takes away the things that you have, the things that you never expected that they would control, they shall control. Oh, what an hour is just ahead. etc..

[ :: 5-12-13 am service (first word)  :: ::  :: ::  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. the world is in darkness and that darkness continues to grow darker and darker and darker, for they follow the evil plans of the enemy and they know not which plans they follow, they just desire to be the conquerors the controllers, the dictators etc.

:: 1-5-21 Guns in the News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Proposed Bill Bans Body Armor, Makes Possession A Crime & Forces Citizens To Turn It In Or Face Arrest

Guns In The News / January 5, 2021 / 5.1k

Lawmakers in New York have proposed one of the most tyrannical and utterly worrisome pieces of legislation we’ve seen. They want to ban citizens from having body armor to protect themselves from bullets. As no one has ever beaten anyone to death with a bullet proof vest, the intentions behind this bill are clear and have no other purpose other than making it easier for government to kill citizens and harder for citizens to protect themselves from bullets.

New York, who has some of the strictest gun laws in the country, now wants to make it a misdemeanor and potential felony for people to purchase or possess a passive means of resistance to bullets.

Unlike other attempts to ban body armor like we’ve seen in the past, this bill does not grandfather people in who already own it. In fact, the bill says that it must be turned over to the state for disposal, or you are guilty. After the passage of the bill, citizens will have 15 days to turn it in before they are declared criminals. Assembly Bill A352 was introduced and cosponsored by David McDonough, Richard Gottfried, and Michael Montesano. It reads as follows (emphasis added.)

§ 270.21 Unlawful purchase or possession of a body vest. A person is guilty of the unlawful purchase or possession of a body vest when he or she knowingly and unlawfully purchases or possesses a body vest, as such term is defined in subdivision two of section 270.20 of this article. This section shall not apply to active law enforcement officers or those whose occupations require the use of body vests as determined by the department of state.

Unlawful purchase or possession of a body vest is a class A misdemeanor for a first offense and a class E felony for any subsequent offense.

§ 2. Any person currently in possession of a body vest, as such term is defined in subdivision two of section 270.20 of the penal law, shall have 15 days from the effective date of this act to dispose of such body vest at any local or state law enforcement agency.

On the government’s website, they allow comments from citizens. Naturally, this piece of legislation is not being well received. One person pointed out the obvious, saying, “The only legitimate reason for this bill is to make it easier for the State to murder the disarmed subjects of New York.”

“I cannot believe that such a bill would even be introduced in our state. The government here wants to control every aspect of our lives, even such a purely defensive item. Shame on our lawmakers for even considering such a bill,” another commenter wrote.

“This is a vile and wicked bill! Body armor is the most passive form of self protection possible that a person can use and you want to take that away from law-abiding citizens?! You should be disgusted with yourselves for ever proposing such a thing!” another person pointed out.

We agree with all of them.

The reality is America has less major crime than at any point in the last 40 years, and yet we have cops patrolling American streets as if they are in the Korengal or Fallujah, and treating the citizens as such, with absolutely no regard for the Constitution.

Perhaps if these lawmakers put as much effort into disarming the overly militarized police, as attempting to take away law abiding citizens’ ability to defend themselves from would-be shooters, people wouldn’t have the impetus to wear body armor.

The armor is purely defensive in nature, and people should always have the ability and right to defend themselves against attack.

The right to self-defense is the right from which all other rights are derived. As John Locke stated, self-defense is the first law of nature. Each person owns his or her own life and no other person has a right to take that life, or hinder the preservation thereof.

Moreover, the Supreme Court has held that the police have no duty to protect citizens, so that responsibility now falls squarely on the shoulders of individuals themselves.

To take away people’s ability to access defensive armor, after telling them that they are on their own and are owed no protection by law enforcement, almost seems like a cruel joke.

Why should a law-abiding American, that takes steps to defend themselves passively, be criminalized?

Where is the sense in government banning something that provides people protection from harm?

The logic of this bill is so askew that it wouldn’t be surprising if perhaps next they will try and pass a bill that outlaws hiding behind things while being shot at.

When the state attempts to make it illegal to protect yourself from bullets, it may be time to start purchasing gear to protect yourself from bullets. 

:: 1--21 America's Freedom Fighters :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

WATCH THIS: New York Literally Passes Bills To Enact FEMA Camps And Forced Vaccinations- It’s No Longer A 'Conspiracy' (VIDEO) 


It’s no longer a conspiracy theory. A bill in New York, SB416, will utilize FEMA camps and forced vaccines to deal with people who “MAY” by contagious or a public health threat. Who gets to determine who is interned in these camps? The ruling class, of course.

The FEMA camps those “crazy conspiracy theorists” have warned about could very soon be a reality for those living in New York state. New York Senate Bill 416 authorizes the quarantine (jailing in internment camps) of individuals or groups who “potentially pose a threat to public health,” including forced testing and vaccinations. As the Ice Age Farmer said: This must stop now! There is no more gray area. You either support freedom, or some version of slavery. Wake up. It was A99 last year, but suffice to say, sentiment has changed radically, and with immunization passports in the news, this merits our attention. What exactly gives any human the right to detain someone who hasn’t done anything wrong? Oh yeah, nothing. Lines have been drawn. We will stand together as free people or we will go along as slaves to the ruling class, whose tyranny has not slowed down but been ramped up in a major way over the past year.

If you haven’t figured out that this isn’t about your health and keeping you safe, but keeping you controlled and under the thumb of the elitists and ruling class, I’m not sure what it’s going to take to get you to open your eyes. We have a bright future if we can wake up, work together, and stop allowing others to rule us.

H/T [Ice Age Farmer]

This article was written by Mac Slavo at and was republished with permission.

RELATED ARTICLE- Cuomo And de Blasio Try To Trash Trump On COVID Vaccine Rollout- Facts Emerge That Blow Up In Their FACE 

:: 1-4-21 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Moderna’s mRNA injections are an “operating system” designed to program humans and hack their biological functions

Monday, January 04, 2021 by: Lance D Johnson

(Natural News) The experimental injections being rolled out by Moderna and Pfizer are nothing similar to traditional vaccines. These mRNA platforms are an “operating system” designed to program human beings and turn their cells into efficient drug delivery systems.

Moderna is now going public with the real intentions behind the mRNA platform. The mRNA technology platform is similar to a computer operating system, the company admits. Scientists prepare a unique mRNA sequence that codes for a specific protein. Once injected into humans, this program is carried out in the individual’s body, at the cellular level. The mRNA platform is where Big Pharma merges with Big Tech, enslaving human beings to a controlling system designed to profit from their cellular and biological functions into the unforeseeable future.

Moderna admits that healthy immune systems are a threat to their mRNA platform

As mRNA platforms go live on human populations, Moderna admits that healthy human immune responses can actually destroy the mRNA sequences before they get into the person’s cells.

The immune system may attack the program and its RNA fragments, leading to negative outcomes that could include molecular deficiencies, hormonal defects, etc. If the protein folding is disrupted, the proteins may never achieve their desired functionality, leading to partial development of antigens that never confer targeted immunity to coronavirus spike proteins. The body may turn on its own cells in the process, causing hyper-inflammatory responses and autoimmune issues that are the precursor to organ failure and various disease processes.

During the so-called pandemic, public health officials were mum on the actions people should take to mount a healthy immune response to infection. Now we know why these public health officials were telling people they must wait on a vaccine to go back to normal. The people behind the mRNA experimentation of humans are building psychological justification and scientific precedent to declare human immune systems incapable. In this way, people will submit their bodies to the latest mRNA programs as they become dependent on the biological software that have been created for them. This is an open door toward trans-humanism, and millions of people are buying into it. By casting shame on human immune systems, drug companies have also found the perfect alibi for when their experiments cause injury in humans. It’s not the injected technology that is causing allergic reactions, seizures, infertility and death, claim the drug companies… It’s the individual’s human’s immune system that is causing all the pain and misery, they demand. The drug companies will demand that more carefully crafted mRNA programs and interventions will be needed to “perfect” human beings.

The new mRNA vaccines are dependency programs, designed to manipulate and enslave human biological functions

Moderna brags that “several hundred scientists and engineers are solely focused on advancing Moderna’s platform technology.” These scientists are attempting to “hack” humans with bio-information and make populations dependent on the technology. Moderna has even dubbed their mRNA platform the ‘Software of Life.’

These scientists are looking for ways to help the foreign mRNA avoid immune detection. They are also experimenting with ways to trick the cell’s ribosomes into processing the mRNA as if it was natural. They are also plotting ways to instruct the human cells to produce the artificial proteins long term. Moderna was founded on the success of using modified RNA to reprogram the function of a human stem cell, therefore genetically modifying it.

As these RNA “operating systems” are installed in human bodies, it becomes even more clear that drug companies are looking to genetically modify and own human proteins while controlling biological processes for generations to come. On both a psychological and physiological level, human beings are being branded like cattle as they submit to these mRNA software programs.

This system is not medicine, nor is it vaccination. This system is complete cellular manipulation, using foreign biological molecules to code, decode, regulate, change the expression of, and alter the physiological instructions within human beings.

Watch Dr. Carrie Madej explain how this new vaccine platform can change the way we live, who we are, what we are.

Sources include: 

:: 1-4-21 Asia Times :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

America’s ‘Devil Dogs’ just got a little scarier

The impetus for equipping weapons with suppressors came from experiments at a 2016 'Sea Dragon' event

by Dave Makichuk January 4, 2021

America’s famed “Devil Dogs” — the US Marines — just got a little leaner and meaner, a little more badass, a little tougher to find and kill.

Why? Because of suppressors, which have now been fielded in the thousands to infantry, reconnaissance and special operation units.

In case you’re wondering, “small arms suppressors” are designed to reduce a weapon’s noise, flash and recoil.

They are also time-efficient, as attachment and detachment only takes a few seconds. The mass fielding of the suppressors, and their myriad benefits, represents “a monumental moment for the Corps,” according to a press release.

Marines are trained to locate, close with and destroy the enemy by fire and maneuver, or repel the enemy’s assault by fire and close combat. They engage adversaries in any clime and place, no matter how arduous the conditions.

As history has shown, they will take and hold, any position, regardless of heavy casualties. The fact they will be armed with suppressors means they will be that much harder to locate and target. The impetus for equipping additional weapons with suppressors came from a series of experimentations at a 2016 “Sea Dragon” event, which enables the Marine Corps to experiment with current and emerging technologies. At the event, a battalion employed the suppressors as part of a Marine Corps Warfighting Lab experimentation.

“The positive feedback from that experiment was the primary driving force behind procuring suppressors,” said Brisker. “We’ve had a few limited user experiments with various units since that time, and all of those events generated positive reviews of the capability.”

Marine Corps Systems Command (MCSC) began fielding the first 13,700 Knight’s Armament Company suppressors designed for M4 and M4A1 carbines and M27 infantry automatic rifles to Marines at Camp Lejeune, North Carolina. The command hopes to field approximately 30,000 of the devices by fiscal year 2023. “Our intent was to leverage commercially available technology to support the near-term modernization required for our close combat Marines,” said Billy Epperson, the Infantry Weapon Capabilities Integration Officer.

Epperson added that the Marine Corps conducted Limited User Evaluations in 2019 with commercial suppressors provided by vendors showcasing the latest and greatest in technology to characterize requirements in support of an acquisition effort that began in fiscal year 2020.

David Tomlinson, MCSC’s infantry weapons officer, emphasized the importance of suppressors in exchanging information during battle. He said gun fights create a chaotic environment with intense noise levels, producing communication problems that can increase confusion.

“I would say the most important thing the suppressor does is allow for better inter-squad, inter-platoon communication,” said Tomlinson. “It allows the operators to communicate laterally up and down the line during a fire fight.”

Tomlinson said suppressors can save lives, as Marines engaged in battle can expose themselves from their firing position. The suppressor reduces their audible and visual signature, making it more difficult for the enemy to ascertain their location. In addition to tactical advantages on the battlefield, the reduced noise of the suppressors also benefits a Marine’s long-term health, said Brisker. According to the US Department of Veterans Affairs, hearing problems are by far the most prevalent service-connected disability among American veterans.

“In the big picture, the VA pays out a lot in hearing loss claims,” said Brisker. “We’d like Marines to be able to continue to hear for many years even after they leave the service. These suppressors have that benefit as well.”

According to Popular Mechanics, each gunshot is in the range of 140 to 165 decibels, with the M4 carbine, M27 infantry automatic rifle, and M38 designated marksman rifle about in the 165-decibel range. The same weapons fitted with suppressors are 132 decibels.

Although a 33-decibel difference doesn’t sound like much, the decibel scale is logarithmic, meaning unsuppressed weapons disperse more than 1,000 times more sound energy than suppressed ones. Simply put, quieter weapons mean a Marine can hear commands by their fire team, squad, or platoon leader more easily.

At night, the reduction in muzzle flash can reduce disorientation and help preserve night vision.

This all translates to units that can respond to orders more quickly, pass on important information faster, and operate more effectively at night.

— Sources: US Marines, and Popular Mechanics 

:: 1--21 Steve Quayle Alerts :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::


DANIEL 2:42-44 'And as the toes of the feet were part of iron, and part of clay, so the kingdom shall be partly strong, and partly broken.

43 And whereas thou sawest iron mixed with miry clay, they shall mingle themselves with the seed of men: but they shall not cleave one to another, even as iron is not mixed with clay.

44 And in the days of these kings shall the God of heaven set up a kingdom, which shall never be destroyed: and the kingdom shall not be left to other people, but it shall break in pieces and consume all these kingdoms, and it shall stand for ever'. :

Jon--Hello Brother Steve,

I was thinking about the MRNA poison, and I thought about the name, messenger RNA.. messenger in the Greek is angelos, essentially angel RNA, I thought of Daniel, and them mixing their seed with the seed of man..  I have been praying every night that God, my Father would give me wisdom and understanding. To God be all the glory forever and ever.

I’ve not heard anyone else address this, but I feel it is pretty blatant and in our face.

Thank you for your insights and boldness.   Truly, Jon 

:: 1--21 Survival Dan 101 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

8 Lessons Learned The Hard Way From 2020 With Consequences For Years To Come

As the last year draws to an end and the new year begins, I always like to look back over the previous year, seeing what lessons I can learn.

I also like to look forward, seeing what I need to do, in order to prepare myself for the year to come. While these activities can be undertaken at any time, the start of a new year seems to be an excellent time to do so.

With 2020 having been such an interesting year, filled with disasters and problems, it seems even more appropriate to take a moment out to review the year, seeing what we can learn from it and better prepare ourselves for whatever might be coming next.

I find it funny that so many people think that everything will be fine, once 2020 is over and 2021 begins. But last I checked, disasters don’t pay any attention whatsoever to our calendar. They operate on their own time frame and we have to adjust to it. We call it “hurricane season” not to tell the hurricanes when they can come, but to remind ourselves that we’re in the time of year when they do come.

So as we start into 2021, I’m not expecting that the disasters of 2020 will come to an end. It would be nice if that happened, but I’m not planning on it. Rather, I’m planning on more disasters for 2021. Whether they will be as bad as those of 2020 is yet to be seen. It Always Takes More than You Think

The big news of 2020 was the Coronavirus pandemic. While this wasn’t the first time that we’ve faced a pandemic, it ended up being considerably more serious than anything we’ve faced in recent years. The Ebola outbreak of 2014 could have been worse, but it didn’t go around the globe as COVID did.

Having been around in 2014, I had purchased PPE for use in that pandemic, just in case, it reached the United States. So when COVID-19 hit our shores, I thought I was ready. But, while I did have PPE in my stockpile, I had grossly underestimated how much I’d need. What I had barely made it through the first couple of months, and then I was making my own, as it wasn’t available.

I’d have to say that the disasters we are not accustomed to dealing with are the ones where we need to be even better prepared. A lot of the reason why I didn’t have enough PPE is that I had never dealt with a pandemic before. Due to my lack of familiarity with the situation, I didn’t really have any idea of how much PPE or cleaning supplies I’d use on a daily basis. Nor did I have any idea how long the pandemic would last. Therefore, unlike some other things, I hadn’t calculated how much I would go through. Oops.

Our Supply Chain is Extremely Fragile One of the more surprising things about the pandemic was how the grocery stores emptied out. Along with many others, I’ve talked about how the grocery stores would empty out in the event of a major disaster; but I was still surprised how bad it happened. First, the shortages started because of panic buying before the pandemic even hit. And secondly, how hard it was for the system to catch up and restock those stores.

But if all it takes is fear for a run on the stores, then we should be ready for such a thing to happen anytime. When you consider how much the news media is bent on fear-mongering, a panic could happen at any time. The fact that it already happened once just means that people won’t wait the next time; they’ll rush to the stores at the first sign of trouble.

Up until now, the idea of restocking the grocery stores doesn’t fit into most TEOTWAWKI events. But the COVID pandemic proved that it might be possible to have a major disaster and see the supply chain restore itself. It takes time; but as long as communications and transportation are in place, it is possible for the stores to restock. Don’t Believe what Others Say

A fair chunk of the problems we’ve had in dealing with the pandemic, as well as the shortages in the stores, have been caused, at least to some extent, by the news media. As with everything else in the last four years, the mainstream news media has spun the COVID-19 pandemic, in an effort to make President Trump look bad. So, they’ve exaggerated the severity of the disease, focusing on how many people have died. While this was “honest reporting” in the sense that they were using real figures, it was dishonest in their focus. As per normal, they were cherry-picking figures to make the administration look bad, not telling the whole story.

In reaction to this, most of the right-wing news sources were downplaying the severity of the disease, leading many conservatives to believe that the disease wasn’t any more serious than the seasonal flu. We’ve ended up with a lot of conservatives who are fighting against even conservative governors, using numbers that were out and out wrong by any stretch of the imagination.

We’re living in an age where you can’t believe what comes out of any news source. We are no longer receiving news, but news commentary. Those on the right are more honest about this, telling us that what they are giving us is commentary. But what’s coming out of the left is just as much commentary, even though they are labeling it as “news.” In order to have at least somewhat accurate information, we need to look to apolitical sources, which are almost impossible to find. In the case of the pandemic, the best is going right to the CDC’s website. In the case of hurricanes, it’s going to the National Hurricane Center’s website. Similar sites exist for other categories of disasters.

Always Have an Alternative

With all the shortages we’ve seen in 2020, we’ve got a pretty good idea of what to expect in any future disaster. Supplies will always be limited at any time of the disaster; especially of the things we need the most. We need to have an alternate plan in place when those things run short.

During COVID, I’ve made my own masks, hand sanitizer, and a replacement for Clorox wipes (my wife’s favorite cleaner). Had I not been able to do this, we would have ended up putting ourselves more at risk, especially early on, when everyone was trying to buy them and there wasn’t enough.

Taking this idea a step further, we should all have a good idea of how to make everything from soap to gunpowder, as well as either having a stock of the necessary materials or knowing where to find them in nature. That’s going to become critical if we’re ever faced with a true TEOTWAWKI event.

Disasters Don’t Just Come One at a Time Every prepping and survival writer I’ve ever read deals with one disaster at a time, just like I have. But if there’s anything we’ve seen in 2020, it’s that disasters are bullies; they like to gang upon us. Often, one disaster will bring on another, such as we’ve seen happen in the last year. What started out as a pandemic, quickly led to various kinds of shortages in the stores, businesses shutting down, people losing their jobs, and a fast-moving financial crisis.

In the future, it would make sense for us all to be thinking in terms of dealing with multiple crises at one time. While we may only be faced with one at a time, I’d rather train for the worst-case and deal with something better, than train for a best-case and not be ready with something more serious.

Be Flexible – Roll with the Punches

Many people were devastated by the events of 2020. But others seemed to weather it just fine. For me personally, it has been a good year, in spite of everything that has happened.

How can I say that? Because I’ve made the most of it. I work from home anyway, so that wasn’t a problem. But the pandemic caused my wife to have to work from home for seven months as well. While we both worked and worked a lot, it became something like an extended honeymoon for us.

Granted, we’ve had to make a lot of changes in the way we’ve done things; which is why I say to be flexible. Being able to not only survive but make the most of a situation, often requires nothing more than a change of attitude. Look for opportunities, rather than focusing on the problems. That will turn what’s bugging everyone else into a blessing for you.

The idea of “rolling with the punches” comes from boxing. The idea is that if you can’t avoid getting hit, then do whatever you can to lessen the impact of the hit. Whether that means changing the angle of your body, moving away as you are getting stuck, or turning at the last moment so that the glove doesn’t hit a particularly vulnerable area, the idea is to avoid receiving harm. Flexibility and the ability to react to whatever is happening will lessen the impact of a disaster too.

Take Computer Security Seriously Before all is said and done, I think the biggest disaster of 2020 is going to be the hacking of SolarWinds network software. Experts are still working overtime to ascertain the seriousness of this attack and it might be months before we fully know how bad it is. It might be many more months or even years before the problem is fixed.

In the meantime, some 18,000 government organizations and businesses have had their computer networks hacked. Countless terabytes of information have been copied and are now in the process of being analyzed by the hackers. In some cases, it appears that they might have gotten so far inside the systems, as gaining the ability to take control of them. In others, they have created other, hidden, back doors, which they can use for continued access into those networks, even after the leaks are plugged.

The amazing thing, at least to me, is that the hackers haven’t yet done anything malicious with the access they had. Perhaps it was nothing more than an information-gathering exercise. Still, it appears that they were far enough inside, in some cases, that they could control such things as our electric power grid.

While the information that you and I have on our personal computers isn’t all that critical, many of us work for companies that do important things and have important information on their systems. Yet we tend to fall asleep during those boring security briefings, thinking that it’s not our problem. It is, even if we don’t want to acknowledge that. It’s everyone’s problem, as the SolarWinds hack is going to show.

Just like identity theft, most hacking requires a human element of some sort. You and I are the vulnerable links in our online security and the online security of the companies we work for. If we don’t understand how to minimize that risk, we will most likely become part of something going seriously wrong.   When You Think You Can Finally Take a Sigh of Relief, Look Again

There have been many a meme on social media, pointing out the concept of the “disaster of the month” that has plagued us all year long. While intended to be humorous, these memes can teach us a valuable lesson; they need to stay aware, looking for the next disaster coming down the pike. It’s quite possible that the one we don’t expect will be the one we receive.

As preppers, it’s important that we are constantly on the lookout for what’s happening in the world and aware of how those things can turn into problems. Our failure to do that puts us in the same category as all the sheeple out there, who just aren’t paying attention. Oh, we’ll still have out stockpiles; but that’s it. Without the awareness to look for advance warning, we won’t be able to take the necessary action to protect our families. Worse than that, we’ll miss the opportunity to bug out early, when we need to. 

[ :: 12-30-01  At the altar after PM Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Put your money, your time, your efforts into what I tell you to do, for I will cause you to have a victory such as you have never seen. And it shall be so clear, yes; it shall be so clear what you are all to do. Yes, for I shall speak to you, my power shall be awesome and miracles shall come to pass. It shall not be the fake gold or the fake feathers or the false shaking or the animal noises or the falling under the power and not coming away with permanent results or changed lives. My prophetic shall speak concerning things to come in a clear concise manner that no one shall want to miss or read second hand. For they will want to hear it under the anointing of the prophets and to receive the anointing of the prophet that shall manifest miracles, signs and wonders. People shall now see the signs of the last days like never before. Not only in a strange and confusing weather, the heat, the drought, the floods, the forest fires, the volcanoes, lack of jobs, shortage of money, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, sandstorms, straight wind, electrical storms, electrical shortages, hail, locusts, pestilence’s, the sicknesses, terrorists attacks, wars, the uniting of the false church under the false prophet, the rise of the anti-christ, the riots, the crime, the drugs, alcoholism, great open gay activities and movies, more open sex on TV, more street people, homeless, lack of crops, food shortages, great fear in those who do not know me. No peace as my word says for the world. The UN taking more control, martial law established, rationing and many more disasters that shall now begin to come. etc.

:: 1-5-21 The Washington Standard :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

US Has Lost More Than 110,000 Restaurants – Sets Stage For A Commercial Real Estate Collapse Of Epic Proportions

Michael Snyder / January 5, 2021

The restaurant industry is in the midst of a complete and total meltdown that is unlike anything that we have ever seen before. If you ask Google how many restaurants there are in the United States, it will tell you that there are 660,755, although that number is a few years old. But for the purposes of this article, that is a good enough estimate. Americans love to eat out, and restaurant workers are some of the hardest working people in the entire country. So it is incredibly sad to see more restaurants constantly going under. In some cases, restaurants that have served their communities for decades are deciding to permanently close their doors. For example, over the weekend Sammy’s Roumanian Steakhouse in New York City announced that it had finally reached the end of the road…

Landmark New York City restaurant Sammy’s Roumanian Steakhouse has closed its iconic basement-level doors as the coronavirus pandemic continues to cripple the restaurant industry.

The Lower East Side fixture was famous for its latkes spreads, chopped liver, and vodka bottles frozen in blocks of ice and was known as a boisterous party spot frequented by celebrities.

Unfortunately, Sammy’s is far from alone. In fact, in a recent article that he penned for Fox Business, Adam Piper lamented the fact that more than 100,000 U.S. restaurants have gone out of business during this pandemic…

State and local governments have wielded the coronavirus pandemic as license to steal freedom and opportunity in pursuit of unprecedented omnipotence. Unreasonable, unnecessary and hypocritical actions have forced over 100,000 restaurants to close and endanger countless others.

And according to Bloomberg, the true number of dead restaurants is now over 110,000…

More than 110,000 restaurants have closed permanently or long-term across the country as the industry grapples with the devastating impact of the Covid-19 pandemic. More than one out of every six restaurants in the U.S. is already gone, and the National Restaurant Association is warning that there will be more carnage in the months ahead because the industry is in “an economic free fall”…

“The restaurant industry simply cannot wait for relief any longer,” Sean Kennedy, executive vice president of public affairs at the association, said in a letter to Congress. “What these findings make clear is that more than 500,000 restaurants of every business type — franchise, chain and independent — are in an economic free fall.”

This is what an economic depression looks like. With tens of thousands of restaurants sitting empty, and with tens of thousands of others not paying rent, the stage has been set for a commercial real estate disaster of unprecedented scope and size.

Of course there are millions of square feet of office space and retail space that are not being productive right now as well. In a recent article, Lee Adler referred to this looming commercial real estate nightmare as “a monster in the room”…

I think that if there’s anything that illustrates the head in the sand problem of the banks, it’s this. Commercial real estate (CRE) finance. There’s a monster in the room. All that empty space. No longer income producing.

For now, big financial institutions are doing their best to hide their coming losses, but according to Adler for certain sectors the losses will simply be unavoidable…

Multifamily will take a haircut but will survive. My guess is that industrial, while overpriced and overvalued, will produce enough income to get by. Office and retail? Kiss it goodbye. It’s done. Over. Kaput.  Sadly, he is right on target.

The coming commercial real estate crisis is going to make the subprime mortgage meltdown of 2008 and 2009 look like a Sunday picnic.

And the longer this pandemic stretches on, the larger the losses will ultimately become.

For residential real estate, the big story is that hordes of Americans are fleeing both coasts and are moving to smaller communities in the middle of the country.

So even as housing prices drop substantially in major cities on the east coast and the west coast, they are rising rapidly in cities such as Pittsburgh, Boise and Austin…

Smaller metropolitan markets like Pittsburgh, Cleveland, Cincinnati, Indianapolis, Kansas City, Boise, Idaho, Austin, Texas, and Memphis, Tennessee are seeing some of the strongest price gains in the nation now, according to the Federal Housing Finance Agency. Prices in those cities are now at least 10% higher than with a year earlier.

And as I discussed yesterday, we are actually starting to see hyperinflation for high end properties in desirable rural and suburban areas of the country.

Just recently, a friend sold a home that is located not too far from us for a price that almost made my eyes bug out of my head. I literally had a difficult time believing the insanely high price that they were able to get, but this is what happens in a hyperinflationary environment.

2020 may have been a “personal financial disaster” for 55 percent of all Americans, but thanks to the hyperinflation in the stock market the wealthy have more money to throw at high end real estate than ever before.

Unfortunately, all of this wild money printing is not going to be able to prevent the coming crash in commercial real estate.

No matter how much money they have, many Americans are simply too afraid of COVID to eat out right now, and that will remain the case for the foreseeable future.

And we are going to continue to see more Americans migrate away from the large cities on both coasts, and more businesses in those core urban areas will continue to fail.

As the commercial real estate crash unfolds, a lot of financial institutions simply won’t be able to make it without government help.

So will the federal government bail them out?

You never know, but every dollar the federal government borrows and spends just makes our long-term problems even worse. , and we are still in the very early chapters of this horrifying economic collapse.All of the dominoes are starting to fall

Unfortunately, most Americans still don’t understand what is happening, and most of them have no idea that economic conditions will soon get even worse.

Article posted with permission from Michael Snyder 

:: 1--21 Cointelegraph :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

OCC greenlights national banks to run nodes and stablecoin networks

The latest from the Treasury's most crypto-forward office says that national banks don't have to fear stablecoin nodes.

Monday evening, the Treasury's Office of the Comptroller of the Currency told national banks that they are allowed to run independent nodes for distributed ledger networks.

Referring to of independent node verification networks, the OCC's interpretive letter says that banks "may use new technologies, including INVNs and related stablecoins, to perform bank-permissible functions, such as payment activities."

Coming amid a great deal of uncertainty as to the future of stablecoins, the OCC's announcement is big news. The office, nonetheless, cautions that there are cyber risks inherent to using such technology:

"Banks must also be aware of potential risks when conducting INVN-related activities, including operational risks, compliance risk, and fraud. New technologies require enough technological expertise to ensure banks can manage these risks in a safe and sound manner."

Brian Brooks, who formerly led Coinbase's legal team, has been the Acting Comptroller of the Currency since May. During his tenure, the office has put out a host of guidance authorizing banks to be more active in crypto and, more recently, barring them from cutting off services to legal industries.

Major lobbyist group the Blockchain Association noted that "The letter states that blockchains have the same status as other global financial networks, such as SWIFT, ACH, and FedWire." Such flagships mechanisms of international payments have had to up their games in response to competition from blockchain-backed payments in recent years.

The new guidance follows up on a separate group of regulators laying out new guidance for stablecoin operators immediately before Christmas. The subject of stablecoin legal status in the U.S. has taken on an outsized role over the past month, especially after Congresswoman Rashida Tlaib introduced a bill that seemed to outlaw any operation of a stablecoin network, including private persons running, for example, Ethereum nodes that process DAI transactions. With just two weeks left in office, President Donald Trump has sent out a new executive order targeting Chinese payment apps.

The Tuesday order bars United States citizens or people located in the U.S. from using nine Chinese payment apps. It continues the White House's earlier efforts to cut off the U.S. market from Chinese-owned apps like TikTok. Yesterday's order repeats earlier concerns of data collection by the Chinese Communist Party:

"The continuing activity of the PRC and the CCP to steal or otherwise obtain United States persons’ data makes clear that there is an intent to use bulk data collection to advance China’s economic and national security agenda."

The apps targeted are AliPay, CamScanner, QQ Wallet, SHAREit, Tencent QQ, VMate, WeChat Pay and WPS Office. The executive order takes effect in 45 days, by which time Trump will already be out of office. Given that his earlier order to get ByteDance to divest from TikTok was stonewalled in court while he was still in office, there's not a ton of reason to believe that Trump will get his way here.

As of publication time, Biden's transition team had not responded to Cointelegraph's request for comment as to whether the new administration plans to see Trump's order through.

The focus on payment apps is particularly significant. Recent moves from the U.S. national security apparatus have definitely indicated concern over China's payments systems, particularly a central bank digital currency with a database accessible by the CCP.

Many in crypto as well as the broader tech industry have warned of a cold war in technology between China and the U.S., including Facebook's Mark Zuckerberg and several leaders of Ripple Labs. While the situation between the two countries is obviously tense, both Facebook and Ripple were seeing serious investigations by U.S. regulators concerned about their operations when they made those arguments, somewhat deflating the effect of their patriotism.

While the barriers between the private and public sectors are murkier, China's treatment of the private companies that Trump is targeting is already pretty bad. Ant Group, the fintech affiliate of Alibaba that owns AliPay, recently fell afoul of the Chinese government. Xi Jinping is said to have personally put the clampdown on Ant Group's aborted initial public offering, since which time Alibaba's stock has slipped and the founder of both, Jack Ma, has disappeared.

Another giant of Chinese tech, Tencent, owns three of the entities targeted by Trump's order: QQ Wallet, Tencent QQ and WeChat Pay. While Tencent has avoided Ant Group's high-profile brushes with the CCP, China's much-anticipated central bank digital currency may well be an effort to muscle in on the business of the country's impressive fintech sector. 

:: 1-4-21 Hagmann Report :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

CAUGHT ON TAPE: Georgia SoS Brad Raffensperger Thanking CCP For Their Votes in 2015!

By Douglas J. Hagmann - January 4, 2021

It’s Looking Like War – John Moore Joins Doug Hagmann – FULL SHOW – 01/4/2021 – Hagmann Report

Next article

You Weren’t Made to Fit In – You Were Born to Stand Out – Doug Hagmann 1/04/2021

Douglas J. Hagmann 

Douglas J. Hagmann has been a licensed investigator in the private sector for the last 30 years. As a private detective, Hagmann has worked well over 5,000 cases and is recognized as a surveillance specialist. He has worked as an informational and operational asset for various federal and state law enforcement agencies. Doug Hagmann now hosts a popular radio and video talk show each weeknight from 7:00-9:00 PM ET on the Global Star Radio Network and simulcast on YouTube and other venues. 

:: 1-4-21 Gateway Pundit :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Report: White House Planning to Refer Brad Raffensperger to Secret Service for Investigation Under the Espionage Act

By Jim Hoft Published January 4, 2021 at 7:15am 1218 Comments Share (9.6k)

President Trump held a one-hour long phone call on Saturday with crooked Secretary of State Brad Raffensperger and state election officials on the 2020 election in his state that was wrought with fraud.

It’s not clear if Ruby Freeman or Ralph Jones, Sr. were on the call. In the one-hour phone call on Saturday, President Trump insisted he won the state and threatened vague legal consequences. Trump attorneys and Georgia attorneys were on the call.

Raffensperger’s team later leaked the call to the far-left Washington Post.

It took 24 hours for the Washington Post to publish a hit piece, using edited audio clips, on the president’s phone call. Georgia Republican chairman David Shafer later announced that President Trump and his team filed two lawsuits against Secretary of State Raffensperger.

David Shafer: President Donald Trump has filed two lawsuits – federal and state – against Secretary of State Brad Raffensperger. This was after Raffensperger secretly recorded the “confidential settlement discussion” of that litigation that is still pending. The audio published by the Washington Post is heavily edited and omits the stipulation that all discussions were for the purpose of settling litigation and confidential under federal and state law. Dirtbag Brad Raffensperger is in serious trouble.

What is with this guy? Why is he so determined to defend the massive fraud in his state? According to reporter Jack Posobiec the White House is planning to refer Brad Raffensperger to Secret Service for investigation under national security grounds of the Espionage Act.


:: 1-3-21 Twitter :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

In May, Tanzania's President was suspicious of the coronavirus testing process so he sent in samples from a goat and a papaya. Both came back positive for the virus.

3:12 AM · Jan 3, 2021·Twitter Web App 

Remarks: Jim Okore replying to @Kanekoa The Great

Unlike other East African states, TZ didn't go for lovkdowns: life as usual, political rallies, discos! At some point, it led to a diplomatic spat with Kenya!

Another post same person goes on to say: President John Pombe Magufuli holds a PHD in Chemistry! 

:: 1-5-21 Word Press :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Democracy is an Illusion (Perspective) The Covid Scam Has Alerted Millions to The Fact That The World Is Controlled By A Small Cabal Of Satanist Central Bankers Who Wish to Enslave Us

Ann Ellzy January 5, 2021Posted inUncategorized

The covidscam has alerted millions to the fact that the world is controlled by a small cabal of satanist central bankers who wish to enslave us. Most everyone who is “successful” serves their demented agenda. This article from 2005 provides background for people new to our ugly political reality.

A “Far Side” cartoon describes our innocence about democracy.

A slave rowing a Viking ship puts up his hand and calls to the whip master: “Yoo-hoo! Oh, yoo-hoo… I think I’m getting a blister.”

Like this man, most people cling to the belief that our leaders represent our interests. “Yoo, hoo, Mr. Bush, you lied about Iraq having weapons of mass destruction.”

At an elite gathering, Bush peered under his lectern and quipped: “Where are those weapons of mass destruction?”

A tiny cabal of international bankers chooses our “leaders”. This clique, which subtly controls every significant facet of our society is gradually establishing an Orwellian global police state. Much of the ruling class has been duped to think they are building a better world.

You might be living in one of America’s deathzones and not have a clue about it

What if that were you? What would YOU do?

In the next few minutes, I’m going to show you the U.S. Nuclear Target map, where you’ll find out if you’re living in one of America’s Deathzones. Prove it, you say?

“The Naked Capitalist” by W.C. Skousen (available at  & ) is yet another smoking gun. It is based on the revelations contained in Professor Carroll Quiqley’s “Tragedy and Hope: A History of the World in Our Time.” (1966)

Quiqley, a Professor of History at the Foreign Service School at Georgetown University was a trusted insider who had access to their private archives. He felt the plot, which he supported, was too important to be kept hidden. However, shortly after publication, his book was taken off the market. Cleon Skoussen was an FBI agent for 16 years and the Police Chief of Salt Lake City for four years. His “The Naked Capitalist” distills the most shocking evidence from Quigley’s daunting 1300-page book.

At just 122 pages, “The Naked Capitalist” (1970) is a concise, lucid and absolutely convincing account of the international banker conspiracy. Historians have betrayed the public trust by largely ignoring this material.


Quigley confirms that a network of banking dynasties has, in Skousen’s words, “acquired a choke-hold on the affairs of practically the entire human race.” According to Quigley, they include “Baring, Lazard, Erlanger, Warburg, Schroder, Selingman, the Speyers, Mirabaud, Malet, and above all Rothschild and Morgan.” (Citations are from Tragedy and Hope, 51-52)

Quigley confirms that, starting with the Bank of England in 1694, these dynasties organized themselves in a system of central banks that charge their respective nations billions of dollars in interest for the privilege of using currency backed by the nations’ own credit. In other words, they have carried off a swindle of monstrous proportions.

Quigley quotes William Gladstone who as Chancellor of the Exchequer said in 1852: “The government itself was not to be a substantive power in matters of Finance, but was to leave the Money Power supreme and unquestioned.” (325)

This power of the Bank of England. . . was admitted by most qualified observers. In January, 1924, Reginald McKenna. . . as chairman of the board of the Midland Bank, told its stockholders: ‘I am afraid the ordinary citizen will not like to be told that the banks can, and do, create money. . . . And they who control the credit of the nation direct the policy of Governments and hold in the hollow of their hands the destiny of the people.'” [25]

Able to create money out of nothing, they naturally grabbed as much of the world’s real wealth as they could. Quigley writes about the formation of their American cartels: “The period 1884-1933 was the period of financial capitalism in which investment bankers moving into commercial banking and insurance on the one side, and into railroading and heavy industry on the other were able to mobilize enormous wealth and wield enormous economic, political and social power.” (71)

Indeed their representatives, the “Eastern Establishment” i.e. the Morgans and now the Rockefellers run the United States. (72) The principle mechanism is the Council on Foreign Relations.

According to Quigley, the ultimate goal is “nothing less than to create a world system of financial control in private hands able to dominate the political system of each country and the economy of the world as a whole. This system was to be controlled …by the central banks…acting in concert.” (324) Quigley confirms that the bankers have usurped mankind’s collective instincts by financing the Socialist and Communist movements. Bankers love big government because the ultimate monopoly is the State. Through it, they take over their competition and control debt, resources, market demand and labor.

Speaking of the Communist takeover of the US government in the 1930’s and 1940’s, Quigley writes, “it must be understood that the power that these energetic left-wingers exercised was never their own power of Communist power but was ultimately the power of the international financial coterie.” (954) In other words, millions of idealists committed to human brotherhood and equality were (and are) duped into advancing a totalitarian scheme to concentrate the world’s wealth and power into the hands of the superrich. More opportunistic Leftists, Communists, Feminists and Globalists prosper while piously pretending to serve humanity.

The Money Power controls the debate and encourages gridlock by backing all shades of the political spectrum and marginalizing anyone who shines the spotlight on them. (Ever wonder why the word “Rothschild” has never crossed Noam Chomsky’s lips? Or why the John Birch Society debunks the obvious fact that 9-11 was an “inside job?”) The media is controlled through direct ownership and advertising. Quigley writes: “To Morgan all political parties were simply organizations to be used, and the firm always was careful to keep a foot in all camps. Morgan himself, Dwight Morrow and other partners were allied with the Republicans; Russell C. Lewffingwell was allied with the Democrats; Grayson Murphy was allied with the extreme Right; and Thomas W. Lamont was allied with the Left.” (945)

The Lamont family was “sponsors and financial angels to almost a score of extreme Left organizations including the Communist Party itself.” (945)


A small cabal of people who are not even citizens hold the financial purse strings of every nation.

This goes a long way to explaining “globalization” and the push to one-world government. It explains the assault on race, religion, nation and family. The bankers want a homogenous deracinated neutered world that offers no basis of resistance.

It explains why in a time of supposed security danger, the southern border of the US is practically porous. The bankers want to undermine America’s European character, which it perceives as a threat.

It explains the carte blanche Israel receives, the war on Iraq, and the fact that there is no opposition to the war in the mainstream parties or press. This war desecrates a cradle of civilization and assails Islam. It is also an opportunity to create more debt and enrich the bankers and their corporate allies.

It explains 9-11, the Patriot Repression Act and the phoney “War on Terror.”

It explains the depraved mass media and stupefying education system. I could go on but you get the picture. We are krill at the mercy of a gigantic whale. At the very least, let’s not waste energy thinking we live in a free and open society.

Our democracy is a ruse. Ostensibly it expresses the aspirations of the people. In reality, it masks the insidious anti-human agenda of the central bankers.


:: 1-3-21 H Wire news :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::


January 3, 2021/StevieRay Hansen/13 Comments

Featured Story


The first 3 1/2 years of this period may actually seem like “business as usual” for the earth. The first four seal events will be fulfilled during this time, but those events are not that exceptional. People have risen to great political prominence (as in the first seal) many times in the past, there have been many wars and famines (as in the second and third seals), and many people have died of such things (as in the fourth seal). There have even been multiple peace treaties involving Israel (like the “covenant” mentioned in Dan 9:27).

Remember all those people in Berlin in 1933, all those Jews who watched what was coming and decided to ‘ride it out’? Think you will fare any better than they did?

Remember all those articles warning about about FEMA Camps, and how everyone said that you were a conspiracy nut job for believing that?

Well, surprise, surprise, turns out you may have been right on the money all along, why do I say that?

Because right now the New York State Assembly is proposing Bill A416 that would remand people deemed to be “disease carriers”, and put them away in a facility chosen by the Democrat leadership of New York.

People like Governor Andrew Cuomo who’s executive order killed over 11,000 elderly at the start of the COVID crisis.

The Gateway Pundit reports “Bill A416 relates to “the removal of cases, contacts and carriers of communicable diseases that are potentially dangerous to the public health.”

The Governor would have sweeping powers to indefinitely detain American citizens and put them in internment camps.”

This is not an over-estimation of just how scary and just how dangerous this situation is.

Is COVID-19 being used to create an American gulag in the name of fighting a pandemic? It sure look like it.

Remember all those people in Berlin in 1933, all those Jews who watched what was coming and decided to ‘ride it out’? Think you will fare any better than they did?

When we talk about NY Gov. Andrew Cuomo, you will remember that he is the same person who cheered and cried for joy when New York passed their new abortion bill in 2019 that allows abortions at any stage of the third trimester, and prevents protections for babies surviving the abortion procedure.

Cuomo is the same person who in 2020 issued an executive order sending COVID-19 patients into nursing homes where they infected and killed over 11,000 elderly.

[These people need to be tried for crimes against humanity and even genocide!]

Now they want to pass Bill A416 that authorizes the arrest and detention of people with ‘communicable diseases’ and send them to a ‘designated facility’ until the state decides they can go?

Let me say this as strongly as I can, if YOU live in New York….RUN!!….GET OUT NOW!!

Here below is the entire contents of New York State Assembly Bill A416, read it for yourself and decide if what we are telling you is true or not.

But read the parts I have bolded and underlined, read how it takes a court order to have you released after you have been ‘detained at a facility’ of their choosing.

Read how it says you will be kept against your will until they have decided it is ‘safe’ to release you. READ IT! 

CANADA: Politician Warns Trudeau Govt Plans To Build COVID ‘Quarantine / Isolation’ Camps Across Canada and Canadian Government Erecting A Network Of Covid Detainment Camps.

New Zealand: COVID-19 Quarantine ‘Camps’ Are The End Of Personal Freedom in NZ.

Yes, They Will Make You Take It 

:: 1-5-21 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

2020 was the Worst Year Ever! – You’re joking, right?

By Strange Sounds - Jan 5, 2021

Of the lavish banquet of absurdities laid out in 2020, one of the most delectable is Time magazine’s December 14 cover declaring that 2020 was the “worst year ever.”

You’re joking, right? In history’s immense tapestry of human misery, it’s not even in the top 100 worst years.

Consider 1177 B.C., when many of the great civilizations of the Mediterranean Sea and Mideast collapsed, and the survivors struggled through a pre-modern Dark Ages. This book assembles what is known about this catastrophic era: 1177 B.C.: The Year Civilization Collapsed.

Then there’s 1644 A.D., when the Ming Dynasty was overthrown by the Manchu invasion, a series of self-reinforcing misfortunes stemming from extremes of climate (a.k.a. The Little Ice Age) that left millions hungry and vulnerable to disease and the predation of roving bandit armies.

The Little Ice Age and the famine, conflicts, civil wars, coups, revolts and rebellions it launched killed between a quarter and a third of Eurasia’s population. Entire villages melted away as starvation drove the survivors to desperation. The misery stretched from western Europe to China, and lasted for decades. This fascinating history lays it all out: Global Crisis: War, Climate Change, & Catastrophe in the Seventeenth Century.

Though it is now relegated to a footnote in history, the Antonine Plague of 165 – 180 A.D. decimated the Mediterranean, Mideast, North African and Eurasian regions, toppling regimes that had endured for ages and very nearly brought the Roman Empire to an inglorious end. Roughly one-fourth of the population died as the novel disease was distributed along Rome’s numerous trade routes, which stretched from Northern Europe to Africa and India.

Western Rome’s eventual decline and fall was also the result of pandemics and climate change as well as the usual suspects of war, political in-fighting, overtaxation and the stranglehold of self-serving elites: The Fate of Rome: Climate, Disease, and the End of an Empire.

Europe’s inhabitants circa 1350 A.D. would have chosen the years 1347 – 1351 as “the worst ever” as the Black Plague took the lives of a third of the population:The Black Death: Natural and Human Disaster in Medieval Europe. The inhabitants of North and South America would have selected the years following 1492 and the arrival of Europeans carrying novel diseases as the worst years ever as the diseases carried away between 50% and 90% of the people who were alive in 1491: 1491: New Revelations of the Americas Before Columbus.

And finally, the worst of the worst, a gigantic volcanic eruption in early 536 AD that changed day into night and summer into winter across Europe, the Middle East, and parts of Asia for more than 18 months. You think 2020 sucks? Meet the worst time in human history

You think 2020 sucks? Meet the worst time in human history. Yep, and what about the greatest natural disaster of the 19th century: the Krakatoa eruption in 1883 that caused shock waves 10,000 times more powerful than that of an hydrogen bomb and shattered the eardrums of sailors over almost 40 miles away. The Krakatoa eruption of 1883 caused shock waves 10,000 times more powerful than that of an hydrogen bomb and shattered eardrums of sailors 40 miles away – And that’s the story of the loudest sound on Earth

What was the loudest sound in the world? A volcanic eruption produced the most powerful noise worldwide. The sound of the Krakatoa eruption in 1883 caused shock waves 10,000 times more powerful than that of an hydrogen bomb and shattered the eardrums of sailors over almost 40 miles away. The loudest noise in history was produced … Continue reading

Declaring 2020 “the worst year ever” reveals much about the psychology of our delusional state of affairs. It reflects an absolutely abysmal grasp of human history and a self-absorbed desire to exaggerate the calamity so the rebound will be gloriously triumphant.

It also embodies our delusional addiction to measuring the well-being of the human populace with financial markets: as long as stocks are hitting new highs, we’re all doing wonderfully.

So party on, because “the worst year ever” is ending and the rebound of financial markets, already the greatest in recorded history, will only become more fabulous.

This article is from Charles hugh Smith, if you liked it you can become one of his Patron via or read his new book A Hacker’s Teleology: Sharing the Wealth of Our Shrinking Planet. More apocalyptic news on Strange Sounds and Steve Quayle. 

:: 1-4-21 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Watch Out For A Massive Wave Of Govt-Sponsored False Flag Terrorism Hitting America Under Joe Biden In 2021 - The Democrats 'War Upon Truth' Is A Dire Warning To Us All

- Another Reason To Prepare To Defend Our Families And Loved Ones

By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die January 4, 2021

Over the past 4+ years, I've been called a 'Russian bot' or a 'Russian disinfo agent' at least 100 times by absolutely clueless Democrats, simply for posting an All News Pipeline or pro-Trump, pro-America story title and link into an online story or video comment section. I'd bet many of you have been called the same thing, or much worse.

With Democrats and the mainstream media screaming 'Russia, Russia, Russia' for the past 4 years about President Trump and his America-1st agenda, they've quite literally 'dumbed down' at least half the country who've actually believed their lies, not to mention all of the RINO's like Mitt Romney who is blasting Republican Senators who are trying to set the 2020 election record straight.

And with the 'Russia, Russia' cry absolutely getting a huge starter-boost from the Washington Post in this November 24th of 2016 story titled "Russian propaganda effort helped spread ‘fake news’ during election, experts say", a story in which they used a very shady website called 'Prop or Not' to push their point, we remind you that 'Prop or Not' had listed 100's of pro-America, anti-globalist websites as 'Russian propaganda', including All News Pipeline, this despite the fact that my family has been here in America for roughly 300 years.

So with the Washington Post itself giving us the perfect reason that Americans can never trust the mainstream media, with them demonizing as 'Russian propaganda' hundreds of pro-Trump, pro-America websites, we should be alarmed by several different news stories that have come out over the past few days. And those stories prove to us should Joe Biden ever make it into the White House, Democrats plan on continuing the globalist agenda of Barack Obama, including 'terrorizing the American people in false flag events while blaming that terror on others' if it helps them to accomplish their political agendas.

First, the full list from the website 'Prop or Not' of alleged 'Russian propaganda websites' before we continue. Prop or Not' of alleged 'Russian propaganda websites' before we continue.

So while some of the websites listed above could possibly be 'Russian propaganda', the fact that they've listed websites such as Wikileaks and as being 'Russian propaganda,' when they've simply been exposing democrat/deep state crimes, really tells us much that we need to know in 2021. And it hints at a continuing 'war upon independent news' and 'the truth' in 2021.

One of those alarming stories mentioned above that screams of danger ahead comes to us from Skywatch TV who had reported in this December 31st story that Steve Quayle linked to on his website that according to a DOJ lawyer, the US can assassinate its own citizens, without any judicial review, if 'the State' says 'secrets' are involved.

Thus making 'the State' the Judge, Jury and Executioner of totally innocent Americans if 'state secrets' are involved, as we had warned in this December 14th ANP story titled "It's Time To Burn Down The 'House Of Lies' Democrats And Globalists Have Built Up Over Decades - This Is How YOU Can Help 'Fan The Flames Of Freedom' - Let's Make Sure The Traitors To America Pay For Their Crimes!", if those 'secrets' are actually 'crimes' by 'government' against the American people, the American people absolutely have a right to know what those secrets are.

And in fact, 'government public servants' who have allowed and enabled those crimes against the American people to be carried out should absolutely be required to pay for their crimes. Wonder why the globalists/democrats/deep state don't want their 'secrets' getting out to the American people?

Another absolutely alarming story that hints of where we're heading in 2021 comes to us from this new story over at Activist Post which reports one US state is preparing to throw into 'Covid camps' those who may or may not even be sick with the Covid-19 virus, and against their own will, showing just how close America is to becoming a 'medical police state'.

(ANP EMERGENCY FUNDRAISER: Due to unexpected medical and emergency repair bills, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this 'Info-war' for America at this most critical time in US history, during a time of systematic 'big tech' censorship and widespread Democrat corruption.)

As Susan Duclos had warned in this January 2nd story on ANP, with liberals in Canada first trying to bring in these 'state-sponsored kidnapping camps', and now liberals in the state of New York attempting to bring to their state the same thing, when does 'government' cross the line between being 'servants to' the people to being 'terrorists of' the people? As we'll explore below, they long ago crossed that line.

With that story also giving every American across the country another good reason to 'arm up now' to protect their families and loved ones from 'state sponsored terror', those who STILL think that government sponsored false flag terrorism is just a 'conspiracy theory' clearly haven't been paying attention.

As proven by history, now-declassified 'Operation Northwoods' gives Americans 100% proof that elements of the US government is more than happy to commit acts of terrorism upon Americans, while lying to us all, if it allows them to accomplish a 'political agenda'. From this Wikipedia entry before we continue.:

Operation Northwoods was a proposed false flag operation against the Cuban government that originated within the U.S. Department of Defense (DoD) and the Joint Chiefs of Staff (JCS) of the United States government in 1962. The proposals called for the Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) or other U.S. government operatives to both stage and actually commit acts of terrorism against American military and civilian targets, blaming them on the Cuban government, and using it to justify a war against Cuba.

The possibilities detailed in the document included the possible assassination of Cuban immigrants, sinking boats of Cuban refugees on the high seas, hijacking planes to be shot down or given the appearance of being shot down, blowing up a U.S. ship, and orchestrating violent terrorism in U.S. cities. The proposals were rejected by President John F. Kennedy. Several other proposals were included within Operation Northwoods, including real or simulated actions against various U.S. military and civilian targets.

The operation recommended developing a "Communist Cuban terror campaign in the Miami area, in other Florida cities and even in Washington", which involved the bombing of civilian targets themselves, which was to be blamed on the "irresponsible" Cuban government to paint a false image of Fidel Castro and misinform the American public.

Yet quite insanely, despite all of the proof that's now out there, including the undeniable fact that the US government planned on terrorizing Americans, and then 'misinforming' us about exactly WHO was terrorizing us, the 'dumbed down' American masses still largely believe the government lies (as well as the lies of the totally COMPLICIT IN TREASON mainstream media!)

With 'the powers that be' wasting no time attempting to demonize 'truth seekers' by comparing so-called 'conspiracy theorists' to the alleged Nashville, Tennessee bomber who apparently believed 'reptiles' are running the planet Earth, is it so far out of the question to ask if the Nashville 'bombing' was a false flag? In the only video below, Sons of Liberty Media takes a look at that very strong possibility. 

[ :: 2-25-15 pm service 2d word  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For truly the news media does not always tell you the truth, they tell you what they want you to hear, but not what is really going on, except for a little, do they know that later the truth will always find them out, for one can only cover up lies for so long before they come uncovered. etc.

[ :: 12-2-17 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc Much evil upon the face of the earth, much lying, much deceit, much deceit, much lying, much evil upon the face of the earth.  Can you not see there is so much evil going on right now, people lying to themselves, lying to me, lying to others trying to make their agenda come true?  But as it is written in my word and said and so it shall be, no liar shall enter my kingdom.  So if you are one of those people, I speak to you right now, get yourself ready, get yourself ready, come out amongst them and be ye separate etc

:: 1--21 American Thinker :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The media are lying about Trump's phone call with Raffensperger

By Andrea Widburg

The mainstream media and Georgia's secretary of state, Brad Raffensperger, are utterly disgraceful, dishonest, and manipulative people. Raffensperger released a private phone call that the media immediately claimedfalselyshowed Trump begging Raffensperger to fraudulently find enough votes for Trump to win. In fact, Trump called Raffensperger to get him to stop obstructing the fraud investigation. As Trump explained during the call, evidence proves Trump won Georgia by a massive margin, only to have victory stolen through equally massive fraud. Trump sought to avoid litigation forcing Raffensperger to do his job, which is to make at least a minimal effort to clear away enough fraud to allow Trump his actual and honest victory in Georgia.

Here are just two examples of the media's dishonest claim that Trump was trying to force Raffensperger to commit fraud. As you can see, their premise is that there is no evidence of fraud, so any action on Trump's part to claim victory is itself fraud. Theirs is a deliberate example of circular logic, where their premise and conclusion are the same thing.

Washington Post : "The Washington Post obtained a recording of the conversation in which Trump alternately berated Raffensperger, tried to flatter him, begged him to act and threatened him with vague criminal consequences if the secretary of state refused to pursue his false claims, at one point warning that Raffensperger was taking 'a big risk.'"

CNN: "In excerpts of the stunning one-hour phone call Saturday, Trump lambasted his fellow Republican for refusing to falsely say that he won the election in Georgia and repeatedly touted baseless claims of election fraud." Here's what really happened on the phone call. First, Trump wasn't the only person on the phone. Also present were Mark Meadows, Mike Pompeo, and multiple attorneys. There isn't the slightest chance that they would have allowed Trump to beg Raffensperger for illegal votes or to threaten him.

Second, contrary to what the media implied, Trump was not operating off the premise that he lost Georgia. If that had been the case, it would indeed have been wrong for Trump to beg for Raffensperger to "find" votes for him.

Instead, Trump was operating from the assertion that he won Georgia. He opened the call with a strong recitation of the facts showing massive fraud on Raffensperger's watch. According to Trump's evidence, he didn't lose by 11,780 votes; he won by well over 300,000 votes, including votes for Trump that disappeared and illegal votes for Biden. Here are some of Trump's statements in that regard:

"I think it's pretty clear that we won. We won very substantially in Georgia."

"We have ... anywhere from 250–300,000 ballots were dropped mysteriously into the rolls."

"We think that if you check the signatures — a real check of the signatures going back in Fulton County you'll find at least a couple of hundred thousand of forged signatures. ..."

"[I]n the 50s of thousands ... that's people that went to vote and they were told they can't vote because they've already been voted for."

"It's 4,502 who voted but they weren't on the voter registration roll which they had to be. ..."

"You had 18,325 vacant address voters. The address was vacant and they're not allowed to be counted."

Trump alluded to the faked water main break that allowed Fulton County election workers to count votes for hours after having sent observers home. He noted that the video of that after-hours voting indicated that at "the minimum it was 18,000 ballots, all for Biden."

Trump pointed to 4,925 illegal out-of-state voters, 2,326 absentee ballots from vacant addresses, 5,000 dead people voting, and improperly handled drop boxes. And he brought up the allegations that Georgia is shredding evidence as fast as it can.

The bottom line, as Trump accurately said, is that these infractions were "many, many times the 11,779 margin [sic] that they said we lost by."

Trump hammered over and over that he won the state. No matter how you look at it, he said he won, and he's got the evidence to prove it.

At this point, Mark Meadows stated what Trump's team wanted — and it wasn't to fake votes for Trump. It was, instead, an honest investigation: "What I'm hopeful for is there some way that we can ... find some kind of agreement to look at this a little bit more fully." Thus, Meadows sought an agreement "that we can at least have a discussion to look at some of these allegations to find a path forward that's less litigious."

Raffensperger pushed back, saying he'd already had to deal with lawsuits (ignoring that the courts refused to hear evidence). He also huffed that "we gave our state Senate about one and a half hours of our time going through the election issue by issue and then on the state House, the government affairs committee, we gave them about two and a half hours of our time, going back point by point on all the issues of contention. And then just a few days ago we met with our U.S. congressmen, Republican congressmen, and we gave them about two hours of our time talking about this past election."

Did you get that? The biggest election fraud claim in American history, the president on the phone, massive amounts of evidence, and Raffensperger whines that he's already given up six and a half hours of his time to the issue.

Trump again chimes in to say, "We won the state." In response to Raffensperger's complaint that he sacrificed six and a half hours to the matter, Trump suggests that Raffensperger does not need to invest massive time in investigating all 300,000-plus problematic votes. He just needs to investigate 11,779 to give Trump his rightful victory. For, as Trump says, "Because, what's the difference between winning the election by two votes and winning it by half a million votes? I think I probably did win it by half a million."

When Raffensberger pushes back again, saying his office disproved the cemetery vote contention, Cleta Mitchell, a Trump attorney, makes an important point: Georgia has been withholding records from the White House.

There's more in the conversation (much more, including a debate about the video showing Ruby Freeman repeatedly scanning the same ballots), but you get the gist. Trump won. A lazy, entitled, arrogant, and corrupt Raffensperger won't work with the White House to look for fraud (or prove the absence of fraud). And the corrupt, dissolute, dishonest American media, unless brought to heel, will be the downfall of our constitutional republic. 

:: 1-5-21 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

DC boards up ahead of Georgia run-off and Congress finalizing election result as mayor calls in 340 National Guard troops for 'wild' pro-Trump protests in the city but is told MAGA crowds 'don't torch and loot'

Muriel Bowser urged calm Monday as some 340 troops were activated

Storefronts and office buildings were boarded in downtown Washington D.C.

Road closures were also announced across the capital ahead of Congress' expected vote to affirm President-elect Joe Biden's victory

Bowser put in a request on NYE's for Guard members from January 5 to 7

An official said the D.C. National Guard members will be used for traffic control and other assistance but they will not be armed or wearing body armor

Trump has so far refused to concede while whipping up support for protests

By Lauren Fruen and James Gordon For

Published: 00:57 EST, 5 January 2021 | Updated: 02:18 EST, 5 January 2021

Bracing for possible violence, businesses in the nation's capital are being boarded up as the National Guard is mobilized ahead of planned protests by President Donald Trump's supporters as Congress meets Wednesday to accept the Electoral College votes.

Trump's supporters are planning to rally Tuesday and Wednesday, seeking to bolster the president's unproven claims of widespread voter fraud. '

'There are people intent on coming to our city armed,' D.C. Acting Police Chief Robert Contee said on Monday.

'We have received some information that there are individuals intent on bringing firearms into our city and that just will not be tolerated,' he said adding that anyone found doing so or provoking violence would be arrested.

Thousands of Trump supporters, including some far-right nationalist groups that openly carry arms at protests elsewhere, are expected to converge on the U.S. capital starting on Tuesday to oppose Congress' certification the next day of the Republican president's November 3rd election loss to Democrat Joe Biden.

Contee said the protests could be bigger than November and December rallies marred by stabbings and brawls as hundreds of Proud Boys, a group of self-described 'Western chauvinists,' and other Trump loyalists clashed with counter-protesters, and sought fights with antifa, or anti-fascists, and Black Lives Matter activists.

A pro-Trump rally in December ended in violence as hundreds of Trump supporters, wearing the signature black and yellow of the Proud Boys faction, sought out confrontations with a collective of local activists attempting to bar them from Black Lives Matter Plaza, an area near the White House.

On Monday, Metropolitan Police Department officers arrested the leader of the Proud Boys, Henry 'Enrique' Tarrio, 36, after he arrived in Washington ahead of this week's protests. Tarrio was accused of burning a Black Lives Matter banner that was torn down from a historic Black church in downtown Washington during the December protests.

A warrant had been issued for Tarrio's arrest for destruction of property, police said. He was also facing a weapons charges after officers found him with two high-capacity firearm magazines when he was arrested, a police spokesman said.

The president announced last month that he would be attending the 'wild' protest tweetin: 'Statistically impossible to have lost the 2020 Election. Big protest in D.C. on January 6th. Be there, will be wild!'

Trump has repeatedly encouraged this week's protests and hinted that he may get personally involved. Over the weekend, he retweeted a promotion for the rally with the message, 'I will be there. Historic Day!'

At a November rally, which drew about 15,000 people, Trump staged a limousine drive-by past cheering crowds in Freedom Plaza, on the city's iconic Pennsylvania Avenue. And at the December rally, which drew smaller numbers but a larger contingent of Proud Boys, Trump's helicopter flew low over cheering crowds on the National Mall. The protests coincide with Wednesday's congressional vote expected to certify the Electoral College results, which Trump continues to dispute, falsely claiming that Biden won the election through massive vote-rigging.

Election officials from both political parties, governors in key battleground states and Trump's former attorney general, William Barr, have said there was no widespread fraud in the election. Nearly all the legal challenges from Trump and his allies have been dismissed by judges, including two rejected by the Supreme Court.

Congress is constitutionally mandated to certify the presidential election results on Wednesday, in what would normally be a formality overseen by Vice President Mike Pence.

But at least 12 Republican senators and some 140 Republican House of Representatives members pledged to vote against certification of Biden's win, citing Trump's election fraud allegations. Their move will not change the outcome, D.C. Mayor Muriel Bowser, a Democrat, told the news conference. 'Our Constitution will endure. Joe Biden and Kamala Harris will be the president and the vice president of the United States' when they are inaugurated on January 20.

Now with downtown D.C. businesses boarding up their windows, Mayor Muriel Bowser has requested a limited National Guard deployment to help bolster the Metropolitan Police Department.

Bowser urged residents to stay out of the city center, where boards hung during racial justice rallies last summer still cover office, restaurant and hotel windows.

During a press conference on Monday, Bowser asked that local area residents stay away from downtown D.C., and avoid confrontations with anyone who is 'looking for a fight.' But, she warned, 'we will not allow people to incite violence, intimidate our residents or cause destruction in our city.'

According to a U.S. defense official, Bowser put in a request on New Year's Eve to have Guard members on the streets from Tuesday to Thursday to help with the protests.

Mike Davis, a former law clerk to Supreme Court Justice Neil Gorsuch, said that Trump supporters were not the ones to riot and loot.

'@realDonaldTrump supporters weren’t the ones rioting, looting big-screen TVs from Best Buy, tearing down Lincoln statues, torching churches, throwing rocks at police, and beating up innocent bystanders. Those were #BLM, #antifa, & other @JoeBiden supporters', Davis tweeted. Her request was approved by Acting Secretary of Defense Chris Miller it was reported Monday.

The official said the additional forces will be used for traffic control and other assistance but they will not be armed or wearing body armor. Congress is meeting this week to certify the Electoral College results, and Trump has refused to concede while whipping up support for protests.

Some 340 D.C. National Guard members will be activated, with about 115 on duty in the streets at any given time, said the defense official, who provided details on condition of anonymity to discuss internal deliberations.

The official said Guard members will be used to set up traffic control points around the city and to stand with district police officers at all the city's Metro stops. Contee said Guard troops will also be used for some crowd management.

'Some of our intelligence certainly suggests there will be increased crowd sizes,' said Contee.

D.C. police have posted signs throughout downtown warning that carrying any sort of firearm is illegal and Contee asked area residents to warn authorities of anyone who might be armed. Because D.C. does not have a governor, the designated commander of the city's National Guard is Army Secretary Ryan McCarthy. Any D.C. requests for Guard deployments have to be approved by him.

The defense official said that there will be no active duty military troops in the city, and the U.S. military will not be providing any aircraft or intelligence.

The D.C. Guard will provide specialized teams that will be prepared to respond to any chemical or biological incident. But the official said there will be no D.C. Guard members on the National Mall or at the U.S. Capitol.

At previous pro-Trump protests, police have sealed off Black Lives Matter Plaza itself, but the confrontations merely spilled out to the surrounding streets. Contee on Monday said sealing the area again was 'a very real possibility' but said that decision would depend on the circumstances.

'We know that historically over the last few demonstrations that BLM plaza has been a focal point,' Contee said. 'We want to make sure that that is not an issue.'

The National Park Service has received three separate applications for pro-Trump protests on Tuesday or Wednesday, with estimated maximum attendance at around 15,000 people, said Park Service spokesman Mike Litterst. On Monday, a stage was being assembled for one of the protests on The Ellipse, just south of the White House. Organizers plan to rally on Tuesday evening at Freedom Plaza and again all day Wednesday on the Ellipse, including a 1pm Wednesday march to the Capitol.

Expected attendees include high-level Trump supporters like Texas Attorney General Ken Paxton and Republican strategist Roger Stone, a longtime Trump devotee whose three-year prison sentence was commuted by Trump.

Stone was convicted of repeatedly lying to Congress during the investigation into Russian interference in the 2016 election.

During the December 12 pro-Trump protests, at least two local Black churches had Black Lives Matter banners torn down and set ablaze. Contee said the hate-crimes investigation into those incidents was still ongoing and that his officers would be out in force around area churches to prevent similar incidents.

'We will be increasing our visibility around the churches in the area,' he said.

On Monday the Lawyers' Committee for Civil Rights Under the Law filed a lawsuit in D.C. Superior Court against the Proud Boys and Tarrio on behalf on one of the vandalized churches, Metropolitan African Methodist Episcopal Church.

'We will not allow white supremacist violence to go unchecked by the laws of the land,' Rev. William H Lamar IV, pastor of Metropolitan AME, said in a statement. 

:: 1-4-21 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Watch Live: Official CDC Death Count Numbers Are In – There Was No Pandemic In 2020

War Room

January 4th 2021, 3:00 pm

The Calm Before The Storm: Washington DC Braces For More Than 3 Million People Invading The Swamp

Are you heading to DC? Or are you already there? This week is a historic event in the US that hasn’t been experienced since 1776: 

:: 1-4-21 Hal Turner Radio Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

VIDEO: ANTIFA Hoodlums Being Bussed-In against MAGA Rally - With POLICE ESCORTS!

Nation News Desk 04 January 2021 Hits: 35425

We now have the video! If there was ever any doubt about who it has been arranging for ANTIFA to engage in the RIOTS throughout the country this past year, the ARSON ATTACKS, this past year, the BEATINGS, SHOOTINGS, and KILLINGS in cities all over the nation - let those doubts be dispelled right now: It has been GOVERNMENT that has been using ANTIFA the whole time!

They got caught providing POLICE ESCORTS to more buses bringing-in loads of ANTIFA to attack a MAGA Rally in Minnesota last month, and we have the video proof the government has done this!

Below is video from a MAGA rally in Minnesota last month. In it you will see a number of small, white colored commuter-style busses, bringing in groups of ANTIFA militants to attack the MAGA rally later this week. And what else does the video show? Marked and unmarked MINNESOTA STATE POLICE VEHICLES ESCORTING THE ANTIFA BUSES! Yes, you just witnessed it with your own eyes. POLICE CARS escorting bus loads of ANTIFA militants, to cause havoc at the MAGA Rallies.

Government escorting the people who rioted, looted, committed arson attacks.

Government escorting the very people who have done beatings, stabbings, shootings and killings in cities all over this country for the past ten months or so!

Our own public servants, the people WE PAY, are bringing in rioters to attack us!

Those of you heading to Washington, DC this week should be aware that busloads of ANTIFA are also being sent to DC. We are endeavoring to get video and other info about these buses and where they've come from.

I'm looking into who, inside which government agency, did this. When I find out, I will report who they are and everything else I can find out about them. 

:: 1-4-21 Gateway Pundit :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

BREAKING: Patriot Jovan Pulitzer’s Team Is Being Shot At! – After They Were Given Directive to Identify Fraudulent Ballots in Fulton County

By Joe Hoft  Published January 4, 2021 at 8:50am  1870 Comments

Jovan Pulitzer and his team have the ability to save America. Now they are being shot at.

Jovan Pulitzer and his team have the ability to determine the validity of millions of ballots in a day. He spoke last week in Georgia and offered to review the absentee ballots in Fulton county for free. He said he could go through the 500,000 or so absentee ballots in the Atlanta based county in a couple hours and determine which ones are valid and which ones are frauds. Pulitzer could save the union. With his approach, he can audit millions of ballots in a short period of time and have all the swing state votes forensically reviewed in a matter of days. We pointed out nearly a month ago that Pulitzer’s method for reviewing ballots is the answer to address the horrendous fraud in this year’s election. Late last Wednesday, the Georgia Senate passed a motion to have Pulitzer and his team go through the ballots there.


:: 1-4-21 The Sun :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

UNDER SIEGE Iran Revolutionary Guards ‘seize South Korean-flagged tanker in Persian Gulf on route to UAE’

Mark Hodge 4 Jan 2021, 12:13Updated: 5 Jan 2021, 0:54

IRAN's Revolutionary Guards have seized a South Korean-flagged tanker in the Persian Gulf, it has been reported.

The MT Hankuk Chemi was reportedly stopped by Iranian authorities over alleged “oil pollution”, the Tehran-backed Fars News agency reports. It was reportedly en route to UAE from Saudi Arabia when it was stopped.

Pictures have emerged showing Iranian navy boats escorting the huge tanker in the Strait of Hormuz.

In a statement by Iran's Revolutionary Guards Corp (IRGC) Navy, the tanker was reported to be carrying 7,200 tonnes of ethanol, which is now being held in Iran's port city of Bandar Abbas, Iranian news site, Press TV reports.

It also stated that the tanker's crew, made up of mostly South Koreans and others from Vietnam, Indonesia and Myanmar have now been detained.

The case will be handed over to Iranian judicial officials to investigate after the ship is said to have violated maritime environmental laws, according to reports.

Dryad Global, a maritime security monitoring and advisory firm, said the South Korean ship Hankuk Chemi 'diverted from her course northwards into Iranian territorial waters while inbound to Fujairah (in the UAE) from (the Saudi city of) Al Jubail.'

Satellite data from showed the ship off the Iranian port of Bandar Abbas today.

In 2019, Iran seized several foreign tankers in the Strait as tensions with the West reached boiling point.

Today's capture comes one day after the first anniversary of the death of Iran's General Qasem Soleimani.

The military leader was killed by a US drone strike in Iraq on January 3 last year. And in the final days of Donald Trump's presidency, relations between Washington and Tehran have continued to soar.

On New Year's Eve, Iran’s foreign minister Javad Zarif accused the US of trying to set up a "pretext for war" after it stepped up military deployments in the region.

Yesterday, the Pentagon reversed a decision to bring aircraft carrier USS Nimitz home from the Gulf.  Washington said the move was due to "recent threats" by Tehran.

Meanwhile, Iran today said it had resumed 20 per cent uranium enrichment at an underground nuclear facility. The move breaches the 2015 agreement - known as the Iran nuclear deal - with major western powers.

Tehran started violating the accord in 2019 in response to Trump's withdrawal from the pact in 2018 and the reimposition of US sanctions that had been lifted under the deal.

President-elect Joe Biden, who takes office on January 20, has indicated that the US rejoin the agreement. 

:: 12-30-20 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Hal Lindsey Report: 12/30/2016

Low Resolution Flash Video - 

:: 1-4-21 The Times of Israel :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Saudi Arabia to lift Qatar embargo, open airspace and border

Step toward ending diplomatic crisis between US allies paves way for Qatari ruler to attend Saudi-hosted Gulf nations summit later this week

By Agencies 4 January 2021, 9:52 pm

Kuwait’s foreign ministry announced Monday that Saudi Arabia will open its air and land borders with Qatar in the first steps toward ending a diplomatic crisis that has deeply divided regional US allies since 2017.

The state-run Kuwait News Agency reported the announcement, saying that Saudi Arabia would open its borders with Qatar starting Monday evening. Qatar’s only land border has been mostly closed since mid-2017, when Saudi Arabia, Egypt, the United Arab Emirates and Bahrain launched a blockade against the tiny Gulf state, accusing it of supporting Islamist groups in the region and of having warm ties with Iran. The border has opened just briefly during the past three years to allow Qataris into Saudi Arabia to perform the Islamic hajj pilgrimage. Kuwait has been mediating between Qatar and the four Arab states. On Monday, Kuwait’s Foreign Minister Ahmad Nasser al-Mohammad Al Sabah reportedly traveled to Qatar to deliver a message to Qatar’s ruling emir, Sheikh Tamim bin Hamad Al Thani.

The lifting of the embargo by Saudi Arabia paves the way for Qatar’s ruler to attend a summit of Gulf leaders Tuesday that will be held in the kingdom’s desert city of Al-Ula. The summit would traditionally be chaired by the Saudi monarch, King Salman, though his son and heir, the crown prince, may instead lead the meeting.

Kuwait’s foreign minister said in a statement carried on state TV that the Kuwaiti emir had spoken with Qatar’s emir and Saudi Arabia’s crown prince. The conversations “emphasized that everyone was keen on reunification,” and would gather in Al-Ula to sign a statement that promises to “usher in a bright page of brotherly relations.”

The Gulf Cooperation Council summit will be “inclusive,” leading toward “reunification and solidarity in facing the challenges of our region,” Saudi Crown Prince Mohammed bin Salman was quoted as saying in remarks carried by the Saudi state-run news agency.

The decision by the close US allies comes in the final days of the Trump administration’s time in office. Trump’s adviser and son-in-law, Jared Kushner, visited Saudi Arabia and Qatar in early December in a final attempt to secure a diplomatic breakthrough.

Kushner is set to attend the signing ceremony at the Gulf summit in Al-Ula following his shuttle diplomacy, a US official said Monday.

We’ve had a breakthrough in the Gulf Cooperation Council rift,” the official said on condition of anonymity, confirming an announcement from Kuwait.

The six-nation Gulf Cooperation Council and Egypt “will be coming together to sign an agreement that will end the blockade and put an end to the Qatari lawsuits,” the official said.

Kushner previously contributed to the US-brokered recognition of Israel by four Arab states led by the United Arab Emirates.

The decision to end the Saudi blockade of Qatar also comes just ahead of US President-elect Joe Biden’s swearing-in. Saudi Arabia may be seeking to clear contentious files that could prove stumbling blocs to building warm ties with the Biden administration, which is expected to take a firmer stance toward the kingdom’s policies than Trump’s four years in office.

There was no immediate comment by the UAE, Egypt or Bahrain on the announcement. However, in recent days Emirati and Egyptian statements have been made welcoming Saudi efforts to resolving the dispute. 

:: 1-4-21 The Christian Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Over 42.6M abortions conducted in 2020, surpassing world's leading causes of death

By Ryan Foley, Christian Post Reporter

Over 42 million abortions occurred in 2020, far surpassing the totals of people who perished as a result of the world’s leading causes of death.

According to data compiled by the Worldometer, a reference website that monitors statistics on health, the global population, the use of resources and deaths in real-time, over 40 million abortions are performed worldwide annually.

The website tabulates statistics on abortion made available from the World Health Organization. The last available snapshot of the Worldometer as it appeared on New Year’s Eve, captured by the internet archive tool The Wayback Machine, reveals that more than 42.6 million abortions were performed worldwide in 2020.

By comparison, communicable diseases killed more than 13 million people worldwide in 2020. About 8.2 million people worldwide lost their lives to cancer while nearly 5.1 million people and 2.5 million people succumbed to death as a result of smoking and alcohol, respectively.

According to Johns Hopkins University, more than 1.8 million people worldwide died of coronavirus in 2020.

Other leading causes of death in 2020 included road traffic accident fatalities, of which there were nearly 1.4 million. Additionally, suicides are responsible for nearly 1.1 million deaths across the globe.

The total number of deaths worldwide in 2020, excluding abortions, was nearly 59 million.

But if abortions were counted as a cause of death rather than just another health statistic, the global death toll in 2020 would increase to more than 100 million.

The number of pregnancies terminated worldwide in 2020 is greater than the total number of people that succumbed to all other leading causes of death listed. In this accessible read, Richard Simmons offers valuable insights for those grappling with life's biggest questions.

In the end, it is important to know whether God exists or whether He does not. There is no third option. This book seeks to determine which of these beliefs is true and which one is not.

The year 2020 is not the first where the total number of abortions has surpassed the totals of people who died from the leading causes of death.

As previously reported, Worldometer reported that there were about 42.4 million abortions that occurred in 2019 While abortion is the leading cause of death worldwide, it has also been the leading cause of death in the United States in recent years.

According to the pro-abortion Guttmacher Institute, 862,320 abortions were performed in the U.S. in 2017. That same year, heart disease which is frequently cited as the leading cause of death in the U.S., took the lives of 647,457 Americans, according to the Centers for Disease Control.

In 2017, the total number of deaths in the United States, excluding abortions, was 2,813,503.

Already in 2021, Worldometer shows that there have been over 435,000 abortions since the beginning of the new year worldwide as of Monday evening.

As abortion remained the leading cause of death worldwide in 2020, countries across the world elected to take drastically different public policy approaches regarding the polarizing issue.

Last week, Argentina’s legislature passed a bill allowing elective abortions to take place during the first 14 weeks of pregnancy. Previously, the South American country only allowed abortions if a woman was raped or if her life was in jeopardy as a result of the pregnancy.

In October 2020, Poland’s Constitutional Tribunal, the country’s equivalent of a supreme court, ruled that a law permitting abortions based on fetal defects violated the country’s constitution. The ruling had the effect of making abortions legal in Poland only in cases of rape or incest or if the mother’s life or health were at risk.

A survey conducted last year by Ipsos found that support for abortion has dropped in most countries worldwide since Ipsos first began tracking the world’s attitudes about abortion in 2014. Worldwide, the support for abortion dropped from 72% in 2014 to 70% in 2020.

The strongest decline in support for abortion was recorded in Germany, where support decreased by 9%. Other countries where support for abortion dropped in that time period included Sweden, France, the United Kingdom and Spain. While Belgium, Australia, Canada and Argentina saw support for abortion increase from 2014 to 2020, no country saw as pronounced an increase as South Korea, where support rose by 20%. 

[ :: 10-17-10 am service  (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. truly darkness, darkness is growing darker and darker and darker, war is being prepared, war is being made ready. Watch Russia, watch Turkey, watch China, watch Iran, watch Pakistan, watch Saudi Arabia, for they are not your friends nor have they ever been your friends.  They are not my friends, saith your Father God, for they shall wage war against me in the last days, these are the last days. etc.. 

:: 1-4-21 AP News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Iran starts 20% uranium enrichment, seizes South Korean ship


DUBAI, United Arab Emirates (AP) — Iran began enriching uranium Monday to levels unseen since its 2015 nuclear deal with world powers and also seized a South Korean-flagged tanker near the crucial Strait of Hormuz, a double-barreled challenge to the West that further raised Mideast tensions.

Both decisions appeared aimed at increasing Tehran’s leverage in the waning days in office for President Donald Trump, whose unilateral withdrawal from the atomic accord in 2018 began a series of escalating incidents.

Increasing enrichment at its underground Fordo facility puts Tehran a technical step away from weapons-grade levels of 90%, while also pressuring President-elect Joe Biden to quickly negotiate. Iran’s seizure of the MT Hankuk Chemi comes as a South Korean diplomat was due to travel to the Islamic Republic to discuss the release of billions of dollars in Iranian assets frozen in Seoul.

Iranian Foreign Minister Mohammad Javad Zarif seemed to acknowledge Tehran’s interest in leveraging the situation in a tweet about its nuclear enrichment.

Our measures are fully reversible upon FULL compliance by ALL,” he wrote.

At Fordo, Iranian nuclear scientists under the watch of International Atomic Energy Agency inspectors loaded centrifuges with over 130 kilograms (285 pounds) of low-enriched uranium to be spun up to 20%, said Kazem Gharibabadi, Iran’s permanent representative to the U.N. atomic agency.

The IAEA later described the Fordo setup as three sets of two interconnected cascades, comprised of 1,044 IR-1 centrifuges — Iran’s first-generation centrifuges. A cascade is a group of centrifuges working together to more quickly enrich uranium.

Iranian state television quoted government spokesman Ali Rabiei as saying that President Hassan Rouhani had given the order to begin the production. It came after its parliament passed a bill, later approved by a constitutional watchdog, aimed at increasing enrichment to pressure Europe into providing sanctions relief.

The U.S. State Department criticized Iran’s move as a “clear attempt to increase its campaign of nuclear extortion.”

Iran informed the IAEA of its plans to increase enrichment to 20% last week.

Iran’s decision to begin enriching to 20% purity a decade ago nearly triggered an Israeli strike targeting its nuclear facilities, tensions that only abated with the 2015 atomic deal, which saw Iran limit its enrichment in exchange for the lifting of economic sanctions.

A resumption of 20% enrichment could see that brinksmanship return. Already, a November attack that Tehran blames on Israel killed an Iranian scientist who founded the country’s military nuclear program two decades earlier. From Israel, which has its own undeclared nuclear weapons program, Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu criticized Iran’s enrichment decision, saying it “cannot be explained in any way other than the continuation of realizing its goal to develop a military nuclear program.”

Israel will not allow Iran to manufacture a nuclear weapon,” he added.

Tehran has long maintained its nuclear program is peaceful. The State Department says that as late as last year, it “continued to assess that Iran is not currently engaged in key activities associated with the design and development of a nuclear weapon.” That mirrors previous reports by U.S. intelligence agencies and the IAEA, though experts warn that Iran currently has enough low-enriched uranium for at least two nuclear weapons if it chose to pursue them.

Meanwhile, Iran’s paramilitary Revolutionary Guard seized the MT Hankuk Chemi, with photos later released showing its vessels alongside the tanker. Satellite data from showed the tanker off the Iranian port city of Bandar Abbas on Monday.

The ship had been traveling from a petrochemicals facility in Jubail, Saudi Arabia, to Fujairah in the United Arab Emirates. The vessel carries a chemical shipment including methanol, according to data-analysis firm Refinitiv.

Full Coverage: Iran

Iran alleged it seized the vessel over it allegedly polluting the Persian Gulf and the Strait of Hormuz, the gulf’s narrow mouth through which 20% of the world’s oil passes.

Calls to the ship’s listed owner, DM Shipping Co. Ltd. of Busan, South Korea, were not answered after business hours Monday. The South Korean news agency Yonhap quoted an anonymous company official denying the Iranian claim the ship polluted the water.

The captain “asked why we have to go and be examined and did not get any answer,” Yonhap quoted the official as saying.

In past months Iran has sought to escalate pressure on South Korea to unlock some $7 billion in frozen assets from oil sales earned before the Trump administration tightened sanctions on the country’s oil exports.

The head of Iran’s central bank recently announced that the country was seeking to use funds tied up in a South Korean bank to purchase coronavirus vaccines through COVAX, an international program designed to distribute COVID-19 vaccines to participating countries.

South Korea’s Foreign Ministry demanded the ship’s release, saying in a statement that its crew was safe. The crew included sailors from Indonesia, Myanmar, South Korea and Vietnam, according to the Guard. South Korea’s Defense Ministry said it also was sending its anti-piracy unit near the Strait of Hormuz, which is a 4,400-ton-class destroyer with about 300 troops.

The State Department called for the tanker’s immediate release, accusing Iran of threatening “navigational rights and freedoms” in the Persian Gulf in order to “extort the international community into relieving the pressure of sanctions.”

Last year, Iran similarly seized a British-flagged oil tanker and held it for months after one of its tankers was held off Gibraltar.

The incidents coincide with the anniversary of the U.S. drone strike killing Guard Gen. Qassem Soleimani in Baghdad. Iran responded by launching ballistic missiles at U.S. bases in Iraq, injuring dozens of U.S. troops. Tehran also accidentally shot down a Ukrainian passenger jet that night, killing all 176 people on board.

As the anniversary approached and fears grew of possible Iranian retaliation, the U.S. dispatched B-52 bombers over the region and ordered a nuclear-powered submarine into the Persian Gulf.

Acting U.S. Defense Secretary Christopher Miller said late Sunday that he changed his mind about sending the aircraft carrier USS Nimitz home from the Middle East and instead will keep the vessel on duty. He cited Iranian threats against Trump and other U.S. government officials as the reason for the redeployment, without elaborating.

Last week, sailors discovered a limpet mine stuck on a tanker in the Persian Gulf off Iraq near the Iranian border as it prepared to transfer fuel to another tanker owned by a company traded on the New York Stock Exchange. No one has claimed responsibility for the mining, though it comes after similar attacks in 2019 near the Strait of Hormuz that the U.S. Navy blamed on Iran. Tehran denied involvement.

Associated Press writers Tia Goldenberg in Tel Aviv, Israel, Hyung-jin Kim in Seoul, and Robert Burns and Matthew Lee in Washington contributed to this report. 

[:: 3-31-19 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. You are living in a time of great deception, a time when the enemy is working harder than he has ever worked before in the history of man and yet my people don’t seem to understand that. etc.

:: 1-4-21 Christian Headlines :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Democratic Rep. Ends House Prayer with 'Amen and Awoman,' Sparking Debate

Michael Foust | Contributor | Monday, January 4, 2021

A Democratic representative’s prayer that ended with the phrase “amen and awoman” in the U.S. House of Representatives Sunday launched a debate about political correctness, gender and religion. U.S. Rep. Emanuel Cleaver (D-Mo.), who also is a United Methodist minister, delivered the prayer before the House Sunday and capped it with a nontraditional phrase.

Typically, ministers end their prayers by saying “amen” – a Hebrew word that means “so be it” or “it is so.” Cleaver, though, made a statement about gender. He also delivered a pluralistic prayer that acknowledged other religions.

“Bless us, and keep us,” Cleaver prayed. “May the Lord make his face to shine upon us and be gracious unto us. May the Lord lift up the light of his continents upon us and give us peace – peace in our families, peace across this land, and there I ask, oh Lord, peace even in this chamber. Now, and evermore.

We ask it in the name of the monotheistic God, Brahma, and God known by many names by many different things. Amen and awoman,” he concluded. Cleaver formerly served as pastor of St. James United Methodist Church in Kansas City, Mo.

The phrase sparked a debate on social media.

“‘Amen’ derives from the Hebrew אָמֵן, and it means something like ‘it’s true.’ It has nothing to do with gender,” tweeted Denny Burk, director of the Center for Gospel and Culture at Boyce College in Louisville, Ky.

The opening prayer just ended with ‘amen and a woman.’ It has absolutely nothing to do with gender. It is Latin for so be it. This is Political Correctness gone way off the rails,” tweeted Rep. Tim Burchett (R-Tenn.). “‘Amen and Awomen?’; Our country has gone crazy. This is NOT a gender-neutral issue. How dumb is this?” CBN’s David Brody tweeted. 

:: 1-4-21 Charisma :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Michael Brown: Congress Has Officially Gone Gender Crazy

4:00PM EST 1/4/2021 Michael Brown

In case you haven't heard, House Democrats want to remove all gendered language from their legislation, while the prayer to open the 117th Congress ended with, "Amen and a-woman." I kid you not. Who would make up something so insane?

Let's start with the P.C. prayer, which has to be seen to be believed. It is offered in "the name of the monotheistic God, Brahma and 'god' known by many names by many different faiths." And it concludes with, "Amen and a-woman," as if the "men" of "amen" was somehow a gendered term.

How patriarchal and bigoted to use the "men" word in prayer.

Of course, "amen" comes from the common Semitic root '-m-n, with the word itself meaning, "So be it." And it is used in Jewish, Christian and Islamic liturgy, being found in Hebrew, Greek, Latin and Arabic (along with English and many other languages).

But who said being P.C. had anything to do with truth or reality? To the contrary, it is quite often based on the denial of reality, or, in this case, complete ignorance of a common word.

Following the logic of this prayer, we would have to learn new phrases like, "making awomends," since "making amends" contains the dreaded m- word. Or, we would have to learn to be "awomenable," lest we allow a male-dominated word like "amenable" to remain on the books. Go ahead; make up your own list of words containing "men."

This Is Madness  Not to be outdone, though, House Democrats have revealed their new, "future-focused" rules, which include the following: "In clause 8(c)(3) of rule XXIII, gendered terms, such as 'father, mother, son, daughter, brother, sister, uncle, aunt, first cousin, nephew, niece, husband, wife, father-in-law, mother-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, sister-in-law, stepfather, stepmother, stepson, stepdaughter, stepbrother, stepsister, half brother, half sister, grandson, or granddaughter' will be removed.

"In their place, terms such as 'parent, child, sibling, parent's sibling, first cousin, sibling's child, spouse, parent-in-law, child-in-law, sibling-in-law, stepparent, stepchild, stepsibling, half-sibling, or grandchild' will be used, instead."

So, this is what the future looks like? This is what it means to be inclusive?

A particular highlight of the new rules is this: "The Office of the Whistleblower Ombudsman, for instance, is renamed in the rules to the 'Office of the Whistleblower Ombuds.'"

How can you not love this? How creative! How futuristic! How absurd!

The best response was that of the House Minority Leader Kevin McCarthy, who tweeted, Well Said, Stupid It Is  For others, however, these were bold and commendable reforms.

As expressed by Rep. Ilhan Omar (with reference to the entire rules package, in particular, with regard to Medicare), "End of Nov, the Progressive Caucus decided on a set of progressive rules reform priorities: Paygo reform and MTR reform ranked high on that list.

"So grateful to Chairman @RepMcGovern for helping us secure these reforms and setting the stage for us to push for bolder agenda."

But as easy as it is to poke fun at this ridiculous proposal, it is highly significant when one of our major government institutions wants to remove all gendered language. As the saying goes, this does not end well.

Looking to Canada as a case in point, the Religious Tolerance website reported that "The Ontario Court of Appeals issued a decision on 2003-JUN-10 requiring the province of Ontario to provide marriage licenses to, and to register the marriages of, same-sex couples. However 73 pieces of existing legislation in the province violated this court ruling by referring to wife, husband, widow, widower and similar sex-related terms. In order to bring the legislation in synchronism with the court decision which legalized SSM [same-sex marriage], each of these laws had to be amended to include gender-neutral language."

You might say, "So what's the big deal? This is just technical, legal language. It hardly affects the person on the street."

Not so. This reflects both a mindset and a legal logic, and these things reflect where a culture is headed.

Consequently, these things do trickle down, especially in the wake of the wave of transgender activism, where the war on gender-specific language becomes more pitched.

That's why, in 2016, Canada passed Bill C-16, which critics claim was all about compelled speech, specifically with regard to charges of hate speech for failure to comply with transgender preferences.

The most famous critic was professor Jordan Peterson, who rose to international fame when he said in an October 2016 interview, "If they fine me, I won't pay it. If they put me in jail, I'll go on a hunger strike. I'm not doing this. I'm not using the words that other people require me to use. Especially if they're made up by radical left-wing ideologues."

Having studied the methods of totalitarian regimes for years, Peterson drew the line when it came to compelled speech. He knew all that it implied.

As to where this kind of legislation can go, in 2019, I spoke face to face with a Canadian man involved in a legal dispute over his daughter's desire to transition to male. Not only did the court rule that he could not interfere with her getting hormone treatments, but he was forbidden to call his own daughter by her given, female name or to use female pronouns with reference to her, even in private, under penalty of immediate arrest.

And we have recently documented the new "hate speech" laws in Norway.

So, as laughable as the "a-woman" prayer might be, and as absurd as the House's "gender-inclusive" rules might be, we should take both with complete seriousness and say, "Not on my watch."

We can be compassionate to people in their struggles without engaging in gender madness. 

:: 1-4-21 Yahoo :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trump reportedly giving Presidential Medal of Freedom to GOP allies Devin Nunes, Jim Jordan

Peter Weber

Mon, January 4, 2021, 5:51 AM EST

President Trump is expected to give the Presidential Medal of Freedom to Rep. Devin Nunes (R-Calif.) on Monday, followed a week later by Rep. Jim Jordan (R-Ohio), Axios and The Washington Post reported Sunday evening. Trump "is using his final days in the White House in part to reward friends and allies with pardons and other decorations," the Post notes, and Nunes and Jordan are two of Trump's closest allies in Congress.

Jordan was a vocal and passionate defender of Trump during his impeachment hearings, and Nunes was one of the president's biggest allies in his effort to undermine the Justice Department's investigations of Russian interference in the 2016 election. Trump cited Nunes' "bravery" in the Russia imbroglio when suggesting to Fox & Friends in 2018 that he might give Nunes the "very important" Medal of Freedom, after first calling it the Medal of Honor, the Post reports. The Medal of Honor is a military decoration while the Medal of Freedom is the nation's highest civilian honor, though Trump has bestowed that honor on some controversial recipients. 

:: 1-4-21 Newsmax :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trump Berates Senate Republicans Who Won't Back Election Challenge

Monday, 04 January 2021 01:04 PM

President Donald Trump on Monday pounced on Senate Republicans who won’t back challenges to Joe Biden’s election victory.

In a Monday tweet, the president joined a fight that has split the GOP ahead of a joint session of Congress on Wednesday to certify the White House winner.

The ‘Surrender Caucus’ within the Republican Party will go down in infamy as weak and ineffective ‘guardians’ of our Nation, who were willing to accept the certification of fraudulent presidential numbers!” Trump tweeted.

Trump has insisted voter fraud was responsible for his Nov. 3 election defeat, but his challenges in the courts have been unsuccessful, and former Attorney General William Barr said in early December that an investigation hadn’t yet found evidence of fraud. Barr later resigned.

In a separate Monday tweet, Trump singled out Sen. Tom Cotton, R-Ark., who Sunday declined to join 12 Trump allies in the Senate — and over 100 in the House — who’ve said they’ll challenge certification of Biden’s win despite GOP leaders’ pleas not to do so.

“How can you certify an election when the numbers being certified are verifiably WRONG. You will see the real numbers tonight during my speech, but especially on JANUARY 6th. @SenTomCotton Republicans have pluses & minuses, but one thing is sure, THEY NEVER FORGET!,” Trump tweeted.

Other GOP lawmakers traded accusations over the weekend, with some repudiating their colleagues’ Jan. 6 plans as dangerous to democracy.

“I think it’s a very, very bad idea,” Sen. Ben Sasse, R-Neb., said, The Wall Street Journal reported. “I mean, I’m concerned about the division in America, that’s the biggest issue, but obviously this is not healthy for the Republican Party either.”

But on Sunday, Sen. Ron Johnson, R-Wis., said the move wasn’t an attempt to thwart the democratic process, but one “to protect it.” 

:: 6-25-18 The Intercept :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Wiretap Rooms

The NSA’s Hidden Spy Hubs in Eight U.S. Cities

Ryan Gallagher, Henrik Moltke June 25 2018, 8:00 a.m.

The secrets are hidden behind fortified walls in cities across the United States, inside towering, windowless skyscrapers and fortress-like concrete structures that were built to withstand earthquakes and even nuclear attack. Thousands of people pass by the buildings each day and rarely give them a second glance, because their function is not publicly known. They are an integral part of one of the world’s largest telecommunications networks – and they are also linked to a controversial National Security Agency surveillance program.

Atlanta, Chicago, Dallas, Los Angeles, New York City, San Francisco, Seattle, and Washington, D.C. In each of these cities, The Intercept has identified an AT&T facility containing networking equipment that transports large quantities of internet traffic across the United States and the world. A body of evidence – including classified NSA documents, public records, and interviews with several former AT&T employees – indicates that the buildings are central to an NSA spying initiative that has for years monitored billions of emails, phone calls, and online chats passing across U.S. territory.

The NSA considers AT&T to be one of its most trusted partners and has lauded the company’s “extreme willingness to help.” It is a collaboration that dates back decades. Little known, however, is that its scope is not restricted to AT&T’s customers. According to the NSA’s documents, it values AT&T not only because it “has access to information that transits the nation,” but also because it maintains unique relationships with other phone and internet providers. The NSA exploits these relationships for surveillance purposes, commandeering AT&T’s massive infrastructure and using it as a platform to covertly tap into communications processed by other companies.

Much has previously been reported about the NSA’s surveillance programs. But few details have been disclosed about the physical infrastructure that enables the spying. Last year, The Intercept highlighted a likely NSA facility in New York City’s Lower Manhattan. Now, we are revealing for the first time a series of other buildings across the U.S. that appear to serve a similar function, as critical parts of one of the world’s most powerful electronic eavesdropping systems, hidden in plain sight.

“It’s eye-opening and ominous the extent to which this is happening right here on American soil,” said Elizabeth Goitein, co-director of the Liberty and National Security Program at the Brennan Center for Justice. “It puts a face on surveillance that we could never think of before in terms of actual buildings and actual facilities in our own cities, in our own backyards.”

There are hundreds of AT&T-owned properties scattered across the U.S. The eight identified by The Intercept serve a specific function, processing AT&T customers’ data and also carrying large quantities of data from other internet providers. They are known as “backbone” and “peering” facilities.

While network operators would usually prefer to send data through their own networks, often a more direct and cost-efficient path is provided by other providers’ infrastructure. If one network in a specific area of the country is overloaded with data traffic, another operator with capacity to spare can sell or exchange bandwidth, reducing the strain on the congested region. This exchange of traffic is called “peering” and is an essential feature of the internet.

Because of AT&T’s position as one of the U.S.’s leading telecommunications companies, it has a large network that is frequently used by other providers to transport their customers’ data. Companies that “peer” with AT&T include the American telecommunications giants Sprint, Cogent Communications, and Level 3, as well as foreign companies such as Sweden’s Telia, India’s Tata Communications, Italy’s Telecom Italia, and Germany’s Deutsche Telekom.

AT&T currently boasts 19,500 “points of presence” in 149 countries where internet traffic is exchanged. But only eight of the company’s facilities in the U.S. offer direct access to its “common backbone” – key data routes that carry vast amounts of emails, internet chats, social media updates, and internet browsing sessions. These eight locations are among the most important in AT&T’s global network. They are also highly valued by the NSA, documents indicate.

The data exchange between AT&T and other networks initially takes place outside AT&T’s control, sources said, at third-party data centers that are owned and operated by companies such as California’s Equinix. But the data is then routed – in whole or in part – through the eight AT&T buildings, where the NSA taps into it. By monitoring what it calls the “peering circuits” at the eight sites, the spy agency can collect “not only AT&T’s data, they get all the data that’s interchanged between AT&T’s network and other companies,” according to Mark Klein, a former AT&T technician who worked with the company for 22 years. It is an efficient point to conduct internet surveillance, Klein said, “because the peering links, by the nature of the connections, are liable to carry everybody’s traffic at one point or another during the day, or the week, or the year.”

Christopher Augustine, a spokesperson for the NSA, said in a statement that the agency could “neither confirm nor deny its role in alleged classified intelligence activities.” Augustine declined to answer questions about the AT&T facilities, but said that the NSA “conducts its foreign signals intelligence mission under the legal authorities established by Congress and is bound by both policy and law to protect U.S. persons’ privacy and civil liberties.”

Jim Greer, an AT&T spokesperson, said that AT&T was “required by law to provide information to government and law enforcement entities by complying with court orders, subpoenas, lawful discovery requests, and other legal requirements.” He added that the company provides “voluntary assistance to law enforcement when a person’s life is in danger and in other immediate, emergency situations. In all cases, we ensure that requests for assistance are valid and that we act in compliance with the law.”

Dave Schaeffer, CEO of Cogent Communications, told The Intercept that he had no knowledge of the surveillance at the eight AT&T buildings, but said he believed “the core premise that the NSA or some other agency would like to look at traffic … at an AT&T facility.” He said he suspected that the surveillance is likely carried out on “a limited basis,” due to technical and cost constraints. If the NSA were trying to “ubiquitously monitor” data passing across AT&T’s networks, Schaeffer added, he would be “extremely concerned.”

Sprint, Telia, Tata Communications, Telecom Italia, and Deutsche Telekom did not respond to requests for comment. CenturyLink, which owns Level 3, said it would not discuss “matters of national security.”

The eight locations are featured on a top-secret NSA map, which depicts U.S. facilities that the agency relies upon for one of its largest surveillance programs, code-named FAIRVIEW. AT&T is the only company involved in FAIRVIEW, which was first established in 1985, according to NSA documents, and involves tapping into international telecommunications cables, routers, and switches.

In 2003, the NSA launched new internet mass surveillance methods, which were pioneered under the FAIRVIEW program. The methods were used by the agency to collect – within a few months – some 400 billion records about people’s internet communications and activity, the New York Times previously reported. FAIRVIEW was also forwarding more than 1 million emails every day to a “keyword selection system” at the NSA’s Fort Meade headquarters.

Central to the internet spying are eight “peering link router complex” sites, which are pinpointed on the top-secret NSA map. The locations of the sites mirror maps of AT&T’s networks, obtained by The Intercept from public records, which show “backbone node with peering” facilities in Atlanta, Chicago, Dallas, Los Angeles, New York City, San Francisco, Seattle, and Washington, D.C.

One of the AT&T maps contains unique codes individually identifying the addresses of the facilities in each of the cities.

Among the pinpointed buildings, there is a nuclear blast-resistant, windowless facility in New York City’s Hell’s Kitchen neighborhood; in Washington, D.C., a fortress-like, concrete structure less than half a mile south of the U.S. Capitol; in Chicago, an earthquake-resistant skyscraper in the West Loop Gate area; in Atlanta, a 429-foot art deco structure in the heart of the city’s downtown district; and in Dallas, a cube-like building with narrow windows and large vents on its exterior, located in the Old East district.

Elsewhere, on the west coast of the U.S., there are three more facilities: in downtown Los Angeles, a striking concrete tower near the Walt Disney Concert Hall and the Staples Center, two blocks from the most important internet exchange in the region; in Seattle, a 15-story building with blacked-out windows and reinforced concrete foundations, near the city’s waterfront; and in San Francisco’s South of Market neighborhood, a building where it was previously claimed that the NSA was monitoring internet traffic from a secure room on the sixth floor.

The peering sites – otherwise known in AT&T parlance as “Service Node Routing Complexes,” or SNRCswere developed following the internet boom in the mid- to late 1990s. By March 2009, the NSA’s documents say it was tapping into “peering circuits at the eight SNRCs.”

The facilities’ purpose was to bolster AT&T’s network, improving its reliability and enabling future growth. They were developed under the leadership of an Iranian-American innovator and engineer named Hossein Eslambolchi, who was formerly AT&T’s chief technology officer and president of AT&T Labs, a division of the company that focuses on research and development.

Eslambolchi told The Intercept that the project to set up the facilities began after AT&T asked him to help create “the largest internet protocol network in the world.” He obliged and began implementing his network design by placing large Cisco routers inside former AT&T phone switching facilities across the U.S. When planning the project, he said he divided AT&T’s network into different regions, “and in every quadrant I will have what I will call an SNRC.” During his employment with AT&T, Eslambolchi said he had to take a polygraph test, and he obtained a government security clearance. “I was involved in very, very top, heavy-duty projects for a few of these three-letter agencies,” he said, in an apparent reference to U.S. intelligence agencies. “They all loved me.”

He would not confirm or deny the exact locations of the eight peering sites identified by The Intercept or discuss the classified work he carried out while with the company. “You put a gun to my head,” he said, “I’m not going to tell you.”

Other former AT&T employees, however, were more forthcoming.

A former senior member of AT&T’s technical staff, who spoke on condition of anonymity due to the sensitivity of the subject, confirmed with “100 percent” certainty the locations of six of the eight peering facilities identified by The Intercept. The source, citing direct knowledge of the facilities and their function, verified the addresses of the buildings in Atlanta, Dallas, Los Angeles, New York City, Seattle, and Washington, D.C.

A second former AT&T employee confirmed the locations of the remaining two sites, in Chicago and San Francisco. “I worked with all of them,” said Philip Long, who was employed by AT&T for more than two decades as a technician servicing its networks. Long’s work with AT&T was carried out mostly in California, but he said his job required him to be in contact with the company’s other facilities across the U.S. In about 2005, Long recalled, he received orders to move “every internet backbone circuit I had in northern California” through the San Francisco AT&T building identified by The Intercept as one of the eight NSA spy hubs. Long said that, at the time, he felt suspicious of the changes, because they were unusual and unnecessary. “We thought we were routing our circuits so that they could grab all the data,” he said. “We thought it was the government listening.” He retired from his job with AT&T in 2014.

A third former AT&T employee reviewed The Intercept’s research and said he believed it accurately identified all eight of the facilities. “The site data certainly seems correct,” said Thomas Saunders, who worked as a data networking consultant for AT&T in New York City between 1995 and 2004. “Those nodes aren’t going to move.” An estimated 99 percent of the world’s intercontinental internet traffic is transported through hundreds of giant fiber optic cables hidden beneath the world’s oceans. A large portion of the data and communications that pass across the cables is routed at one point through the U.S., partly because of the country’s location – situated between Europe, the Middle East, and Asia – and partly because of the pre-eminence of American internet companies, which provide services to people globally.

The NSA calls this predicament “home field advantage” – a kind of geographic good fortune. “A target’s phone call, email, or chat will take the cheapest path, not the physically most direct path,” one agency document explains. “Your target’s communications could easily be flowing into and through the U.S.”

Once the internet traffic arrives on U.S. soil, it is processed by American companies. And that is why, for the NSA, AT&T is so indispensable. The company claims it has one of the world’s most powerful networks, the largest of its kind in the U.S. AT&T routinely handles masses of emails, phone calls, and internet chats. As of March 2018, some 197 petabytes of data – the equivalent of more than 49 trillion pages of text, or 60 billion average-sized mp3 files – traveled across its networks every business day.

The NSA documents, which come from the trove provided to The Intercept by the whistleblower Edward Snowden, describe AT&T as having been “aggressively involved” in aiding the agency’s surveillance programs. One example of this appears to have taken place at the eight facilities under a classified initiative called SAGUARO.

As part of SAGUARO, AT&T developed a strategy to help the NSA electronically eavesdrop on internet data from the “peering circuits” at the eight sites, which were said to connect to the “common backbone,” major data routes carrying internet traffic.

The company worked with the NSA to rank communications flowing through its networks on the basis of intelligence value, prioritizing data depending on which country it was derived from, according to a top-secret agency document. NSA diagrams reveal that after it collects data from AT&T’s “access links” and “peering partners,” it is sent to a “centralized processing facility” code-named PINECONE, located somewhere in New Jersey. Inside the PINECONE facility, there is a secure space in which there is both NSA-controlled and AT&T-controlled equipment. Internet traffic passes through an AT&T “distribution box” to two NSA systems. From there, the data is then transferred about 200 miles southwest to its final destination: NSA headquarters at Fort Meade in Maryland.

At the Maryland compound, the communications collected from AT&T’s networks are integrated into powerful systems called MAINWAY and MARINA, which the NSA uses to analyze metadata – such as the “to” and “from” parts of emails, and the times and dates they were sent. The communications obtained from AT&T are also made accessible through a tool named XKEYSCORE, which NSA employees use to search through the full contents of emails, instant messenger chats, web-browsing histories, webcam photos, information about downloads from online services, and Skype sessions. The NSA’s primary mission is to gather foreign intelligence. The agency has broad legal powers to monitor emails, phone calls, and other forms of correspondence as they are being transported across the U.S., and it can compel companies such as AT&T to install surveillance equipment within their networks.

Under a Ronald Reagan-era presidential directive – Executive Order 12333 – the NSA has what it calls “transit authority,” which it says enables it to eavesdrop on “communications which originate and terminate in foreign countries, but traverse U.S. territory.” That could include, for example, an email sent by a person in France to a person in Mexico, which on its way to its destination was routed through a server in California. According to the NSA’s documents, it was using AT&T’s networks as of March 2013 to gather some 60 million foreign-to-foreign emails every day, 1.8 billion per month.

Without an individualized court order, it is illegal for the NSA to spy on communications that are wholly domestic, such as emails sent back and forth between two Americans living in Texas. However, in the aftermath of the 9/11 attacks, the agency began eavesdropping on Americans’ international calls and emails that were passing between the U.S. and other countries. That practice was exposed by the New York Times in 2005 and triggered what became known as the “warrantless wiretapping” scandal.

Critics argued that the surveillance of Americans’ international communications was illegal, because the NSA had carried it out without obtaining warrants from a judge and had instead acted on the orders of President George W. Bush. In 2008, Congress weighed into the dispute and controversially authorized elements of the warrantless wiretapping program by enacting Section 702 of the Foreign Intelligence and Surveillance Act, or FISA. The new law allowed the NSA to continue sweeping up Americans’ international communications without a warrant, so long as it did so “incidentally” while it was targeting foreigners overseas – for instance, if it was monitoring people in Pakistan, and they were talking with Americans in the U.S. by phone, email, or through an internet chat service.

Within AT&T’s networks, there is filtering equipment designed to separate foreign and domestic internet data before it is passed to the NSA, the agency’s documents show. Filtering technology is often used by internet providers for security reasons, enabling them to keep tabs on problems with their networks, block out spam, or monitor hacking attacks. But the same tools can be used for government surveillance.

You can essentially trick the routers into redirecting a small subset of traffic you really care about, which you can monitor in more detail,” said Jennifer Rexford, a computer scientist who worked for AT&T Labs between 1996 and 2005. According to the NSA’s documents, it programs its surveillance systems to focus on particular IP addresses – a set of numbers that identify a computer – associated with foreign countries. A classified 2012 memo describes the agency’s efforts to use IP addresses to home in on internet data passing between the U.S. and particular “regions of interest,” including Iran, Afghanistan, Israel, Nigeria, Pakistan, Yemen, Sudan, Tunisia, Libya, and Egypt. But this process is not an exact science, as people can use privacy or anonymity tools to change or spoof their IP addresses. A person in Israel could use privacy software to masquerade as if they were accessing the internet in the U.S. Likewise, an internet user in the U.S. could make it appear as if they were online in Israel. It is unclear how effective the NSA’s systems are at detecting such anomalies.

In October 2011, the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Court, which approves the surveillance operations carried out under Section 702 of FISA, found that there were “technological limitations” with the agency’s internet eavesdropping equipment. It was “generally incapable of distinguishing” between some kinds of data, the court stated. As a consequence, Judge John D. Bates ruled, the NSA had been intercepting the communications of “non-target United States persons and persons in the United States,” violating Fourth Amendment protections against unreasonable searches and seizures. The ruling, which was declassified in August 2013, concluded that the agency had acquired some 13 million “internet transactions” during one six-month period, and had unlawfully gathered “tens of thousands of wholly domestic communications” each year.

The root of the issue was that the NSA’s technology was not only targeting communications sent to and from specific surveillance targets. Instead, the agency was sweeping up people’s emails if they had merely mentioned particular information about surveillance targets.

A top-secret NSA memo about the court’s ruling, which has not been disclosed before, explained that the agency was collecting people’s messages en masse if a single one were found to contain a “selector” – like an email address or phone number – that featured on a target list.

“One example of this is when a user of a webmail service accesses her inbox; if the inbox contains one email message that contains an NSA tasked selector, NSA will acquire a copy of the entire inbox, not just the individual email message that contains the tasked selector,” the memo stated.

The court’s ruling left the agency with two options: shut down the spying based on mentions of targets completely, or ensure that protections were put in place to stop the unlawfully collected communications from being reviewed. The NSA chose the latter option, and created a “cautionary banner” that warned its analysts not to read particular messages unless they could confirm that they had been lawfully obtained.

But the cautionary banner did not solve the problem. The NSA’s analysts continued to access the same data repositories to search, unlawfully, for information on Americans. In April 2017, the agency publicly acknowledged these violations, which it described as “inadvertent compliance incidents.” It said that it would no longer use surveillance programs authorized under Section 702 of FISA to harvest messages that mentioned its targets, citing “technological constraints, United States person privacy interests, and certain difficulties in implementation.”

The messages that the NSA had unlawfully collected were swept up using a method of surveillance known as “upstream,” which the agency still deploys for other surveillance programs authorized under both Section 702 of FISA and Executive Order 12333. The upstream method involves tapping into communications as they are passing across internet networks – precisely the kind of electronic eavesdropping that appears to have taken place at the eight locations identified by The Intercept. The AT&T building in Atlanta was originally constructed in the 1920s as the main telephone exchange for the city’s downtown area. The art deco structure, made of limestone, was designed to be the largest in the city at the time at 25 stories tall. However, due to the Great Depression, plans were scaled back and at first, it only had six stories. Between 1947 and 1963, the building was upgraded to host 14 stories, and a large brown microwave tower – visible for miles – was also added. A profile of the building on the History Atlanta website notes that it contains “operations, phone exchanges and other communications equipment for AT&T.” NSA and AT&T maps point to the Atlanta facility as being one of eight “peering” hubs that process internet traffic as part of the NSA surveillance program code-named FAIRVIEW. One former AT&T employee – who spoke on condition of anonymity – confirmed that the site was one of eight primary AT&T “Service Node Routing Complexes,” or SNRCs, in the U.S. NSA documents explicitly describe tapping into flows of data at all eight of these sites. Information provided by a second former AT&T employee adds to the evidence linking the Atlanta building to NSA surveillance. Mark Klein, a former AT&T technician, alleged in 2006 that the company had allowed the NSA to install surveillance equipment in some of its network hubs. An AT&T facility in Atlanta was one of the spy sites, according to documents Klein presented in a court case over the alleged spying. The Atlanta facility was equipped with “splitter” equipment, which was used to make copies of internet traffic as AT&T’s networks processed it. The copied data would then be diverted to “SG3” equipment – a reference to “Study Group 3” – which was a code name AT&T used for activities related to NSA surveillance, according to evidence in the Klein case.

The Atlanta facility is likely of strategic importance for the NSA. The site is the closest major AT&T internet routing center to Miami, according to the NSA and AT&T maps. From undersea cables that come aground at Miami, huge flows of data pass between the U.S. and South America. It is probable that much of that data is routed through the Atlanta facility as it is being sent to and from the U.S. In recent years, the NSA has extensively targeted several Latin American countries – such as Mexico, Brazil, and Venezuela – for surveillance. Like many other major telecommunications hubs built during the late 1960s and early 1970s, the Chicago AT&T building was designed amid the Cold War to withstand a nuclear attack. The 538-foot skyscraper, located in the West Loop Gate area of the city, was completed in 1971. There are windows at both the top and bottom of the vast concrete structure, but 18 of its 28 floors are windowless.

According to the Chicago Sun-Times, the facility handles much of the city’s phone and internet traffic and is equipped with banks of routers, servers, and switching systems. “This building touches every single resident of the city,” Jim Wilson, an AT&T area manager, told the newspaper in 2016. One of the building’s architects, John Augur Holabird, said in a 1998 interview that it housed “a big switchboard.” He added: “In case the atomic bomb hits Milwaukee, you’ll be happy to know your telephone line will still go through even though the rest of us are wiped out. And that’s what that building was for.”

10 South Canal Street originally contained a million-gallon oil tank, turbine generators, and a water well, so that it could continue to function for more than two weeks without electricity or water from the city, according to Illinois broadcaster WBEZ. The building is “anchored in bedrock, which helps support the weight of the equipment inside, and gives it extra resistance to bomb blasts or earthquakes,” WBEZ reported.

Today, the facility contains six large V-16 yellow Caterpillar generators that can provide backup electricity in the event of a power failure, according to the Chicago Sun Times. Inside the skyscraper, AT&T stores some 200,000 gallons of diesel fuel, enough to run the generators for 40 days.

NSA and AT&T maps point to the Chicago facility as being one of the “peering” hubs, which process internet traffic as part of the NSA surveillance program code-named FAIRVIEW. Philip Long, who was employed by AT&T for more than two decades as a technician servicing its networks, confirmed that the Chicago site was one of eight primary AT&T “Service Node Routing Complexes,” or SNRCs, in the U.S. NSA documents explicitly describe tapping into flows of data at all eight of these sites. This AT&T building is a fortified, cube-like structure, located in the Old East area of Dallas, not far from Baylor University Medical Center. Built in 1961, it is a light yellow-brown color with a granite foundation. Large vents are visible on the exterior of the building, as are several narrow windows, many of which appear to have been blacked out or covered in a reflective privacy glass.

The 4211 Bryan Street facility is located next to other AT&T-owned buildings, including a towering telephone routing complex that was first built in 1904. A piece about the telephone hub in the Dallas Observer described it as “an imposing, creepy building” that is “known in some circles as The Great Wall of Beige.” According to the Central Office website, which profiles telecommunications buildings across the U.S., the Dallas telephone hub is “the main regional tandem and AT&T for long distance and toll services in the Dallas Texas region.” Today, the building also has “major fiber connections to Plano, Irving, Tulsa, Oklahoma City, Ft. Worth, Abilene, Houston and Austin,” the website adds.

NSA and AT&T maps point to the 4211 Bryan Street facility as being one of the “peering” hubs, which process internet traffic as part of the NSA surveillance program code-named FAIRVIEW. A former AT&T employee confirmed that the site was one of eight primary AT&T “Service Node Routing Complexes,” or SNRCs, in the U.S. NSA documents explicitly describe tapping into flows of data at all eight of these sites.

At the time of its construction in 1961, the AT&T building known as the Madison Complex was the tallest building in downtown Los Angeles. It has since been dwarfed by a number of corporate office skyscrapers in the surrounding Financial District.

Located between Chinatown and the Staples Center, the fortress-like structure is one of the largest telephone central offices in the U.S. “The theoretical number of telephone lines that can be served from this office are 1.3 million and this office also serves as a foreign exchange carrier to neighboring area codes,” according to the Central Office, a website that profiles U.S. telecommunications hubs. The 448-foot, 17-story building is beige, rectangular, and mostly windowless. On its roof, there is a large microwave tower, which was originally used to transmit phone calls across a network of antennae. The tower’s technology became obsolete in the early 1990s, and it ceased to operate. It remains in place today as a sort of monument to outdated methods of communication and stands in contrast to the more modern buildings in the vicinity, many of them owned by banks. The Madison Complex is located just two blocks from One Wilshire, which houses what is reportedly the most important internet exchange on the U.S. west coast. “Billions of phone calls, emails and internet pages pass through One Wilshire every week,” the Los Angeles Times reported in 2013, “because it is the primary terminus for major fiber-optic cable routes between Asia and North America.”

Due to the close proximity of the Madison Complex and One Wilshire, and their shared role as telecommunications hubs, it is likely that the buildings process some of the same data as it is being routed across U.S. networks.

NSA and AT&T maps point to the Madison Complex facility as being one of the “peering” hubs, which process internet traffic as part of the NSA surveillance program code-named FAIRVIEW. A former AT&T employee confirmed that the site was one of eight primary AT&T “Service Node Routing Complexes,” or SNRCs, in the U.S. NSA documents explicitly describe tapping into flows of data at all eight of these sites.

It was built in 1964 as New York City’s first major telecommunications fortress. The striking concrete and granite AT&T building – located in the Hell’s Kitchen area about a 15-minute walk from Central Park – is 134 meters tall, with 21 floors, each one of them windowless and built to resist a nuclear blast.

A New York Times article published in 1975 noted that 811 10th Avenue was “the first of several windowless equipment buildings to be constructed” in the city, and added that its design initially “caused considerable controversy.” According to AT&T records, the building is a “hardened telco data center” and was upgraded in 2000 to become an internet data center. Thomas Saunders, a former AT&T engineer, told The Intercept that, in the 1970s, the building was considered to be “the biggest hub for transmission [of communications] in the country.” Saunders also claimed that, had Bush been in Manhattan during the 9/11 attacks, the Secret Service would have taken him to safety inside the AT&T facility. “It’s the strongest building in town,” he said. NSA and AT&T maps indicate that the 10th Avenue facility is one of eight “peering” hubs that process internet traffic as part of the NSA surveillance program code-named FAIRVIEW. Two former AT&T employees confirmed that the site was one of eight primary AT&T “Service Node Routing Complexes,” or SNRCs, in the U.S. NSA documents explicitly describe tapping into flows of data at all eight of these sites. The design of the building bears some resemblance to another windowless building in New York City – AT&T’s towering skyscraper at 33 Thomas Street in lower Manhattan. As The Intercept reported in 2016, 33 Thomas Street is a major hub for routing international phone calls and appears to contain a secure NSA surveillance room – code-named TITANPOINTE – that has been used to tap into faxes and phone calls.

NSA and AT&T documents indicate that 10th Avenue building serves as the NSA’s internet equivalent of 33 Thomas Street. While the NSA’s surveillance at 33 Thomas Street mainly targets phone calls that pass through the building’s international switching points, at the 10th Avenue site the agency appears to primarily collect emails, online chats, and data from internet browsing sessions. This San Francisco AT&T building has been described as the city’s telecommunications “nerve center.” It is about 256 feet tall, has nine floors, and its exterior is covered in silver-colored panels; there are a series of vents that can be seen at street level, but there are few windows.

NSA and AT&T maps obtained by The Intercept indicate that 611 Folsom Street is one of the eight “peering” hubs in the U.S. that process internet traffic as part of the NSA surveillance program code-named FAIRVIEW. Philip Long, who was employed by AT&T for more than two decades as a technician servicing its networks, confirmed that the San Francisco site is one of eight primary AT&T “Service Node Routing Complexes,” or SNRCs, in the U.S. NSA documents explicitly describe tapping into flows of data at all eight of these sites. Long recalled that, in the early 2000s, he “moved every internet backbone circuit I had in northern California” through the Folsom Street office. At the time, he said, he and his colleagues found it strange that they were asked to suddenly reroute all of the traffic, because “there was nothing wrong with the services, no facility problems.”

“We were getting orders to move backbones … and it just grabbed me,” said Long. “We thought it was government stuff and that they were being intrusive. We thought we were routing our circuits so that they could grab all the data.”

It is not the first time the building has been implicated in revelations about electronic eavesdropping. In 2006, an AT&T technician named Mark Klein alleged in a sworn court declaration that the NSA was tapping into internet traffic from a secure room on the sixth floor of the facility.

Klein, who worked at 611 Folsom Street between October 2003 and May 2004, stated that employees from the agency had visited the building and recruited one of AT&T’s management level technicians to carry out a “special job.” The job involved installing a “splitter cabinet” that copied internet data as it was flowing into the building, before diverting it into the secure room. He said equipment in the secure room included a “semantic traffic analyzer” – a tool that can be used to search large quantities of data for particular words or phrases contained in emails or online chats. Notably, Klein discovered that the NSA appeared to be specifically targeting internet “peering links,” which is corroborated by the NSA and AT&T documents obtained by The Intercept.

By cutting into the peering links, they get not only AT&T’s data, they get all the data that’s interchanged between AT&T’s network and other companies,” Klein told The Intercept in a recent interview.

According to documents provided by Klein, AT&T’s network at Folsom Street “peered” with other companies like Sprint, Cable & Wireless, and Qwest. It was also linked, he said, to an internet exchange named MAE West, a major data hub in San Jose, California, where other companies connect their networks together.

Sprint did not respond to a request for comment. A spokesperson for Cable & Wireless said the company only discloses data “when legally required to do so as a result of a valid warrant or other legal process.” In 2011, CenturyLink acquired Qwest as part of a $12.2 billion merger deal. A CenturyLink spokesperson said he could not discuss “matters of national security.” The Seattle facility is located in the city’s downtown area, not far from the waterfront. The gray building is 15 stories tall, with a dozen rows of narrow, blacked-out windows and vents that rise to its peak. According to public records, it was first constructed in 1955 and has reinforced concrete foundations and exterior walls that are supported by a steel frame.

Historically, the facility was an important communications switching point in the northwest of the U.S., routing calls between places like Bellingham, Spokane, Yakima, and north to Canada and Alaska. Today, the building appears to be primarily owned by the Qwest Corporation – a subsidiary of CenturyLink – but AT&T has a presence within it. AT&T’s logo is emblazoned on a plaque outside the building’s entrance.

Twenty-five miles north of Seattle, there is a major intercontinental undersea cable called Pacific Crossing-1, which routes communications between the U.S. and Japan; it is possible that the Seattle building processes some of these communications and others that pass between the U.S. west coast and Asia. NSA and AT&T maps point to the Seattle facility as being of eight “peering” hubs that process internet traffic as part of the NSA surveillance program code-named FAIRVIEW. A former AT&T employee confirmed that the site was one of eight primary AT&T “Service Node Routing Complexes,” or SNRCs, in the U.S. NSA documents explicitly describe tapping into flows of data at all eight of these sites. The building is a large, concrete, rectangular-shaped facility with few windows, located less than a mile south of the U.S. Capitol. Property tax records show that Verizon owns the majority of the property (worth $26 million), while AT&T owns a smaller part (worth $8.8 million). Plans of the building’s internal layout show that AT&T has space on the fourth, fifth, and sixth floors.

Central Office Buildings, a website that profiles telecommunications hubs in North America, describes the 30 E Street South West facility as “the granddaddy HQ of Verizon landline in Washington, DC.” It adds that the building contains a “a slew of switches of various types,” including AT&T equipment for routing long distance phone calls across networks. Capitol Police has an office located opposite the telecommunications hub, and a large number of police vehicles are usually located around the site. When The Intercept visited the facility to take photographs earlier this year, within a few minutes, several armed police officers arrived on the scene with dogs. They questioned our reporter, searched his car, and said that the building was considered critical infrastructure.

NSA and AT&T maps point to the Washington, D.C. facility as being one of eight “peering” hubs that process internet traffic as part of the NSA surveillance program code-named FAIRVIEW. A former AT&T employee confirmed that the site was one of eight primary AT&T “Service Node Routing Complexes,” or SNRCs, in the U.S. NSA documents explicitly describe tapping into flows of data at all eight of these sites. 

[ :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::] 

John 15:20 Remember the word that I said unto you, The servant is not greater than his lord. If they have persecuted me, they will also persecute you; if they have kept my saying, they will keep yours also. (KJV)

Luke 21:17 And ye shall be hated of all men for my name's sake. (KJV) 

[ :: 10-19-08 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. You shall be hated by the world, the world shall be against you, etc.

John 15:18 If the world hate you, ye know that it hated me before it hated you. (KJV)

[ :: 12-31-11 / 1-1-12 New Years Eve Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. Have you read my word, do you know that Ezekiel thirty eight and thirty nine is knocking on the door, as a matter of fact, its got a battering-ram and it is knocking the door down, but you are not aware of that.  Are you aware of how they are removing the Bible, are you aware of how they are fighting Christians, are you aware of the countries that are killing every Christian that is there?  And then you think I can delay another five years or another ten years.  Have you not read in my word where they are laying under my altar and they are crying out, how much longer, how much longer?  Oh what a sad state the world is in. etc.

[ :: 11-3-13 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc.  for the world hates the Christians more now than at anytime in history.  Even during the days Jesus walked on earth, it is much worse now and it is not going to get better because those that don’t believe the truth are going to come against you like never before because they don’t want you to know the truth etc.

:: 12-27-20 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Family doctor suspended after sharing Christian beliefs online

Sunday, December 27, 2020 by: News Editors

(Natural News) A family doctor has been suspended from medical practice in Australia after sharing his Christian beliefs online.

(Article by Ben Davis republished from

Dr Jereth Kok was investigated by the Medical Board of Australia last year after they received two complaints about posts he had shared on social media. Despite not knowing Dr Kok, the complainants allegedly searched through ten-years of his personal feed before taking exception to his views about a broad range of political topics, including abortion, sexuality, “LGBT” issues, and gender “transition” treatments.

“The material is very diverse,” Dr Kok told FamilyVoice during a recent interview. It includes political and theological discussions with other Christians on Bill Muehlenberg’s blog, the most recent from 2012.

“It includes posts and comments I’ve made on my own personal Facebook page, and ‘memes’ and articles that I’ve shared there; including articles by the American political commentator Matt Walsh, and the satire site Babylon Bee,” Dr Kok explained.

“I never dreamt that publicly sharing a Matt Walsh or Babylon Bee article would be career-ending; hindsight is a wonderful thing,” he said.

Dr Kok’s list of offences also included sharing a Facebook post from National Pulse, Editor In Chief, Raheem Kassam, which highlighted the evolution of the arguments used to justify abortion over the last half-century.

Also in question was an opinion piece Dr Kok had penned on the subject of transgenderism for Christian magazine Eternity back in 2015.

“This one stands out from the others,” Dr Kok explained, “because it was public and has me wearing my doctor hat.

All the rest was written in a personal capacity, for a small audience of friends and family.”

It wasn’t until nine months after the initial complaints were made that Dr Kok learned he was under investigation and that the Board had hired a private investigator to run a dragnet over the internet for content he had written.

On a Friday afternoon in 2019, while consulting with patients, Dr Kok was suddenly given notice that he was to be summarily removed from practice to protect “public interest.”

The following week, Dr Kok attended a 15-minute hearing where he was informed his registration was suspended, meaning he could no longer provide care or speak to his patients.

Dr Kok has said despite there being a legal obligation to provide regular updates, he hasn’t heard from the Board in over a year – not a single update during the 30 months of investigation.

During this time, Dr Kok has not been provided with an opportunity to properly respond to any of the allegations that led to his suspension.

Significantly, the allegation that Dr Kok was providing compromised healthcare to “LGBT” patients was not brought forward by any of his patients or colleagues.

“I’ve practised medicine for over 15 years,” Dr Kok said. “I’ve looked after many people who would identify as ‘LGBT.’ None of them has ever complained about rudeness, discrimination, etc.

“When you are a professional, rule number one is you treat everybody the same regardless of what you might personally think of their background, life choices, habits, political affiliation, criminal record, and so on.’

“I’ve never had any difficulty doing this,” he said.

Dr Kok said it wasn’t his intention to insult anyone, but rather to speak the truth, truths which are foundational to civilisation, namely, the value of human life, the structure of the family, and our existence as male and female.

Following his suspension, Dr Kok was left without a job, and his family without his income. Many of his patients who had come to trust and depend on him as their GP for over a decade were suddenly left without his care.

Since his suspension, Dr Kok has been made aware of more than half a dozen doctors who have been in trouble with the Medical Board for expressing their personal opinions about similar topics away from their practice. “They have been after a doctor for speaking at a pro-life event, a doctor who campaigned against ‘Safe Schools,’ several who have said things on Twitter against abortion and gay marriage, one who left a comment about euthanasia on a website, one who said that gender transition therapies are damaging for children,” Dr Kok said.

According to Dr Kok, each of these doctors have been put through similar investigations, been given warnings, had conditions placed on them, or forced to undergo ‘sensitivity training.’ At least one other has had his medical career effectively ended.

Dr Kok went on to say, it’s clear that tolerance for traditional religious views about things like sexuality and gender are rapidly vanishing.

“We have seen what has happened to people like Israel Folau, Margaret Court, JK Rowling and Brendan Eich. Even a senator was threatened with an anti-discrimination tribunal in Tasmania simply for saying that it isn’t fair for men to compete in women’s sports.

“The worrying thing about what happened to me is that it shows you do not have to be famous to get in trouble—even nobodies can be targeted for ‘cancellation’, for decade-old conversations on an obscure religious blog…

“It is getting increasingly costly to hold unpopular religious beliefs,” Dr Kok added.

Read more at: 

:: 12-27-20 Natrual News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

It’s not the same RV! Official narrative of Nashville “suicide bomber” melts away as RV supposedly used in the bombing found to have different stripe accents

Sunday, December 27, 2020 by: Mike Adams

(Natural News) The joke of the day is that after analyzing the DNA of the “human remains” found at the scene of the Nashville bomb, the FBI has just declared the bomber “died of covid.”

Given the level of blatant disinformation being pushed by the deep state and a compliant fake news media, no one would be surprised to hear the FBI announce such an absurdity, perhaps followed by Anthony Fauci claiming that if you don’t get a vaccine, your vehicle might explode.

But something else just as absurd has now been found by internet sleuths: The RV used in the bombing doesn’t match the RV found in the driveway of the supposed perpetrator.

The difference isn’t even subtle. It’s obvious. With a hat tip to, which pointed out this stunning observation, we can see that the RV depicted in the photo released by law enforcement has a single horizontal pin stripe near the roof, along the entire driver’s side of the vehicle: (see the pin stripe along the edge of the roof) While the RV parked at the residence of Anthony Quinn Warner — whom the FBI is publicly calling a suicide bomber — has two pin stripes along the driver’s side:

In other words, anyone who can count to two can also see that this isn’t the same RV. The red outline square in the two images above also shows a key difference in the appearance of another feature — possibly a vent — that looks completely different in the two photos.

In other words, it’s not the same RV.

Someone in the deep state who was pulling off this bombing of the AT&T / NSA spy hub failed to notice the difference in the vehicles, and they ended up choosing an RV with the wrong number of pin stripes. (This is easy to overlook, as we didn’t notice this at first either.)

This bombing was a deep state mission to destroy something in the AT&T building… no doubt something related to election rigging

The real target of the bombing was, of course, the equipment found inside the hardened AT&T building:

The entire “Anthony Quinn Warner” suicide story is nothing but a cover story. As a bonus narrative, the establishment is now trying to blame Warner’s actions on “5G paranoia,” simultaneously blaming 5G critics for the bombing that was actually carried out by the deep state, working in conjunction with black hat units inside the US military (Army in particular).

As we reported yesterday, a missile trail is clearly seen dropping from the sky to the ground right before the explosion took place: You can see the missile trail timing more clearly in this skyline video, now preserved at

We are currently calling it a “missile,” although others have pointed out the possibility that this could be the result of a Direct Energy Weapon (DEW) fired from orbiting weapons platforms. However, the fiery bomb blast seems to indicate a kinetic / chemical explosion did take place, even though other videos appear to show that this explosion appears to have initiated slightly above the RV itself, not from within the RV.

My Situation Update for Dec. 27th reveals more details about this “data wipeout” operation and who’s likely behind it:

A second cargo vehicle now blocking off the highway in Lebanon, TN

Now, a second cargo van vehicle is currently under watch in Lebanon, TN, on highway 231S, where over a dozen police vehicles have blocked off the highway to investigate. This vehicle is reportedly broadcasting the same message as the RV that exploded in Nashville, which had loudspeakers urging people to evacuate the area before the bomb went off.

Here’s the scene today:

Update: It seems more and more likely that the weapon used in Nashville was a Direct Energy Weapon (D.E.W.), not a kinetic missile or explosives in the RV. We will be covering this in more details in tomorrow’s Situation Update podcast. 

[ ::  12-31-18/1-1-19 New Years Eve service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc hour is getting very close.  The earthquakes shall now get bigger, far bigger, far bigger, more powerful, the tornadoes and the hurricanes, oh you will see storms like the world has not seen, volcanoes like the world does not remember. Oh the things that are about to take place simply because it is my timing, etc

:: 12-27-20 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Is the new earthquake swarm beneath La Cumbre Vieja volcano in La Palma, Canary Islands a sign of the upcoming mega-tsunami ?

By Strange Sounds - Dec 27, 2020

Several swarms or seismic series have been recorded on the Cumbre Vieja volcano in La Palma / Canary Islands in recent years.

The first major one occurred in October 2017, followed by another seismic crisis in February 2018. Meanwhile, 2020 has already given us 4 seismic swarms. La Palma earthquake swarm Dec. 23-24, 2020

The latest swarm started Dec. 23rd around 9:26 p.m. and ended Dec. 24th at 9:29 p.m. local time.

Within these 24 hours, more than 602 tremors rattled the area at a depth of about 30 km with the biggest quake having a magnitude of 2.3 mbLg. A sign of the upcoming megatsunami?

This seismic swarm is a sign of unrest… And such an increased activity has scientists going nuts as everybody knows that the collapse of this volcanic peak could kill millions of people in Europe and along Northern America’s eastern seaboard.

The video below will clearl explain to you how and why: When will the Cumbre Vieja volcano collapse?

The collapse of the western flank of the Cumbre Vieja volcano, on the southern half of La Palma, is not going to happen tomorrow or next week without warning!

Its collapse is likely to happen any time within the next few thousand years.

How do scientists know that La Palma will collapse?

La Palma will collapse at the time of some future volcanic eruption on the summit of the Cumbre Vieja volcano. Its latest explosion was in 1949. They occur on average every 200 years. So it may last many decades before the next summit eruption takes place.

The collapse will not necessarily happen during the next summit eruption and it may well take five, ten or more explosions before the mega-tsunami. What consequences would the collapse have? The western flank of the Cumbre Vieja volcano would slide down westwards into the Atlantic ocean, creating a mega-tsunami, a gigantic wave that would move repidly westwards.

The United States, Bahamas and the Caribbean would be severely hit by huge waves a high as 50 meters (164ft).

How to prevent the collapse of La Palma volcano?

Nothing can be done to stop the Las Palma collapse. Suitable monitoring, warning and evacuation are the best steps to prepare against this catastrophe.

Although the risk of a collapse in the next few decades is small, it will cause great destruction when it does happen.

Where are similar zones around the world?

There are dozens of large active volcanoes across the world’s oceans. Most of these have collapsed in the past, and most will collapse in the future. The latest was Anak Krakatau in 2018. The Big Island of Hawaii in the Pacific Ocean also shows some signs that it might collapse in the next few thousand years.

Why you should be worried by such a mega-tsunami

Mega-tsunami are very rare. As such you have much more chance of being killed in a car accident than by a mega-tsunami.

But if it hits you better be prepared! More volcanic and earthquake news on IGN, Strange Sounds and Steve Quayle. 

:: 12-27-20 Activist Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Lawsuit That Could End Covid-1984 with Dr. Pam Popper

December 27, 2020 By Spiro Skouras

Ever since the world became aware of Covid-19 in early 2020, we have warned of the possibility that the government response may turn out to be worse than the condition itself.

Many have described this response as a form of medical tyranny, sold to us as a temporary measure for the greater good. Two weeks to flatten the curve they said.

Four months into the lockdowns, some of us half jokingly said things like, “I hope they lift the lockdowns before the 4th of July, so we can celebrate our freedoms.”

Now we find ourselves eight months into a two-week lockdown with no end in sight, despite the fact that a federal judge in Pennsylvania ruled the shut downs were unconstitutional. The Michigan Supreme Court also ruled that the Governor’s emergency orders had violated the Constitution. So why hasn’t anything changed?

In this interview, Spiro’s guest Dr. Pamela Popper discusses two new lawsuits that she believes could end Covid-1984. The two lawsuits, one in Ohio and one in New Mexico, challenge the root of the problem: the emergency itself. 

:: 12-27-20 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Nashville, Operation Northwoods And False Flag Terrorism In America: The 'Nashville Event' Is Another Sign That 2021 Will 'Turn Hot' Before Most Americans Know What Hit Them

By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die December 27, 2020

With all eyes now on Nashville, Tennessee after Christmas morning's terrorism has brought about a no-fly zone covering a 1-nautical-mile radius of the 'blast site', with those skies declared 'National Defense Airspace' according to this story over at Western Journal, allowing deadly force to be used against aircraft flying above the bombing, almost everything about Nashville has 'false flag' written all over it as we'll explore within this ANP story.

From the bizarre countdown warning played over a loudspeaker coming from an RV that allegedly exploded, warning people to leave the area while also attracting law enforcement into the blast zone, to reports that an AT&T '5G' system was allegedly 'targeted' to some very interesting and alarming questions surrounding one of the viral videos that emerged following the bombing, there have been countless bizarre oddities surrounding this blast.

And what of reports that days before the bombing, the AT&T building in the blast zone allegedly got a contract to do a forensic audit of Dominion voting machines that were to be transported to Nashville, a claim that was seemingly confirmed by this Lin Wood tweet? And who is 'the friend' that Lin Wood, an attorney for President Donald Trump, is 'asking for' as seen in his tweet below? With the 'Nashville event' seemingly covering most of the 'criteria' of a false flag event seen in the image at the top of this page, including: 1) immediate national news coverage; 2) incident inspiring intense emotion (happening on Christmas day); 3) immediate federal government attention (with the FBI 'taking charge' and pushing the 5G paranoia narrative) as well as; 4) the huge potential political agenda, would anyone really put it past Democrat and the 'deep state' blowing up damning evidence against them?

And why would the airspace above the bombing site be declared 'national defense airspace' similar to 9/11 unless something else is going on? From this Western Journal story before we continue.:

The skies over part of Nashville have been declared “National Defense Airspace” as the federal government reacts to the mysterious Christmas morning bombing in downtown Nashville.

At about 6:30 a.m. on Friday, an RV exploded in Nashville near an AT&T building. Residents of the area were warned to evacuate prior to the explosion, and three people were injured in the blast, which disrupted telecommunications services around the city.

In the immediate aftermath of the bombing, the Federal Aviation Administration stopped all flights out of the city, according to CNN. While flights out of Nashville have resumed, the FAA is still prohibiting “all aircraft flight operations” over an area encompassing a 1-nautical-mile radius of the blast site and has declared those skies “National Defense Airspace,” WKRN-TV reported.

According to the warning posted on the FAA website, “pilots who do not adhere to the following procedures may be intercepted, detained and interviewed by law enforcement/security personnel.”  As one of the top-rated comments on that story had mentioned:

Sometimes a cigar is just a cigar. Sometimes, it isn't. The ATT building in Nashville that was blown up was owned by Cerebus Capital. Owners of Dominion Voting Systems, (the company many people are accusing of voter fraud) are former executives from Cerebus.

And another commenter brought up:

This is nothing more than fearmongering. There's no real reason to declare "national defense airspace" or "deadly force" when the powers that shouldn't be know this. Instead, keeping us afraid, locked down, and poor is where they want us until they track us, monitor us, force test us, then jab us with their toxic vaccines. DON"T FORGET the reset - everything including this Nashville event, is a part of it. Don't be afraid. Be angry!

(ANP EMERGENCY FUNDRAISER: Due to unexpected medical and emergency repair bills, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this 'Info-war' for America at this most critical time in US history, during a time of systematic 'big tech' censorship and widespread Democrat corruption.)

And what about that audit that Lin Powell had mentioned on twitter as was reported in this Right Journalism story titled "Four Days Before The Bombing In Nashville Near The At&T Building, American Patriot Alleged That AT&T Got The Contract To Do The Forensic Audit On The Dominion Voting Machines And That They Are Transported To Nashville"?

Would Democrats and the deep state actually commit terrorism upon US soil to further their political agendas, blaming such a bombing upon a '5g patsy'? As we had reported in this December 25th ANP story, 'Operation Northwoods' is absolute proof that our own government would terrorize Americans, blaming it upon others, so we should expect the globalists/democrats to pull out all stops in the weeks ahead to make sure their 'election steal' goes off as smoothly (as treason and sedition is) possible.

As we had warned in this December 19th ANP story titled "Prepare For A Grid Down False Flag To Ring In 2021 As Globalists Go Back To Their Old Tricks By Demonizing Russia And 'Telegraphing' Something Huge Ahead - 'We May All Have To Pay The Price'", with a Joe Biden presidency bringing to America many of the same faces that we'd seen during Barack Obama's 8 years in office. And many of the same 'tactics' being used to help them achieve their political agendas, what happened in Nashville on Christmas morning may just be their 'warmup' for things to come with 2021 now almost guaranteed to 'turn hot' before most Americans even know it.

And while we may never know exactly who carried out the Nashville bombing, as Steve Quayle mentioned in an SQnote while linking to this 2018 story over at The Intercept titled "THE WIRETAP ROOMS: THE NSA'S HIDDEN SPY HUBS IN U.S. CITIES! Atlanta, Chicago, Dallas, Los Angeles, New York City, San Francisco, Seattle, and Washington, D.C", with the 'deep state' long using 'big tech' and 'big communications' like AT&T to spy upon the American people, we can be assured that THE MOST EVIL ENTITIES ON THE PLANET ordered the attack.

So just think, with Joe Biden not even in office yet, and he and the deep state globalists who love false flag terrorism possibly getting 4 to 8 years of 'running America' (straight into the ground we might add!), what happened on Friday morning in Nashville, Tennessee is a warning to the rest of America of what lays ahead in 2021. As Alex Newman warns in the 1st video below in a recent interview with Mike Adams, the 'globalists enemies of America within' are also 'anti-human occultists'. etc 

:: 12-27-20 The Western Journal :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Bill Gates' Savior Complex Spirals Out of Control, Funds Sun-Dimming Plan To Save the Human Race

By C. Douglas Golden Published December 27, 2020 at 1:19pm

Bill Gates is now best known as a philanthropist, not the guy who started Microsoft or was the avatar for everyone’s annoyance with Windows 95.

He’s also known for wanting to save us from ourselves.  Now, apparently, he wants to save us from the sun. Gates, for those of you who don’t follow these things, has been big on both vaccination and pandemic prevention. Fair enough. That certainly means his moment has arrived.

However, he’s about as much of a lockdown guy as you can get — which is just fine if you’re a billionaire who can afford to hide away as if this were Poe’s “The Masque of the Red Death,” but the real-world consequences for the rest of us can be, ahem, problematic. However, while you may have been paying attention to his efforts on vaccination and lockdowns, you may not have noticed that one of Gates’ most controversial causes just got a go-ahead: A project that would help block out the sun.

This sounds a bit like the plot to “Highlander 2: The Quickening,” but it’s nothing near that science fiction-y. According to Reuters, a Harvard University project plans to test out a controversial theory that global warming can be stopped by spraying particles into the atmosphere that would reflect the sun’s rays.

The project represents one of the most controversial aspects of what’s known as “geoengineering” — the idea that, to tackle issues like climate change, massive aspects of our ecosystem can be played with or changed. In this case, it would involve reflecting some of the sun’s rays to stop them from reaching Earth. “Open-air research into spraying tiny, sun-reflecting particles into the stratosphere, to offset global warming, has been stalled for years by controversies – including that it could discourage needed cuts in greenhouse gas emissions,” Reuters reported.

In a small step, the Swedish Space Corporation agreed this week to help Harvard researchers launch a balloon near the Arctic town of Kiruna next June. It would carry a gondola with 600 kg of scientific equipment 20 km (12 miles) high.”

The Harvard team, whose project is known as SCoPEx, is funded in large part by Gates, according to an August report in the U.K. Daily Mail. (Which gave the subject the wordy title: “Could dimming the sun save the Earth? Bill Gates wants to spray millions of tonnes of dust into the stratosphere to stop global warming… but critics fear it could trigger calamity”) The journal Nature was less judgmental.

“The idea is simple: spray a bunch of particles into the stratosphere, and they will cool the planet by reflecting some of the Sun’s rays back into space. Scientists have already witnessed the principle in action,” Nature already reported in 2018. (Headline: “First sun-dimming experiment will test a way to cool Earth”) “When Mount Pinatubo erupted in the Philippines in 1991, it injected an estimated 20 million tonnes of sulfur dioxide into the stratosphere — the atmospheric layer that stretches from about 10 to 50 kilometres above Earth’s surface. The eruption created a haze of sulfate particles that cooled the planet by around 0.5 °C. For about 18 months, Earth’s average temperature returned to what it was before the arrival of the steam engine.”

There are several problems with this plan, not the least of which is that we don’t know what the unintended consequences might be. But to environmentalists, the problem is that it doesn’t solve global warming the way they want to do it.

There is no merit in this test except to enable the next step. You can’t test the trigger of a bomb and say ‘This can’t possibly do any harm,'” said Niclas Hällström, director of the Sweden-based environmentalist think-tank WhatNext? And while Hällström is worried about some of the same things that other people are — the potential to change rain patterns or crop yields — he’s also concerned that people aren’t concerned enough about the solution he wants, which is a transition to a zero-carbon society.

“Swedish society is increasingly calling for real, immediate solutions to climate change,” he said.

Right.  He’s not the only one, either.

This is as much an experiment in changing social norms and crossing a line as it is a science experiment,” said Jim Thomas, co-executive director of Canadian-based environmentalist organization ETC Group, which opposes the idea. But then again, Gates lives in this dream world where his advice on pandemics and global warming is given equal weight as his time developing Windows.

When it comes to the pandemic, Gates has said that he expects businesses and restaurants to remain shuttered for some time: “Bars and restaurants — in most of the country — will be closed as we go into this wave, and I think, sadly, that’s appropriate,” he said during an interview with CNN’s Jake Tapper in an interview earlier this month.

“The next four to six months really call on us to do our best, because we can see that this will end and you don’t want somebody that you love to be the last to die of coronavirus.”

He’s also called out fellow billionaire Elon Musk for his statements questioning the science behind mask-wearing.

“Elon’s positioning is to maintain a high level of outrageous comments,” Gates said in a July CNBC interview.

He’s not much involved in vaccines. He makes a great electric car. And his rockets work well. So he’s allowed to say these things. I hope that he doesn’t confuse areas he’s not involved in too much.”

However, when it came to outrageous comments, keep in mind that in that same interview, Gates said that when it came to the coronavirus, “China did a lot of things right at the beginning, like any country where a virus first shows up. They can look back and say they missed some things.”

Again. Right.

In short, Bill Gates doesn’t have a particularly great handle on COVID, much less the current vaccine process. He panders to China. His work on the vaccine has been desultory at best. And now, what he wants us all to believe is that he’s got a handle on everything — including blotting out the sun to make the world cooler. Get the economics on business-killing lockdowns together, Bill. Then we’ll see about your geoengineering gambit.


:: 12-27-20 Gateway Pundit :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

FLASHBACK: Former AG Barr Initiated Spying Program on Americans Back in 1992

By Joe Hoft Published December 27, 2020 at 11:30am 539 Comments

AG Bill Barr will now go down in history as a total disgrace. When America needed someone to address the Deep State DC Swamp, after months of delays Barr finally showed he was a swamp creature himself.

We reported a month ago on the disgrace that Bill Barr had become: Of course we should have known when AG Barr discounted any evidence that Jeffrey Epstein was murdered that Barr was not on the side of justice: We kept hoping that Barr was finally someone who would address the criminals running Washington DC but he ended up being a card carrying member himself. As he was walking out the door Barr claimed there were no crimes with the Obama Administration spying and demasking the incoming Trump Administration members in 2016. He also claimed the CIA did nothing wrong in relation to the Trump – Russia scandal. And, of course the FBI is now a disgrace after four more years of persecuting innocents and letting criminals go free. Barr and FBI Director Chris Wray plotted with Deep State members in overthrowing the government this election as can be seen by their selective blindness and lack of efforts to address the coup they are part of.

Why would Barr ignore the truth and justice? Looking over Barr’s past we have a couple possible answers.

While Barr was Attorney General under George H. W. Bush, he was involved in surveillance activities on Americans without obtaining warrants back in 1992: The Justice Department under Attorney General William Barr launched a vast surveillance program that gathered records of innocent Americans’ international phone calls without first conducting a review of whether it was legal, the department’s inspector general concluded Thursday.

It happened in 1992, the last time Barr served as attorney general. The secret program, run by the Drug Enforcement Administration, ultimately gathered billions of records of nearly all phone calls from the United States to 116 countries, with little oversight from Congress or the courts, a USA TODAY investigation found. It provided a blueprint for far broader phone-data surveillance the government launched after the terrorist attacks of Sept. 11, 2001.

The Justice Department’s inspector general said both the DEA and the Justice Department “failed to conduct a comprehensive legal analysis” of its authority to gather those records.

After working as Attorney General for Bush, Barr obtained the General Counsel position at communications company GTE. The company eventually morphed into Verizon while Barr was still there. Verizon noted the following in a press release in September of 2008 announcing Bill Barr’s retirement there after more than a decade:

Barr, 58, previously was general counsel at GTE, which merged with Bell Atlantic to become Verizon. Prior to his 14-year career in the communications industry, Barr was U.S. Attorney General under then-President George H.W. Bush… …Barr began working in telecommunications in 1994, when he joined GTE as executive vice president of government and regulatory advocacy, general counsel. He served in that capacity from 1994 until GTE merged with Bell Atlantic to become Verizon in June, 2000.

Prior to his work in the telecommunications industry, Barr was Attorney General of the United States, was on the White House Domestic Policy Staff under President Reagan, and served in the Central Intelligence Agency.

As Attorney General from 1991 to 1993, Barr established innovative programs to combat violent crime and set significant new enforcement policies in a wide range of areas, including financial institutions, civil rights and antitrust merger guidelines. He started with the Department of Justice as assistant attorney general in charge of the Office of Legal Counsel in 1989, and then served as deputy attorney general before his appointment as attorney general in November 1991.

Barr started his legal career as law clerk to Judge Malcolm Wilkey of the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia. From 1982 to 1983, he served on the White House Domestic Policy Staff under President Reagan, and then returned to the Washington, D.C., law firm of Shaw, Pittman, Potts & Trowbridge, where he practiced as a partner until 1989. Barr received a bachelor’s degree in government in 1971 and a master’s degree in government and Chinese studies in 1973 from Columbia University. He received his juris doctor degree with highest honors from George Washington University in 1977. Barr’s program while Attorney General to spy on Americans was the precursor for future spying on Americans after 9-11. The Obama Administration took over and spied on the Trump Administration and God knows who else while he was President, something Barr never bothered to address.

Is this why Barr failed as AG – because the illegal spying using advanced technology was his brainchild? 

:: 12--20 The Burning Platform :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::


“It’s like in the great stories, Mr. Frodo. The ones that really mattered. Full of darkness and danger they were. And sometimes you didn’t want to know the end. Because how could the end be happy? How could the world go back to the way it was when so much bad had happened? But in the end, it’s only a passing thing, this shadow. Even darkness must pass. A new day will come. And when the sun shines it will shine out the clearer. Those were the stories that stayed with you. That meant something, even if you were too small to understand why. But I think, Mr. Frodo, I do understand. I know now. Folk in those stories had lots of chances of turning back, only they didn’t. They kept going, because they were holding on to something. That there is some good in this world, and it’s worth fighting for.” ― J.R.R. Tolkien

With all the talk about dark winters from Biden, Harris, Fauci, tyrannical Democrat governors, pandemic hysteria medical “experts”, and the corporate media paid to propagate the vital narrative, my mind was naturally drawn to the words of J.R.R. Tolkien and his Lord of the Rings trilogy. It is a story of good versus evil, with a foreboding mood of darkness and doom.

To those of us of a conspiratorial nature, according to those who conspired to overthrow a duly elected president for four years and are currently conspiring to steal the presidency through blatant election rigging and mail-in ballot fraud, we believe the darkness engulfing our nation has been initiated by the billionaire globalist evildoers marshaling dark forces in their Mordor on the Potomac.

The globalist elites, along with the Deep State and social media tyrants of Silicon Valley are rich, influential, and arrogant. They have stepped out from the shadows and are now blatantly flaunting their capture of our government, electoral systems, financial systems, mainstream media, social media, and medical complex.

They have gauged the intellectual, ethical, and mathematical aptitude of the masses and found them wanting. They have no fear of significant pushback as they commit treason by stealing a presidential election, trashing the Constitution, destroying small business owners, impoverishing what remains of the middle class, and imposing totalitarian restrictions upon a compliant obedient populace.

A nation once populated by independent minded, self-reliant, frontiersmen has rotted from within, as the country is now populated by millions of weak minded, submissive, docile sheep, allowing themselves to be bullied and propagandized into paralysis, while texting, tweeting and facebooking their every mindless thought to their followers.

Unless the Trump forces can prove fraud on a multi-state basis or are willing to take the drastic step of utilizing the September 12, 2018 Executive Order regarding foreign interference in elections as justification for using the Insurrection Act in overturning the fraudulent outcome of the election, the end of the nation as we know it will have arrived. Losing the two Senate runoff elections in Georgia would greatly accelerate the decline. If more Americans had the ability and/or desire to think critically, rather than choosing to be willfully ignorant and entranced by their electronic gadgets, they would understand how they are being manipulated and played by global elites, corporate fascists, billionaire totalitarians, and a corporate media using a common narrative as propaganda to mold their minds and play upon their emotions. It is not a coincidence when common phrases and narratives are propagated by those pulling the strings behind the scenes of this Potemkin village of villainy.

It has never been more apparent than during this year of pandemic hysteria. Phrases like “dark winter”, “lockdown”, “build back better”, “we are all in this together” (we’re not), “flatten the curve”, “social distancing”, “stop the spread”, “self-quarantine”, “contact tracing”, “new normal”, “remote learning”, “black lives matter”, and of course “The Great Reset”, have been introduced into our vocabulary as a means of controlling, dehumanizing, and invoking fear among the population. Biden’s handlers have had him fear mongering with the “Dark Winter” jargon since October, as their plan was to not pass a relief bill for poverty stricken unemployed workers and small businesses; ramp up testing to extraordinary levels using a PCR test guaranteed to produce millions of false positives; and classify the deaths of thousands of very old people as Covid deaths, no matter what they really died from; all to seize power over the government.

The propaganda of “Dark Winter” is designed to scare the population into submitting to lockdowns, canceling Thanksgiving and Christmas, begging for the Big Pharma vaccines, and allowing totalitarian mandates from Washington DC, state capitols, and localities to be executed without resistance. With the unceasing support of left-wing media outlets, the use of dire warnings by your overlords isn’t based upon facts, but a purposeful effort to appeal to the emotions of the non-critical thinking masses. When doing a search regarding “Dark Winter” you find a conspiracy theorist bonanza. Operation Dark Winter was the code name for a bio-terrorist simulation conducted in June 2001 by John Hopkins, high-level government officials and the media regarding a widespread small-pox attack scenario. The similarities to the release of a virus from a Chinese bio-weapon lab in Wuhan are a little eerie.

The findings from this simulation should be familiar to anyone who has been paying attention for the last ten months. Dark Winter outlined the possible breakdown in essential institutions, resulting in a loss of confidence in government, followed by civil disorder, and a violation of democratic processes by authorities attempting to restore order. Shortages of vaccines and other drugs affected the response available to contain the epidemic, as well as the ability of political leaders to offer reassurance to the American people. State government leaders wanted to invoke mandatory quarantining and border control. The lack of coordinated healthcare response exacerbated the fear of the population and overwhelmed the capacity in hospitals. The most pertinent finding from the simulation was information management would be the critical element in manipulating the crisis. They would need to manage the narrative to convince the population lockdowns, mandatory vaccinations, and disease containment measures were good for society, and most importantly, the government knew what was best. It seems those who believe they know what is best for the world – Gates, Soros, Schwab, Bezos, Zuckerberg, Dorsey, Obama, Clinton, along with other Deep State operatives – have put these lessons to good use. They understand the power of Bernays’ propaganda techniques, combined with modern day technological algorithms and psychological manipulation, along with population dumbed down by decades of government school indoctrination where they were taught to feel rather than think.

They know if they can successfully market their desired narrative through plugging paid “expert” opinions, unceasing mainstream media messaging, social media promotion of the narrative and suppression of counter-narratives through censorship, and politicians mouthing what they are told to regurgitate by their puppeteer controllers, they will achieve their objectives. You can even use their own technology to prove their duplicitous intentions. Google Trends reveals the phrase “Dark Winter” was virtually non-existent until October 2020. The Deep State public relations leeches running Biden’s campaign did some psychological testing on potential propaganda victims and found having Biden, his minions, and co-conspiratorial media utter this phrase thousands of times per day would invoke enough fear to convince the plebs to stay locked down, masked up, and pleading for the vaccine.

The message was designed to scare enough people into voting for Biden, that the election rigging wouldn’t seem as blatant as it became. The “Dark Winter” narrative peaked in the weeks following the election but is now being revived as part of the Big Government/Big Pharma marketing campaign to shame and fear the ignorant masses into compliantly getting injected with an experimental Big Pharma vaccine, with unknown long-term effects. So, what is the ultimate purpose of this propaganda campaign? There are no coincidences when it comes to the narrative being utilized to manipulate the minds of the masses during this deliberately over-hyped pandemic. Is the virus real? Based on personal anecdotes of numerous people who have had this China flu, it most certainly makes some people extremely sick and contributes to the deaths of some people. Most people barely notice any symptoms.

People less than 70 years old and in relatively good health have a 99.7% chance of not dying from this flu. Even those over 70 have a 94.6% chance of surviving if they get this flu. This flu contributes to the deaths of the very old and very sick, probably shortening their lives by months, not years. Maybe that is why the study done by a doctor at Johns Hopkins showing no excess mortality in the U.S. during 2020, needed to be scrubbed, deleted and memory holed – it revealed the pandemic hysteria narrative to be false. Amazingly, reported flu cases are down 98%, with no deaths, and deaths from heart disease and other respiratory ailments have plummeted. What a coincidence. Based on the positivity rate from the mass testing, it appears 10% of the population has had or has this flu. There have been 326,000 deaths classified as Covid since March. We know this is a grossly exaggerated number because the medical industrial complex is highly compensated by the government with your money to classify deaths as Covid. Actual data shows only 6% of the total deaths are from Covid alone.

Also, for those incapable of critical thinking, a case is not a sickness. Most people testing positive (due to faulty PCR tests) don’t know they even have this dreadful disease. And now that everyone entering a hospital for a procedure gets tested, a positive test means they are classified as a Covid hospitalization. The “masking saves lives” narrative is a complete and utter joke, as proved by any factual analysis – which will be immediately suppressed by Facebook, Twitter, and Google. How many tik-tok nurse dance routines does it take for people to realize the “hospitals at capacity” narrative is bullshit? We also know for a fact over 40% of all deaths have occurred in long-term care facilities, thanks to best selling author on leadership and Emmy award winner Andrew Cuomo and his fellow left wing totalitarian governors – Newsom, Wolf, Murphy and Whitmer. As the election approached, the daily testing was ramped from 1 million to over 2 million because the “Resistance” needed cases to surge and make it appear the situation was getting dramatically worse to help steal the election.

All part of the plan, along with the necessity of mass mail-in ballot voting because it was too dangerous to stand in line at polling places, but perfectly safe to be in massive lines at Wal-Mart, Target and Costco. And now we have the full press “life-saving” vaccine marketing campaign, on par with the rollout of version 6,875 of the Apple iphone, designed to enrich Pfizer Moderna, Astra Zeneca, and the other dozen Big Pharma mega-corporations and their billionaire benefactors. The televised vaccine injections by politicians, Hollywood actors, Fauci, and other “important people” are broadcasted breathlessly by the vacuous bimbo and brainless male model talking heads on CNN, MSNBC and the other propaganda media to convince the ignorant masses they need to blindly comply to save themselves from a horrible disease with a 99.7% survival rate.

The concerted effort to scorn, ridicule, censor and disallow any discussion about the tremendous effectiveness of Hydroxychloroquine + Zinc + Zpack in curing this virus is another example of the Big Pharma profits mantra as the dominant theme. This perfectly safe and effective treatment only costs a few bucks and doesn’t enrich the pandemia crowd, so it had to be squashed. How many people died because politicians banned this treatment until after the election?

Ivermectin, generally used to treat parasite infestations, has also proven to be highly effective in treating Covid-19, but you will never hear Fauci or a MSM talking head admit this is true. There are billions to be made. And if cases begin to peak, just announce a new “mutant” strain with no proof or data, and the fearful masses will again beg the government to keep them locked down. There is a population to control – and reduce. They expect you to believe the 95% vaccine success rate after 9 months, when they haven’t achieved a 40% success rate with the annual flu after decades. And they absolutely know the long-term effects of a product they just produced with far less testing than has been done to test the safety of previous vaccines. Five years from now when negative impacts begin to reveal themselves, they will say “how could we have known?”.

And since the mega-corporation Pharma companies have been granted immunity from liability for their negligence, their hundreds of billions in profits will be safe. How long before Fauci is sitting on the Boards of Pfizer and Moderna, collecting six figure board fees? It is fascinating how the WHO suddenly changed their definition of herd immunity on their website to say that it can only be achieved through vaccinations, which is categorically untrue. When you realize the breadth of this conspiracy of billionaire oligarchs, the UN, WHO, CDC, corrupt politicians, Big Pharma, the entire medical complex, corporate media, and feckless bureaucrats, to plunder the wealth of the masses and implement their command-and-control agenda, you might understand Mencken’s rage.

“It’s like in the great stories, Mr. Frodo. The ones that really mattered. Full of darkness and danger they were. And sometimes you didn’t want to know the end. Because how could the end be happy? How could the world go back to the way it was when so much bad had happened? But in the end, it’s only a passing thing, this shadow. Even darkness must pass. A new day will come. And when the sun shines it will shine out the clearer. Those were the stories that stayed with you. That meant something, even if you were too small to understand why. But I think, Mr. Frodo, I do understand. I know now. Folk in those stories had lots of chances of turning back, only they didn’t. They kept going, because they were holding on to something. That there is some good in this world, and it’s worth fighting for.” ― J.R.R. Tolkien

With all the talk about dark winters from Biden, Harris, Fauci, tyrannical Democrat governors, pandemic hysteria medical “experts”, and the corporate media paid to propagate the vital narrative, my mind was naturally drawn to the words of J.R.R. Tolkien and his Lord of the Rings trilogy. It is a story of good versus evil, with a foreboding mood of darkness and doom.

To those of us of a conspiratorial nature, according to those who conspired to overthrow a duly elected president for four years and are currently conspiring to steal the presidency through blatant election rigging and mail-in ballot fraud, we believe the darkness engulfing our nation has been initiated by the billionaire globalist evildoers marshaling dark forces in their Mordor on the Potomac.

The globalist elites, along with the Deep State and social media tyrants of Silicon Valley are rich, influential, and arrogant. They have stepped out from the shadows and are now blatantly flaunting their capture of our government, electoral systems, financial systems, mainstream media, social media, and medical complex.

They have gauged the intellectual, ethical, and mathematical aptitude of the masses and found them wanting. They have no fear of significant pushback as they commit treason by stealing a presidential election, trashing the Constitution, destroying small business owners, impoverishing what remains of the middle class, and imposing totalitarian restrictions upon a compliant obedient populace.

A nation once populated by independent minded, self-reliant, frontiersmen has rotted from within, as the country is now populated by millions of weak minded, submissive, docile sheep, allowing themselves to be bullied and propagandized into paralysis, while texting, tweeting and facebooking their every mindless thought to their followers.

Unless the Trump forces can prove fraud on a multi-state basis or are willing to take the drastic step of utilizing the September 12, 2018 Executive Order regarding foreign interference in elections as justification for using the Insurrection Act in overturning the fraudulent outcome of the election, the end of the nation as we know it will have arrived. Losing the two Senate runoff elections in Georgia would greatly accelerate the decline.

Théodore Rousseau | The Forest in Winter at Sunset | The Metropolitan Museum of Art

If more Americans had the ability and/or desire to think critically, rather than choosing to be willfully ignorant and entranced by their electronic gadgets, they would understand how they are being manipulated and played by global elites, corporate fascists, billionaire totalitarians, and a corporate media using a common narrative as propaganda to mold their minds and play upon their emotions. It is not a coincidence when common phrases and narratives are propagated by those pulling the strings behind the scenes of this Potemkin village of villainy.

It has never been more apparent than during this year of pandemic hysteria. Phrases like “dark winter”, “lockdown”, “build back better”, “we are all in this together” (we’re not), “flatten the curve”, “social distancing”, “stop the spread”, “self-quarantine”, “contact tracing”, “new normal”, “remote learning”, “black lives matter”, and of course “The Great Reset”, have been introduced into our vocabulary as a means of controlling, dehumanizing, and invoking fear among the population.

Pandemic popularizes a plethora of words, phrases

Biden’s handlers have had him fear mongering with the “Dark Winter” jargon since October, as their plan was to not pass a relief bill for poverty stricken unemployed workers and small businesses; ramp up testing to extraordinary levels using a PCR test guaranteed to produce millions of false positives; and classify the deaths of thousands of very old people as Covid deaths, no matter what they really died from; all to seize power over the government.

The propaganda of “Dark Winter” is designed to scare the population into submitting to lockdowns, canceling Thanksgiving and Christmas, begging for the Big Pharma vaccines, and allowing totalitarian mandates from Washington DC, state capitols, and localities to be executed without resistance. With the unceasing support of left-wing media outlets, the use of dire warnings by your overlords isn’t based upon facts, but a purposeful effort to appeal to the emotions of the non-critical thinking masses.

When doing a search regarding “Dark Winter” you find a conspiracy theorist bonanza. Operation Dark Winter was the code name for a bio-terrorist simulation conducted in June 2001 by John Hopkins, high-level government officials and the media regarding a widespread small-pox attack scenario. The similarities to the release of a virus from a Chinese bio-weapon lab in Wuhan are a little eerie.

The findings from this simulation should be familiar to anyone who has been paying attention for the last ten months. Dark Winter outlined the possible breakdown in essential institutions, resulting in a loss of confidence in government, followed by civil disorder, and a violation of democratic processes by authorities attempting to restore order. Shortages of vaccines and other drugs affected the response available to contain the epidemic, as well as the ability of political leaders to offer reassurance to the American people.

Operation Dark Winter / The Division Zone

State government leaders wanted to invoke mandatory quarantining and border control. The lack of coordinated healthcare response exacerbated the fear of the population and overwhelmed the capacity in hospitals. The most pertinent finding from the simulation was information management would be the critical element in manipulating the crisis. They would need to manage the narrative to convince the population lockdowns, mandatory vaccinations, and disease containment measures were good for society, and most importantly, the government knew what was best.

The 2010s: Billionaires' Decade - What Next? - Impakter

It seems those who believe they know what is best for the world – Gates, Soros, Schwab, Bezos, Zuckerberg, Dorsey, Obama, Clinton, along with other Deep State operatives – have put these lessons to good use. They understand the power of Bernays’ propaganda techniques, combined with modern day technological algorithms and psychological manipulation, along with population dumbed down by decades of government school indoctrination where they were taught to feel rather than think.

They know if they can successfully market their desired narrative through plugging paid “expert” opinions, unceasing mainstream media messaging, social media promotion of the narrative and suppression of counter-narratives through censorship, and politicians mouthing what they are told to regurgitate by their puppeteer controllers, they will achieve their objectives.

H. L. Mencken Quote: “There comes a time in every man's life when he's consumed by the desire to spit on his palms, hoist the black flag and s...” (8 wallpapers) - Quotefancy

In Part Two of this article I will lay out Klaus Schwab’s master plan to reset the world in the warped vision of the globalist elites. In Part Three I will use the wisdom of J.R.R. Tolkien to try and map a path through these dark times. 

:: 12-27-20 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Dr Corsi SPECIAL BROADCAST 12-27-20: The Rise of the MAGA Party

44,584 views Dr. Jerome Corsi 67.6K subscribers

President Donald Trump made Make America Great Again the platform for his 2016 presidential election campaign, and that movement has only grown in stature ever since.

The Democrat party has become addicted to lying, cheating and stealing since mob boss Sam Giancana orchestrated JFK's fraudulent win in 1960. Nixon chose to accept the fraud and move on as he knew he could and did come back again to win 8 years later in his own right.

However, today, President Trump knows he cannot allow the massive fraud perpetrated in the 2020 Presidential election to stand, as an entire Army of Darkness, including the Communist Chinese, Democrat miscreants, the Mockingbird Media, and even RINO sell outs banded together to attempt the worst crime in American history.

The path forward is clear, it is a time for final choosing between freedom and tyranny. Patriots and traitors are squaring off as the result of the election is to be determined within the next few weeks.

If you value your freedom, and the future of your children and grandchildren, the time for decisive action has arrived. President Trump cannot win this battle on his own. With God's help, and the support of peace-loving patriots across the land, victory is near. Speak out now, act now, or all is lost.

The time for the MAGA party has arrived. Join the movement as we save America together.

Donald Trump always looks like he's going to lose just before he wins.

In the end God always wins.

Visit  where passionate patriots gather to learn and share the truth.

To access all video broadcasts and audio podcasts: 

Livestream Broadcasts Monday - Friday 11:00am Eastern

CloutHub channels (Channel #119)





All Video Broadcasts






Audio Podcasts







[ :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
Matthew 24:3 And as he sat upon the mount of Olives, the disciples came unto him privately, saying, Tell us, when shall these things be? and what shall be the sign of thy coming, and of the end of the world?
Verse 7 For nation shall rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom: and there shall be famines, and pestilences, and earthquakes, in divers places. (KJV)

[ :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
Luke 21:7 And they asked him, saying, Master, but when shall these things be? and what sign will there be when these things shall come to pass?
Luke 21:10 Then said he unto them, Nation shall rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom:
11 And great earthquakes shall be in divers places, and famines, and pestilences; and fearful sights and great signs shall there be from heaven. (KJV)

:: 12--20 Quakes Live Earthquake Map :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Scribe note: For a map and full listing of earthquakes around the world. Click on the link below. 

:: 12-27-20 Reuters :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Dec 27 (Reuters) - An earthquake of magnitude 6.8 struck off the coast of south-central Chile on Sunday, the European Mediterranean Seismological Centre (EMSC) said, but Chilean officials immediately discarded the risk of a tsunami. There were no initial reports of damage immediately following the quake. The strong tremor took place at a depth of 10 km (6.21 miles), EMSC said, and about 163 km (100 miles) west-northwest of Valdivia in the Pacific Ocean.

(Reporting by Radhika Anilkumar in Bengaluru; writing by Dave Sherwood, Editing by Richard Chang) 

:: 12-26-20 End Time Headlines :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Elderly man with COVID beaten to death by roommate for praying

Dec 26, 2020

(TheBlaze) – An elderly California man dealing with COVID-19 was bludgeoned to death by a roommate for praying. An 82-year-old Latino man was being treated for coronavirus at the Antelope Valley Hospital in Lancaster in Southern California. The elderly man was sharing the hospital room with a 37-year-old man who was also diagnosed with COVID-19. The older hospital patient “leaned on his Catholic faith and began to pray,” according to The Washington Post. The BBC reported, “Jesse Martinez became upset when the 82-year-old man sharing his hospital room started praying, according to Los Angeles police.” Martinez allegedly used an oxygen tank to beat to death the elderly man in his hospital bed on Dec. 17, at approximately 9:45 a.m. The victim died the following day. “He then struck the victim with an oxygen tank,” according to the statement from the Los Angeles County Sheriff’s Department Homicide Bureau.

The two men did not know each other before being assigned to the same hospital room, and authorities did not know why Martinez murdered the man for praying. Martinez was arrested and charged with murder, a hate crime enhancement, and elder abuse. His bail is set at $1 million. He is being held at the Twin Towers Correctional Facility. Martinez is scheduled to appear in Antelope Valley Court on Dec. 28. READ MORE 

:: 12--20 Survival Dan 101 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Expecting Government Help During SHTF?—10 Things That Will Most Likely Kill You And Your Loved Ones If You Do

There is one word that preppers use more than any other word. It’s the thing around which all our plans and preparations revolve. I’m talking about “survival”. In the end, that’s what it’s all about.

If things go sideways in a really bad way and I’m talking about the kind of bad that a region or country doesn’t quickly or ever bounce back from, more than likely you and your family will die if you’re not prepared. Are you prepared enough to ensure your family can weather a major catastrophe?

I tend to try and be as optimistic as I can when I consider possibilities involving an SHTF scenario. I consider myself a practical, pragmatic prepper of sorts and I tend to focus on the most probable of disaster scenarios that I’ll probably face in my area, like fires or earthquakes. I’d like to believe that most catastrophic problems in my region can be resolved within 2 to 4 weeks assuming help comes. But I know as a prepper, it’d be foolish to not consider the possibility that things may not bounce back or help may not arrive. If this were to happen, would I be ready to take care of myself and my family? Many experts predict that if our power grid were to go down in the U.S., by the end of the first month, ½ of all Americans would die. Can you live 30 days without power, water, or food being available to you? (let alone the gangs rampaging on the streets and fathers desperate to feed their children)

In this article, we’ll discuss 10 of the most common ways people will die in the first month if there were an extended catastrophe. While this topic could be perceived as discouraging, the good news is we’ll present solutions to ensure you and your family will be prepared to face these challenges.

By the way, if you haven’t read the book “1 Second After”, I encourage you to purchase it today…after reading this article of course. While it’s fiction, it’s a great read and covers many of these items we’ll be discussing in this article. Also read:

9 Things What We Must Do When Facing Martial Law

Survival Antibiotics—Will Your Demise Be A Sinus Infection?

1. The lack of water or even safe water to drink.

I put this intentionally first as you can only live 3 days without water. The biggest killer at the beginning of a catastrophe will be people dying from either a lack of water or the inability to gain access to sanitary water. If you’ve ever watched the news after a major catastrophe hits an area, you’ll see that lethal diseases will quickly run rampant through individuals that have been displaced. The lack of sanitary water leads to diarrhea and other problems that can quickly kill people due to pathogens contaminating the water supply due to unsanitary conditions.

How do you protect against this? Easy. Having gravity-fed water filtration or other water filtration systems that do not require power to operate will allow you to make your water safe. In my family’s bug-out bags, I have a few different water filters: a sawyer water filter, a life straw, and a pure sip personal water filter. While these small filters are good for handling bacteria, they’re not really equipped to handle contaminants in water. In our home, we have a Berkey water filter as well which we use on a daily basis. These filters can make contaminated water safe to drink. If you do not have water stored and a way to filter water, you need to focus on this first. In addition, have bleach, iodine tablets, or pool shock to kill viruses if your filter doesn’t filter at this level.

2. Starving to death

The average person can only last 21 days without food. Most Americans only have enough food for a few days as they’re used to visiting the grocery store every few days. If a catastrophe prevents food deliveries to your local grocery store which typically carries enough supplies for 3 days, then what? Malnutrition, food poisoning, and starvation will wipe out a large percentage of individuals in the first 30 days.

This problem can be easily remedied by building a short-term food plan. In my home, I have stocked up on foods that we already use on a daily basis. We pull the food from this inventory as we need it…things like spaghetti, rice, honey, beans, coffee, canned meats, canned food, etc. This setup is by no means a long-term food storage plan which we’ll cover in a future article, but rather this is food that is already used in our daily life. Here’s what I did. We started setting aside a little extra money in our budget each month to grab additional food we already used and added it to our inventory. When we pull the food from the extra inventory supply we built up, we have a clipboard in our storage area where we write down what was taken, and on our next trip, we simply replace that food. Many people focus on storing canned foods which are fine for the short term, but having a balance of other foods that can easily sit on the shelf is a good idea as well. Remember: begin stocking staple foods that are easy to store and prepare and have a balance of fat, carbs, and proteins.

3. Your medication runs out

This one is a bit of a challenge as you can’t necessarily stock up on medications if your doctor only gives you enough of a supply until your next appointment. After many catastrophes hit an area, apart from people making a run on their local grocery store to grab as much food and water as they can, you can expect people will make a run on their local pharmacy to secure the drugs they need to survive. In addition, you need to consider the effect it will have in your local area when people come off meds. Many people rely upon medications to not only deal with health issues but to keep them mentally stable. Without their meds, there could severe side effects. People will get desperate and most certainly dangerous. There will be those that need their meds to survive. Without the meds, they won’t last long. If your health condition can be managed with changes in your lifestyle (for example getting in shape and losing weight), you need to give serious consideration to this which leads us to our next point.

4. People will die because they’re out of shape

A few months ago I had a tree in my backyard which began dying and it was time to cut it down. I don’t own a chainsaw and so I used an ax to cut it down. Growing up we cut trees down all the time on our property and split wood…that was back when I was 18 years old. Now that I’m over 40, that same task is more difficult. Cutting down that tree was a bit of a challenge. While I spend 3 days in the gym and try to do cardio activities on the other days, when cutting the tree down I began to realize I was no longer a spring chicken. I was winded quickly and found myself wishing I had a chainsaw. I got sloppy as well due to getting tired and nearly injured myself when I tried to cut the tree at an angle and nearly caused the ax blade to bounce into my leg (which I’ll talk about in the next point). But the fact that I had been keeping myself in decent shape made the job possible. In a grid-down situation where things are not bouncing back, you’ll probably be required to perform physical activities to survive.

If you’re used to sitting in an office chair all day and not performing daily activities that push your body, you might be surprised how little your body will be up for strenuous labor. Please don’t underestimate this point as something you can put off. You have the opportunity to get your body in shape. If you don’t push yourself, your body will naturally atrophy. Also, consider things like how much extra weight you are currently carrying on your body. Being obese can be a huge liability in a grid down situation. With a modification to your diet, getting off your behind, and begin moving on a daily basis, you can steer yourself in the right direction. The older I get, the more I realize the limitations of my body, and the less I want to exert myself. There may come a time when my family relies on me to have to work physically hard for them in order to survive and I don’t want to be unable because I had simply allowed my body to atrophy.

5. Individuals will die due to trauma, small injuries or simply get sick

As I mentioned earlier while chopping down the tree, I nearly had the ax blade slam into my leg. While it’s easy to laugh this off as someone not being safe, think about how many people will get injured performing a lot of physical activities that carry the risk of injury. Not only will major trauma potentially injure individuals, but think about how many have a minor injury that could lead to a severe infection. If you’ve ever had a small cut that has turned into an infection that needed attention, you could simply visit your physician to get the proper medications to treat the problem. But now imagine individuals getting small cuts and nicks that they neglect only have it turn into something worse and no one can help. Not only do injuries carry a large risk of death, but getting sick can as well.

So what can you do? Begin gaining medical knowledge and the proper medical supplies now. In addition, make sure you don’t neglect basic sanitation. Not that a long ago I took training through my local fire department named C.E.R.T. Part of the training taught us how to stabilize individuals with major trauma. I encourage you to begin researching courses like this in your local area. My degree in college was Microbiology and during this time I spent a lot of time volunteering in hospitals. While I am by no means a physician, while being in this environment I learned the basics in sanitation and treating minor injuries. I have been working on stocking medical supplies and am working on expanding that out at this time. There’s a lot of great channels on Youtube like the Patriot Nurse or Dr. Bones and Nurse Amy which are great for someone looking for help getting up to speed on the basics of medicine. At a minimum have a book in your inventory like The Survival Medicine Handbook.

In addition, do yourself a favor and pick up a good pair of work gloves and safety goggles.

6. Lack of sanitation

In the previous point, I pointed out that individuals getting sick can result in death without medical attention. If things go bad in your area, proper sanitation will be critical. Have you considered how you will dispose of the waste your family produces? By waste I am referring to your urine and excrement, in addition, leftover food or dirty dishes. We’re so used to simply flushing our toilets and taking the trash out to the curb and the problem is gone. But what happens when the sewage stops running and the trash man doesn’t come to pick up your trash. Then what?

A lack of sanitation can lead to illness which can spread through your home and kill your family. Began researching options to dispose of your waste. Essential things like washing your hands thoroughly will be more important than ever. Having a decent supply of hand sanitizer will be helpful as well. When I lived in Afghanistan in 2003, I was fortunate that I never really got sick even though sanitation was a foreign concept in the general population. I was OCD about sanitation and during my time working with an NGO and living with 24 other people in our house, fortunately, I didn’t have many of the health issues that our team members had. I attribute my good fortune to staying on top of being careful to make sure I kept my hands clean, I sterilized my water bottle daily and made sure the dishes I used had been properly cleaned. Not only can getting sick be a problem in your family, but consider the damage it can do to morale having sick family members or being sick yourself.

7. You die when looters come for your stuff

Many people envision the looters they’ll have to face will be gangs or some group of people displaced coming to take their supplies. While marauders like this can potentially be a big threat, the reality is you may have neighbors or other family members which can turn on you if you’ve prepared and they haven’t.

When I first got serious about prepping, I thought sharing my excitement about prepping with friends and family would excite them to get serious about prepping. It pretty much had the opposite effect: they looked at me strangely and later they brought up that if things were to go bad, they’d come to my house immediately to seek help. Remember earlier we mentioned that only about 1% of Americans are “Preppers”? Well, what do you think the other 99% of Americans are going to do when they can’t find water or food? Thinking about this does concern me greatly because I’d never want to harm someone if they were hungry and coming for my stuff, especially if they were someone I knew and loved. And by “coming for my stuff”, I don’t mean just asking or pleading. When people get desperate, they will do anything it takes to survive. And by “anything”, I mean “a-ny-thing”. If you only have enough supplies to keep your family alive, what will do if that neighbor that hasn’t prepared goes past demanding help and decides they will take from you even if they have to hurt you or your family?

So what are you to do? If gangs or looters are bent on hurting you for what you have then the answer is obvious, but what are we to do regarding friends or family? This is a moral dilemma that goes through my head a lot and I see it often discussed in this community as well. If you want to open your supplies to help others, remember you are lessening the probability your family will live that much longer and the probability those people you helped with keep coming back. In my mind, there’s only 3 answers which I’ll run through quickly (and if you have other views please share them in the comment section below):

1. Keep your mouth shut. The less information you provide to others about what you have, the better.

2. Help others now and educate them. While this might seem to be the exact opposite piece of advice from my point #1, you don’t have to disclose all your preps and show off everything you have to them. Just help educate them that they should prepare. I need to create a separate video for this, but I’ve slowly been introducing neighbors to prepping and they’ve begun taking steps to prepare. Remember, the less desperate they are, the less of a threat they are to you.

3. Arm yourself. If it comes down to it, you may have to be forced to protect your family. While I have no desire to harm someone, if it comes down to me and my family and a person bent on hurting us, I’ll do what I have to do. Side note: I don’t advocate violence and I greatly value human life. Remember, if you harm or kill someone, you will ultimately be held accountable for your actions. But when the social niceties that we enjoy in our society go out the window when people get desperate and they pose a threat to me or my family, I won’t hesitate for a moment to do whatever it takes to stop them.

8. You aren’t prepared for reality

So your plan is if things hit the fan is to grab that awesome bug out bag and run to the mountains and live off the land. In your mind, you dream of picking berries, drinking from streams, trapping rabbits and hunting deer. You’ll live in a tent with your family and survive in that national forest near you. OK, so I don’t have time in this article to break this entire fantasy down, but good luck with that.

The reality is that all that cool tactical gear you bought with the molle, the 5000 rounds of ammo you’re storing up, those seeds you purchased online to build a big crop that you’ve never planted won’t save you. If you’ve got a family, think you can run them into the mountains to live off the land? If you’re not practicing this lifestyle now, you’re probably not going to suddenly transition overnight to this and suddenly thrive or even survive. What am I saying here? Live in reality on this issue. The fantasy of becoming some amazing survivalist with several family members in tow isn’t going to last long. I live in a suburban environment and I know beyond a shadow of a doubt that my 7000 square foot suburban home will not support my family long-term unless I prepare and think ahead now. I know we can definitely survive for an extended period of time if we’re able to bug-in and don’t have any major conflicts as mentioned in the previous point.

So what can you do? Network. Build relationships with other like-minded preppers. I’ve been fortunate to find a solid network in my area. In the past, I have used the website to find a local prepper group in my area. You’ll definitely meet some oddballs but overall I’ve been able to meet some solid people. While it’s beyond the scope of this article, the lone wolf mentality will only get you so far. Live in reality and take an honest assessment of what you and your family can do and do yourself a favor and connect with other preppers that can help where you are deficient.

9. You freeze to death

I’m fortunate to live in a part of the U.S. that doesn’t get terribly cold during the winter. But in many parts of the US, temperatures can drop to very dangerous levels that can kill. So what will you do? Gonna start that fireplace you have never used before? OK, do you have firewood already cut and prepared? If not do you have the tools to do so and do you have places around you to cut down firewood? For many that can not get a fuel source in time before the temperature drops to dangerous levels, they’ll try burning things that they shouldn’t and stand the possibility of carbon monoxide poisoning or possibly burning their home down.

If you have a fireplace, start by making sure the chimney is cleaned out and have firewood on hand that is already cut up. Find methods that others use in your area to heat their home that is not dependent on the electrical grid functioning. Each region is unique and different in how they handle heating homes and be sure to have a backup plan.

10. You give up

Last but not least, many people will simply give up. Even those that have prepared to cover the points above, some will simply lose the will to move forward or to keep fighting. Things may not go according to plans. Bad things may happen. Your supplies may get looted, someone in your home may die. The list of what could happen could go on and on. The key is this: do not give up. Especially if you have a family or others depending on you. You may have to dig deep inside to find the strength and fortitude that come hell or high water, you will not back down and you will not give up. If you have dependents, giving up is not an option. Remember this: a negative, defeated attitude can be like cancer and spread to others around you. As we discussed earlier, morale in times like this is critical. If you’ve ever read accounts from those that have had to survive extended periods of time in impossible situations, the will to survive and the morale required to do so was the only thing that enabled them to continue living when others around them gave up and simply died. This goes beyond having the right tools or supplies. If you are prepping now for yourself and your family, remember, they will be looking to you to lead not only in your preps but in those dark moments when all hope seems lost. Don’t give up. Determine now that will dig in your heels and align your mind to that end. You may be the only beacon of hope others have.

While writing this article, it challenged me to reconsider a few things I need to focus on a little more and I hope it will do the same for you. Again, please feel free to provide your feedback in the comment section below.

Since the holidays are only days away now, and you might be looking for a nice gift for yourself or someone you care about, I highly recommend this book to everyone. 300 pages, color, paperback. The Lost Book of Remedies is helping Americans achieve medical self-sufficiency even in the darkest times using the time-tested methods of our grandparents without spending lots of money on toxic drugs and without side effects. A great asset when doctors and hospitals won’t be available any more given the current situation. You may not be Claude Davis, but you can make use of his procedures and techniques to increase your chances of survival! 

:: 12-28-20 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Quiet Voices of Medical Professionals Are Telling Us that the Coronavirus Is Dangerous

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Monday, December 28, 2020 - 13:27.

No doubt you have seen the contraindications for taking a medication with the so-called black box warnings that are required by the FDA because every medical intervention has side effects. Our nightly TV experience is inundated with Big Pharma ads that all contain black box warnings. There is one exception to this rule and it is the present set of vaccines designed to mitigate the effects and spread of coronavirus. This must be some vaccine because it contains no warnings, no contraindications. One size fits all and everybody will soon be required to roll up your sleeves. However, I will not be taking the vaccine because as Steve Quayle says “shot in the arm, shot in the head, it does not matter because you are still dead.”

Developed at warp speed, these vaccines give us much to be concerned about as indicated by the two following emails I have recently received. Also, you may wish to check out my TV show in the few days, as I have unveiled a 3 part series as to what is actually in the vaccine at 

Here are the two very telling emails:

Dear Dave,

I have followed your work for years and what you have been stating to the general public is absolutely correct. In some areas of this email, I need to be purposely vague so I can avoid direct detection as the author of this email. All of my medical colleagues will attest, we are playing in a rigged game. In my present position, I see many deaths in a short time span. Attending physicians would write case notes and we would invariably note the suspected cause of death. When Covid struck, our physicians were told to not list a cause of death. All of us completely understand this was purposely done to artificially inflate the cause of death attributable to Covid in order to receive federal compensation for each diagnosis and subsequent death. I have personally witnessed people who have died from gun shot wounds and kidney failure diagnosed as Covid.

My fellow physicians welcome the fact that we are no longer allowed to list a cause of death because it removes some of the liability we could face from family members demanding answers and ultimately suing. Yet, this illegitimate practice violates everything I believe in as a doctor.

There is another issue that I want to bring to your attention. You have spoken about your concerns regarding the lack of “black box warnings” and the failure to list who should not be taking the Covid vaccine. Your concerns are valid as you have expressed them in your podcasts. We are moving to a demand of 100% compliance with regard to taking the vaccine. Anyone with any knowledge of the medical field knows that this position of one size fits all with regard to this vaccine is ludicrous. If the manner in which Covid diagnoses have been handled, there will be a complete obfuscation of the truth with regard to vaccine anomalies and side effects. Hear no evil see no evil.

My particular area of practice has already received the talk. We are not permitted to speak with the media. When it is our turn, the vaccines will be mandatory. I am not taking the vaccine. There are all the indications that a complete coverup is underway with regard to the lack sufficient clinical trials and contraindications for the vaccine. We are also being told that this the Covid situation becomes much worse a medical state of emergency will be declared and we could be forcibly vaccinated. I fear that this will happen under Biden’s rule. Please bear in mind that there has never been a “perfect medical intervention”---until now.

Keep up the good work and please package this message so it cannot be traced back to me. I am going to make a stand, but I don’t want it to be over an email. Thanks for your consideration.


This doctor was correct. Recently, I received an email from a medical professional who makes an excellent case that deaths caused by the vaccines will be listed as another cause of death apart from the vaccine.


Hi and Merry Christmas; I don't expect a reply but wanted to let you know some info I have as I'm employed by UCHealth in CO as a coding educator (the ICD 10 and CPT codes that are submitted for payment to insurance) and I was an RN before this.

This is text of the e-mail (from the employer):

"For any patient visit that has an adverse reaction/effect to the Covid vaccine and is seen at a virtual urgent care, brick and mortar urgent care or office or ER, until further notice, please defer those encounters. Start with deferring for 5 days and so on until you hear more."

Then this additional email approximately 5 hours later:

"We have some additional information...For any patient visit that has an adverse reaction/effect to the Covid vaccine (including those that may be an adverse reaction) and is seen at a virtual urgent care, any urgent care or brick and mortar urgent care or ER, until further notice, please transfer those to WQ 39628 PB Coding Supervisor SL 3. Thanks again for all of your assistance with the many charges we encounter!"

Raised my suspicions - are they hiding these adverse reactions? No news in media on this of course? I audit the coder's coding and provide education, so may encounter some of these reports and can share if you're interested but not anything with private health information ... that would violate HIPAA, just the basic facts of reactions. However, I may never see these as they are all being sent to a separate supervisor WQ?

Also, I am seeing deaths including cardiac arrest that is attributed to COVID-related cardiomyopathy and even a death due to ruptured spleen that was coded and reported as COVID related (not sure how these are - normally spleen is due to trauma but none reported in this case?) I also don't know how they determined that the cardiomyopathy is related to COVID? I know you're aware of over reporting already of COVID deaths, I believe it is pretty big!

Thank you, I appreciate your updates. My sister-in-law is also a nurse and is insisting that all medical information is that this is completely safe. She won't listen and I've become black sheep in family :( She sent me a video to "prove" how wrong I am by CBS and a professor of medicine answering questions - like it's 100% safe and effective (???what/?), will provide 100% protection against you getting so sick that you'd be admitted to hospital (said you may still get minor case of COVID), is safe for ANYONE, including immunocompromised, etc, end advice to get it as soon as you can.

I think the fix is in for most Americans, all are gaslighted except those listening to you, Steve Quayle, etc

If enough people refuse, the mandatory nature of the vaccine will disappear. I am not taking this vaccine under any circumstances, how about you? 

:: 12-27-20 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Major Covid Vaccine Glitch Emerges: Most Europeans, Including Hospital Staff, Refuse To Take It

by Tyler Durden Sunday, Dec 27, 2020 - 21:50

All is not going according to plan in the biggest global rollout of what is arguably the most important vaccine in a century, and it is not just growing US mistrust in the covid injection effort that was rolled out in record time: an unexpected spike in allergic reactions to the Pfizer/BioNTech vaccine (and now, Moderna too) may prove catastrophic to widespread acceptance unless scientists can figure out what is causing it after the FDA's rushed approval, and is also why as we reported yesterday, scientists are scrambling to identify the potential culprit causing the allergic reactions.

Making matters worse, Europe rolled out a huge COVID-19 vaccination drive on Sunday to try to rein in the coronavirus pandemic but even more Europeans than American are sceptical about the speed at which the vaccines have been tested and approved and reluctant to have the shot.

While the European Union has secured contracts drugmakers including Pfizer, Moderna and AstraZeneca, for a total of more than two billion doses and has set a goal for all adults to be inoculated next year, this is looking increasingly like a pipe dream: according to recent surveys, the local population has expressed "high levels of hesitancy" towards inoculation in countries from France to Poland, with many used to vaccines taking decades to develop, not just months.

“I don’t think there’s a vaccine in history that has been tested so quickly,” Ireneusz Sikorski, 41, said as he stepped out of a church in central Warsaw with his two children.

"I am not saying vaccination shouldn’t be taking place. But I am not going to test an unverified vaccine on my children, or on myself."

Smart: why take the risk of getting vaccinated when others will do it, resulting in the same outcome.

Surveys in Poland, where distrust in public institutions runs deep, show that fewer than 40% of people planning to get vaccinated. Worse, according to Reuters on Sunday, only half the medical staff in a Warsaw hospital where the country’s first shot was administered had signed up. And if the doctors don't trust the vaccine, one can be certain that the broader population will refuse to take it.

The situation is similar in Spain, one of Europe’s hardest-hit countries, where 28-year-old singer and music composer German summarizes the skepticism of a broad range of the population, and plans to wait for now.

No one close to me has had it (COVID-19). I’m obviously not saying it doesn’t exist because lots of people have died of it, but for now I wouldn’t have it (the vaccine).”

A Christian Orthodox bishop in Bulgaria, where 45% of people have said they would not get a shot and 40% plan to wait to see if any negative side effects appear - meaning only 15% of the population will actually volunteer for a vaccine in the near future - is in the tiny minority when it comes to taking the vaccine.

“Myself, I am vaccinated against everything I can be,” Bishop Tihon told reporters after getting his shot, standing alongside the health minister in Sofia. He spoke about anxiety over polio before vaccination became available in the 1950s and 1960s.

To be sure, the establishment is pounding the table on why the vaccines are safe despite the record short time in development (even though not even the "scientists" can explain what is behind the spike in vaccine allergic reactions), and claiming that the new technology behind the mRNA vaccine is all one needs to know... when it is precisely this new technology that is sparking the skepticism.

“We’ll look back on the advances made in 2020 and say: ‘That was a moment when science really did make a leap forward’,” said Jeremy Farrar, director of the Oxford University Clinical Research Unit, which is backed by the Wellcome Trust. Oxford also received $750MM from Bill Gates in June in the billionaire's quest to vaccinate the world against Covid.

Only problem: nobody in Europe seems to care about these "scientific" justifications. Independent pollster Alpha Research said its recent survey suggested that fewer than one in five Bulgarians from the first groups to be offered the vaccine - frontline medics, pharmacists, teachers and nursing home staff - planned to volunteer to get a shot.

An IPSOS survey of 15 countries published on Nov. 5 showed then that 54% of French would have a COVID vaccine if one were available. The figure was 64% in Italy and Spain, 79% in Britain and 87% in China.

Since then things have gone far worse, and a more recent IFOP poll showed that only 41% people in France would take the shot. This means that a vast majority will not. Not even in Sweden, where public trust in authorities is absurdly and inexplicably high, is there a universal trust in the vaccine, with at least one in three saying they won't get the shot: “If someone gave me 10 million euro, I wouldn’t take it,” Lisa Renberg, 32, told Reuters on Wednesday.

Meanwhile, in a paradoxical attempt to force more to sign up - not realizing that it will only have the precisely opposite effect - Polish Prime Minister Mateusz Morawiecki urged Poles on Sunday to sign up for vaccination, saying the herd immunity effect depended on them. Critics have accused Warsaw’s "nationalist leaders" of being too accepting of anti-vaccination attitudes in the past in an effort to garner conservative support. Well... let's check back on said attitude in 10 years and see if perhaps it was the right one.

For now, however, the more European governments pressure their populations to get immunized, the fewer the people who will actually sign up and the worse the vaccine rollout will be, that much we can be 100% sure of. 

:: 12-27-20 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Who’s murdering all the COVID scientists?

Sunday, December 27, 2020 by: Ethan Huff

(Natural News) Doctors, scientists and other medical experts involved with research into the Wuhan coronavirus (COVID-19) are mysteriously turning up dead all around the world in what appears to be a mass culling of people who know too much truth about the plandemic.

One of the latest deaths was that of Alexander “Sasha” Kagansky, a Russian scientist who had been working on developing a COVID-19 vaccine when he was brutally stabbed and thrown from the window of his 14th floor apartment in St. Petersburg.

Reports indicate that Kagansky died “under strange circumstances,” an understatement considering the nature and timing of his demise.

Kagansky had recently been awarded a grant by the Russian government to investigate new ways of diagnosing and treating brain tumors. He was also a vocal advocate for natural remedies like herbs and mushrooms that are known to help kill cancer cells.

Another who died this year under similar circumstances was Frank Plummer, a world-renowned Canadian scientist who had also been working on a COVID-19 vaccine when he was apparently taken out by dark entities.

Back in January, we reported on Plummer’s connections to a communist Chinese spy ring that appears to have been responsible for stealing coronavirus strains from a Canadian lab and taking them to Wuhan.

Professor Bing Liu from the University of Pittsburgh is another relevant scientist who was murdered this year, in this case right before he could go public with a new breakthrough concerning the nature of COVID-19.

Bing was on the verge of making very significant findings toward understanding the cellular mechanisms that underlie SARS-CoV-2 infection and the cellular basis of the following complications,” reads a statement from his colleagues within the Department of Computational and Systems Biology.

Then we have Gita Ramjee, an HIV scientist who supposedly died from COVID-19 while visiting London to deliver a lecture about HIV treatment and prevention. Upon returning to Durban, she reportedly felt unwell and went to the hospital, where she died not long thereafter.

A World Health Organization (WHO) driver named Pyae Sone Win Maung also died back in May while transporting coronavirus samples for the United Nations. He had been driving a well-marked U.N. vehicle at the time when shots were fired, killing him and injuring another passenger.

Vaccine whistleblower Brandy Vaughan, a former sales executive from Merck & Co. and founder of, was also found dead in her home earlier this month beside her nine-year-old son. Vaughan had been working hard to educate the public about vaccine safety risks.

Peter Daszak and Ron Fouchier need to be fully investigated

On the flip side, the following people are researchers of interest who are suspected of propagating plandemic fearmongering and fraud, and who could be linked to the aforementioned deaths in some way:

Peter Daszak, president of the EcoHealth Alliance, is responsible for orchestrating the myth that COVID-19 was a natural phenomenon. Emails obtained by U.S. Right to Know reveal that employees of EcoHealth ring-led an operation to have 27 prominent health scientists condemn “conspiracy theories suggesting that COVID-19 does not have a natural origin.”

EcoHealth, by the way, is the same “non-profit” organization that received millions of dollars in U.S. taxpayer funding to genetically manipulate coronaviruses at the Wuhan Institute of Virology.

Dutch virologist Ron Fouchier is responsible for creating the world’s deadliest virus strain. His bioweapons experiments are widely condemned and could be responsible for the unleashing of COVID-19.

Fouchier is also responsible for isolating the SARS coronavirus that was smuggled out of Saudi Arabia and sent to Frank Plummer, who as previously mentioned turned up dead just a week after Great Game India published a report on the scandal.

More of the latest news about the Wuhan coronavirus (COVID-19) as it breaks can be found at

Sources for this article include: 

:: 4-6-20 News Medical Life Sciences :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Antiparasitic drug Ivermectin kills coronavirus in 48 hours

By Angela Betsaida B. Laguipo, BSN Apr 6 2020

Around the world, scientists race to develop a vaccine or treatment against the coronavirus disease (COVID-19), caused by the severe acute respiratory syndrome coronavirus 2 (SARS-CoV-2). Now, a team of researchers has found that a drug already available around the world can kill the coronavirus in a lab setting in just 48 hours. Novel Coronavirus SARS-CoV-2 Colorized scanning electron micrograph of an apoptotic cell (green) heavily infected with SARS-COV-2 virus particles (yellow), isolated from a patient sample. Image captured at the NIAID Integrated Research Facility (IRF) in Fort Detrick, Maryland. Credit: NIAID

The drug, Ivermectin, an antiparasitic medicine, is an inhibitor of the virus SARS-CoV-2 in-vitro and can effectively cause a reduction in virus at 48 hours in cell cultures. The FDA-approved drug can be used for repurposing to treat patients affected by COVID-19, which has spread to 184 countries and territories.

The researchers at Monash University in Melbourne, Australia, have published their study in the journal Antiviral Research, showing how this already widely-used drug may help combat the current global pandemic rippling across continents.

Reduced COVID-19 viral RNA

The team worked with the Peter Doherty Institute of Infection and Immunity. They showed that Ivermectin reduced COVID-19 viral RNA present in cell culture by as much as 93 percent after 24 hours and by 99.8 percent after 48 hours, at around a 5,000-fold reduction in coronavirus RNA, hinting that the medicine can potentially eradicate the virus.

"We found that even a single dose could essentially remove all viral RNA by 48 hours and that even at 24 hours, there was a significant reduction in it," Dr. Kylie Wagstaff of the Monash Biomedicine Discovery Institute, said.

"Ivermectin is very widely used and seen as a safe drug. We need to figure out now whether the dosage you can use it in humans will be effective – that's the next step," Dr. Wagstaff added. The researchers, however, cautioned that the tests performed in the study were in vitro, and human trials are still needed to determine the efficacy and safety of the drug against the coronavirus. Ivermectin has also shown effectiveness in vitro against a wide range of other viruses, such as the influenza virus, Zika virus, and the human immunodeficiency virus (HIV).

Repurposing Ivermectin

Ivermectin is an approved drug to treat parasitic conditions, such as rosacea, head lice, and scabies. It was developed in 1975 and has been widely used across the globe since the early 1980s.

"In times when we're having a global pandemic, and there isn't an approved treatment, if we had a compound that was already available around the world, then that might help people sooner. Realistically, it's going to be a while before a vaccine is broadly available," Dr. Wagstaff explained.

Though the mechanism of action by which Ivermectin works on the coronavirus is still unknown, the drug works on other viruses by stopping them from inhibiting down the host cells' ability to detect and fight them.

Ivermectin, therefore, warrants further investigation for possible benefits in humans. Further trials should be performed to make sure the drug is effective. If it is effective on humans with coronavirus, it can be widely used to treat affected populations since it already went through approval by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA).

Countries grapple against COVID-19

Many countries are unprepared for the coming of the coronavirus disease, which has emerged in China in December 2019. Since then, it has spread to most countries across the globe, touching all continents except Antarctica. The United States reports the highest infections, with more than 368,000 people affected by the virus. It has a staggering 10,923 deaths. Italy has the highest number of deaths, with its death toll reaching 16,523, while Spain has more than 136,000 confirmed cases and 13,341 deaths. Canada has more than 16,000 confirmed cases, while Germany, France, and China have more than 103,000, 98,000, and 82,000 cases, respectively.

The coronavirus has dramatically affected the United Kingdom and Australia also, with more than 52,000 and more than 5,700 cases, respectively. Sources:

Monash University. (2020). Possible coronavirus drug identified by Monash University scientists. 

Coronavirus COVID-19 Global Cases by the Center for Systems Science and Engineering (CSSE) at Johns Hopkins University (JHU) - 

Journal reference: Caly, L., Druce, J., Catton, M., Jans, D., and Wagstaff, K. (2020). The FDA-approved Drug Ivermectin inhibits the replication of SARS-CoV-2 in vitro. Antiviral Research. 

:: 12-26-20 Hal Turner :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

CDC Quietly Changes COVID Guidelines to say MASKS DON'T WORK

World Hal Turner 26 December 2020 Hits: 50121

The CDC quietly updated their guidelines to say that masks don't work if you've come into close contact with someone for 15 minutes or more, according to the CDC website.

The media is almost completely ignoring this fact.

According to the CDC, anyone who has symptoms or tests positive is a risk to others even if masks are worn.

According to the CDC update:  Exposure to

Person with COVID-19 who has symptoms (in the period from 2 days before symptom onset until they meet criteria for discontinuing home isolation; can be laboratory-confirmed or a clinically compatible illness)

Person who has tested positive for COVID-19 (laboratory confirmed) but has not had any symptoms (in the 2 days before the date of specimen collection until they meet criteria for discontinuing home isolation).

Note: This is irrespective of whether the person with COVID-19 or the contact was wearing a mask or whether the contact was wearing respiratory personal protective equipment (PPE).

Hal Turner Remarks

"Irrespective of whether the person with COVID-19 or the contact was wearing a mask." ????

So, what's the point of these mask mandates again?

The point is now, what it has always been: Submission. You do what they tell you or else they - and their useful idiot pals -- will make your life miserable.

Even though the mask serves no purpose, these dingbats and their useful idiots DEMAND you wear one. This isn't about your health, it's about CONTROL.

Slaves who do as they're told and do not question the "Massa" (Ya'sir massa!) are the ones wearing masks.

Free men are not wearing them. Which are you? 

:: 12-26-20 American Institute for Economic Research :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: 

Twelve Times the Lockdowners Were Wrong

Phillip W. Magness – December 26, 2020

This has been a year of astonishing policy failure. We are surrounded by devastation conceived and cheered by intellectuals and their political handmaidens. The errors number in the thousands, so please consider the following little more than a first draft, a mere guide to what will surely be unearthed in the coming months and years. We trusted these people with our lives and liberties and here is what they did with that trust.

Anthony Fauci says lockdowns are not possible in the United States (January 24):

When asked about the mass quarantine containment efforts underway in Wuhan, China back in January, Fauci dismissed the prospect of lockdowns ever coming to the United States:

“That’s something that I don’t think we could possibly do in the United States, I can’t imagine shutting down New York or Los Angeles, but the judgement on the part of the Chinese health authorities is that given the fact that it’s spreading throughout the provinces… it’s their judgement that this is something that in fact is going to help in containing it. Whether or not it does or does not is really open to question because historically when you shut things down it doesn’t have a major effect.”

Less than two months later, 43 of 50 US states were under lockdown – a policy advocated by Fauci himself.

US government and WHO officials advise against mask use (February and March)

When mask sales spiked due to widespread individual adoption in the early weeks of the pandemic, numerous US government and WHO officials took to the airwaves to describe masks as ineffective and discourage their use.

Surgeon General Jerome Adams tweeted against masks on February 29. Anthony Fauci publicly discouraged mask use in a nationally broadcast 60 Minutes interview on March 7. At a March 30 World Health Organization briefing its Director-General supported mask use in medical settings but dissuaded the same in the general public.

By mid-summer, all had reversed course and encouraged mask-wearing in the general public as an essential tool for halting the pandemic. Fauci essentially conceded that he lied to the public in order to prevent a shortage on masks, whereas other health officials did an about-face on the scientific claims around masking.

While mainstream epidemiology literature stressed the ambiguous nature of evidence surrounding masks as recently as 2019, these scientists were suddenly certain that masks were something of a magic bullet for Covid. It turns out that both positions are likely wrong. Masks appear to have marginal effects at diminishing spread, especially in highly infectious settings and around the vulnerable. But their effectiveness at combating Covid has also been grossly exaggerated, as illustrated by the fact that mask adoption reached near-universal levels in the US by the summer with little discernible effect on the course of the pandemic.

Anthony Fauci’s decimal error in estimating Covid’s fatality rates (March 11)

Fauci testified before Congress in early March where he was asked to estimate the severity of the disease in comparison to influenza. His testimony that Covid was “10 times more lethal than the seasonal flu” stoked widespread alarm and provided a major impetus for the decision to go into lockdown.

The problem, as Ronald Brown documented in an epidemiology journal article, is that Fauci based his estimates on a conflation of the Infection Fatality Rate (IFR) and Case Fatality Rate (CFR) for influenza, leading him to exaggerate the comparative danger of Covid by an order of magnitude. Fauci’s error – which he further compounded in a late February article for the New England Journal of Medicine – helped to convince Congress of the need for drastic lockdown measures, while also spreading panic in the media and general public. As of this writing Fauci has not acknowledged the magnitude of his error, nor has the journal corrected his article.

Two weeks to flatten the curve” (March 16)

The lockdowners settled on a catchy slogan in mid-March to justify their unprecedented shuttering of economic and social life around the globe: two weeks to flatten the curve. The White House Covid task force aggressively promoted this line, as did the news media and much of the epidemiology profession. The logic behind the slogan came from the ubiquitous graph showing (1) a steep caseload that would overwhelm our hospital system, or (2) a mitigated alternative that would spread the caseload out over several weeks, making it manageable.

To get to graph #2, society would need to buckle up for two weeks of shelter-in-place orders until the capacity issue could be managed. Indeed, we were told that if we did not accept this solution the hospital system would enter into catastrophic failure in only 10 days, as former DHS pandemic adviser Tom Bossert claimed in a widely-circulated interview and Washington Post column on March 11.

Two weeks came and went, then the rationale on which they were sold to the public shifted. Hospitals were no longer on the verge of being overwhelmed – indeed most hospitals nationwide remained well under capacity, with only a tiny number of exceptions in the worst-hit neighborhoods of New York City.

A US Navy hospital ship sent to relieve New York departed a month later after serving only 182 patients, and a pop-up hospital in the city’s Javits Convention Center sat mostly empty. But the lockdowns remained in place, as did the emergency orders justifying them. Two weeks became a month, which became two months, which became almost a year. We were no longer “flattening the curve” – a strategy premised on saving the hospital system from a threat than never manifested – but instead refocused on using lockdowns as a general suppression strategy against the disease itself. In short, the epidemiology profession sold us a bill of goods.

Neil Ferguson predicts a “best case” US scenario of 1.1 million deaths (March 20)

The name Neil Ferguson, the lead modeler and chief spokesman for Imperial College London’s pandemic response team, has become synonymous with lockdown alarmism for good reason. Ferguson has a long track record of making grossly exaggerated predictions of catastrophic death tolls for almost every single disease that comes along, and urging aggressive policy responses to the same including lockdowns.

Covid was no different, and Ferguson assumed center stage when he released a highly influential model of the virus’s death forecasts for the US and UK. Ferguson appeared with UK Prime Minister Boris Johnson on March 16 to announce the shift toward lockdowns (with no small irony, he was coming down with Covid himself at the time and may have been the patient zero of a super-spreader event that ran through Downing Street and infected Johnson himself).

Across the Atlantic, Anthony Fauci and Deborah Birx cited Ferguson’s model as a direct justification for locking down the US. There was a problem though: Ferguson had a bad habit of dramatically hyping his own predictions to political leaders and the press. The Imperial College paper modeled a broad range of scenarios including death tolls that ranged from tens of thousands to over 2 million, but Ferguson’s public statements only stressed the latter – even though the paper itself conceded that such an extreme “worst case” scenario was highly unrealistic. A telling example came on March 20th when the New York Times’s Nicholas Kristof contacted the Imperial College modeler to ask about the most likely scenario for the United States. As Kristof related to his readers, “I asked Ferguson for his best case. “About 1.1 million deaths,” he said.”

Researchers in Sweden use the Imperial College model to predict 95,000 deaths (April 10)

After Neil Ferguson’s shocking death toll predictions for the US and UK captivated policymaker attention and drove both governments into lockdown, researchers in other countries began adapting the Imperial College model to their own circumstances. Usually, these models sought to reaffirm the decisions of each country to lock down. The government of Sweden, however, had decided to buck the trend, setting the stage for a natural experiment to test the Imperial model’s performance.

In early April a team of researchers at Uppsala University adapted the Imperial model to Sweden’s population and demographics and ran its projections. Their result? If Sweden stayed the course and did not lock down, it could expect a catastrophic 96,000 deaths by early summer. The authors of the study recommended going into immediate lockdown, but since Sweden lagged behind Europe in adopting such measures they also predicted that this “best case” option would reduce deaths to “only” 30,000.

By early June when the 96,000 prediction was supposed to come true, Sweden had recorded 4,600 deaths. Six months later, Sweden has about 8,000 deaths – a severe pandemic to be sure, but an order of magnitude smaller than what the modelers predicted. Facing embarrassment from these results, Ferguson and Imperial College attempted to distance themselves from the Swedish adaptation of their model in early May. Yet the Uppsala team’s projections closely matched Imperial’s own UK and US predictions when scaled to reflect their population sizes. In short, the Imperial model catastrophically failed one of the few clear natural experiment tests of its predictive ability.

Scientists suggest that ocean spray spreads Covid (April 2)

In the second week of the lockdowns several newspapers in California promoted a bizarre theory: Covid could spread by ocean spray (although the paper later walked back the headline-grabbing claim, it is outlined here in the Los Angeles Times). According to this theory – initially promoted by a group of biologists who study bacterial infection connected to storm runoff – the Covid virus washed down storm gutters and into the ocean, where the ocean breeze would kick it up into the air and infect people on the nearby beaches. As silly as this theory now sounds, it helped to inform California’s initially draconian enforcement of lockdowns on its public beaches.

The same week that this modern-day miasmic drift theory appeared, police in Malibu even arrested a lone paddleboarder for going into the ocean during the lockdown – all while citing the possibility that the ocean breeze carried Covid with it.

Neil Ferguson predicts catastrophic death tolls in US states that reopen (May 24)

Fresh off of their exaggerated predictions from March, the Imperial College team led by Neil Ferguson doubled down on alarmist modeling. As several US states started to reopen in late April and May, Ferguson and his colleagues published a new model predicting another catastrophic wave of deaths by the mid-summer. Their model focused on 5 states with both moderate and severe outbreaks during the first wave. If they reopened, according to the Imperial team’s model, New York could face up to 3,000 deaths per day by July.

Florida could hit as high as 4,000, and California could hit 5,000 daily deaths. Keeping in mind that these projections were for each state alone, they exceed the daily death toll peaks for the entire country in both the fall and spring. Showing just how bad the Imperial model was, the actual death toll by mid-July in several of the examined states even fell below the lower confidence boundary of its projected count. While Covid remains a threat in all 5 states, the post-reopening explosion of deaths predicted by Imperial College and used to argue for keeping the lockdowns in place never happened.

Anthony Fauci credits lockdowns for beating the virus in Europe (July 31)

In late July Anthony Fauci offered additional testimony to Congress. His message credited Europe’s heavy lockdowns with defeating the virus, whereas he blamed the United States for reopening too early and for insufficient aggressiveness in the initial lockdowns. As Fauci stated at the time, “If you look at what happened in Europe, when they shut down or locked down or went to shelter in place — however you want to describe it — they really did it to the tune of about 95% plus of the country did that.”

The message was clear: the United States should have followed Europe, but failed to do so and got a summer wave of Covid instead. Fauci’s entire argument however was based on a string of falsehoods and errors.

Mobility data from the US clearly showed that most Americans were staying home during the spring outbreak, with a recorded decline that matched Germany, the Netherlands, and several other European countries. Contrary to Fauci’s claim, the US was actually slower than most of Europe to reopen. Furthermore, his praise of Europe collapsed in the early fall when almost all of the lockdown countries in Europe experienced severe second waves – just like the locked down regions of the United States.

New Zealand and Australia declare themselves Covid-free (August-present)

New Zealand and Australia have thus far weathered the pandemic with extremely low case counts, leading many epidemiologists and journalists to conflate these results with evidence of their successful and replicable mitigation policies. In reality, New Zealand and Australia opted for the medieval ‘Prince Prospero’ strategy of attempting to wall themselves from the world until the pandemic passes – an approach that is highly dependent on their unique geographies.

As island nations with comparatively lower international travel than North America and Europe, both countries shut down their borders before the as-of-yet undetected virus became widespread and have remained closed ever since. It’s a costly strategy in terms of its economic impact and personal displacement, but it kept the virus out – mostly.

The problem with New Zealand and Australia’s Prince Prospero strategy is that it’s inherently fragile. All it takes to throw it into chaos is for the virus to slip past the border – including by accident or human error. Then heavy-handed lockdowns ensue, imposed with maximum disruption at the spur of the moment in a frantic attempt to contain the breach.

The most famous example happened on August 9 when New Zealand’s Prime Minister Jacinda Ardern declared that New Zealand had reached 100 days of being Covid-free. Then just two days later a breach happened, sending Auckland into heavy lockdown. It’s a pattern that has repeated itself every few weeks in both countries.

In early December, we saw a similar flurry of stories from Australia announcing that the country had beaten Covid. Two weeks later, another breach occurred in the suburbs around Sydney, prompting a regional lockdown. There have been embarrassing missteps as well. In November the entire state of South Australia went into heavy lockdown over a single misreported case of Covid that was mistakenly attributed to a pizza purchase that did not exist. While both countries continue to celebrate their low fatality rates, they’ve also incurred some of the harshest and most disruptive restrictions in the world – all the result of premature declarations of being “Covid-free” followed by an unexpected breach and another frantic lockdown.

“Renewed lockdowns are just a strawman” (October)

In early October a group of scientists met at AIER where they drafted and signed the Great Barrington Declaration, a statement calling attention to the severe social and economic harms of lockdowns and urging the world to adopt alternative strategies for ensuring the protection of the most vulnerable. Although the statement quickly gathered tens of thousands of co-signers from health science and medical professionals, it also left the lockdown supporters incensed. They responded not by scientific debate over the merits of their policies, but with a vilification campaign.

They answered by flooding the petition with hoax signatures and juvenile name-calling, and by peddling wildly false conspiracy theories about AIER’s funding (the primary instigator of both tactics, ironically, was a UK blogger known for promoting 9/11 Truther conspiracies). But the lockdowners also adopted another narrative: they began to deny that lockdowns were even on the table.

Nobody was considering bringing back the lockdowns from the spring, they insisted. Arguing against the politically unpopular shelter-in-place orders in the fall only served the purpose of undermining public support for narrower and more temperate restrictions. The Great Barrington authors, we were told, were arguing with a “strawman” from the past.

Over the next several weeks in October a dozen or more prominent epidemiologists, public health experts, and journalists peddled the “lockdowns are a strawman” line. The “strawman” claim saw promotion in top outlets including the New York Times, and in an op-ed by two principle co-signers of the John Snow Memorandum, a competing petition that lockdown supporters drafted as a response to the Great Barrington Declaration.

The message was clear: the GBD was sounding a false alarm against policies from the past that the lockdowners “reluctantly” supported in the spring as an emergency measure but had no intention of reviving. By early November, the “strawman” of renewed lockdowns became a reality in dozens of countries across the globe – often cheered on by the very same people who used the “strawman” canard in October.

Several US states followed suit including California, which imposed severe restrictions on private gatherings up to and including meeting your own family for Thanksgiving and Christmas. And a few weeks after that, some of the very same epidemiologists who used the “strawman” line in October revised their own positions after the fact. They started claiming they had supported a second lockdown all along, and began blaming the GBD for impeding their efforts to impose them at an earlier date. In short, the entire “lockdowns are a strawman” narrative was false. And it now appears that more than a few of the scientists who used it were actively lying about their own intentions in October.

Anthony Fauci touts New York as a model for Covid containment (June-December)

By all indicators, New York state has suffered one of the worst coronavirus outbreaks in the world. Its year-end mortality rate of almost 1,900 deaths per million residents exceeds every single country in the world. The state famously bungled its nursing home response when Governor Andrew Cuomo forced these facilities to readmit Covid-positive patients as a way to relieve strains on hospitals. The policy backfired as most hospitals never reached capacity, but the readmissions introduced the virus into vulnerable nursing home populations resulting in widespread fatalities (to this day New York intentionally undercounts nursing home fatalities by excluding residents who are moved to a hospital from its reported numbers, further obscuring the true toll of Cuomo’s order).

New York has also fared poorly during the fall “second wave” despite reimposing harsh restrictions and regional lockdown measures. By mid-December, its death rate shot far above the mostly-open state of Florida, which has the closest comparable population size to New York. All things considered, New York’s weathering of the pandemic is an exemplar of what not to do.

Cuomo’s policies not only failed to contain the virus – they likely made it far more deadly to vulnerable populations. Enter Anthony Fauci, who has been asked multiple times in the press what a model Covid response policy would look like. He gave his first answer on July 20th: “We know that, when you do it properly, you bring down those cases. We have done it. We have done it in New York.”

Fauci was operating under the assumption that New York, despite its bad run in the spring, had successfully brought the pandemic under control through its aggressive lockdowns and slow reopening. One might think that the fall rebound in New York, despite locking down again, would call this conclusion into question. Not so much for Dr. Fauci, who told the Wall Street Journal on December 8: “New York got hit really badly in the beginning” but they did “a really good job of keeping things down, and still, their level is low compared to the rest of the country.” 

:: 12-27-20 Newsmax :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trump Tweets: Good News on Covid Relief Bill; Info to Follow

Sunday, 27 December 2020 11:05 AM

Under pressure from members of both parties to sign a COVID-relief bill, President Donald Trump tweeted Sunday good news was on coming, with more information to follow.

"Good news on Covid Relief Bill. Information to follow!" the president tweeted early Sunday evening.

CNN reported that a signing desk has been set up at Mar-a-Lago, but the same thing was done Christmas Eve and Trump opted not to sign the legislation.

Unemployment benefits for millions of Americans struggling to make ends meet lapsed overnight as President Donald Trump refused to sign an end-of-year COVID relief and spending bill that had been considered a done deal before his sudden objections.

The fate of the bipartisan package remained in limbo Sunday as Trump continued to demand larger COVID relief checks and complained about “pork” spending. Without the widespread funding provided by the massive measure, a government shutdown would occur when money runs out at 12:01 a.m. Tuesday.

Several lawmakers implored Trump to sign the legislation immediately, then have Congress follow up with more relief.  “What the president is doing right now is unbelievably cruel,” Sen. Bernie Sanders of Vermont said Sunday. “So many people are hurting.”

Republican Sen. Pat Toomey of Pennsylvania also said Trump should sign the bill, then make the case for more. “We’ve got a bill right now that his administration helped negotiate,” he said. “I think we ought to get that done."

That point was echoed by Maryland Gov. Larry Hogan, a Republican who's criticized Trump's pandemic response and his efforts to undo the election results. “I just gave up guessing what he might do next,” he said. Hogan and Sanders spoke on ABC's “This Week," Toomey on “Fox News Sunday.”

Trump was golfing again Sunday in Florida.

In South Bend, Indiana, Lanetris Haines, a self-employed single mother of three, stood to lose her $129 weekly jobless benefit unless Trump signed the package into law or succeeded in his improbable quest for changes.  “It’s a chess game and we are pawns,” she said.

Washington has been reeling since Trump turned on the deal after it had won sweeping approval in both houses of Congress and after the White House had assured Republican leaders that Trump would support it.

Instead, he assailed the bill's plan to provide $600 COVID relief checks to most Americans — insisting it should be $2,000. House Republicans swiftly rejected that idea during a rare Christmas Eve session. But Trump has not been swayed in spite of the nation being in the grip of a pandemic.

“I simply want to get our great people $2000, rather than the measly $600 that is now in the bill," Trump tweeted Saturday from Palm Beach, Florida, where he is spending the holiday. “Also, stop the billions of dollars in ‘pork.’”

President-elect Joe Biden called on Trump to sign the bill immediately as the midnight Saturday deadline neared for two federal programs providing unemployment aid.

It is the day after Christmas, and millions of families don’t know if they’ll be able to make ends meet because of President Donald Trump’s refusal to sign an economic relief bill approved by Congress with an overwhelming and bipartisan majority," Biden said in a statement. He accused Trump of an “abdication of responsibility” that has “devastating consequences."

Lauren Bauer, a fellow in economic studies at the Brookings Institution, has calculated that 11 million people would lose aid from the programs immediately without additional relief; millions more would exhaust other unemployment benefits within weeks. Andrew Stettner, an unemployment insurance expert and senior fellow at the Century Foundation think tank, said the number may be closer to 14 million because joblessness has spiked since Thanksgiving.

How and when people would be affected by the lapse depended on the state they lived in, the program they were relying on and when they applied for benefits. In some states, people on regular unemployment insurance would continue to receive payments under a program that extends benefits when the jobless rate surpassed a certain threshold, Stettner said.

About 9.5 million people, however, had been relying on the Pandemic Unemployment Assistance program that expired altogether Saturday. That program made unemployment insurance available to freelancers, gig workers and others who were normally not eligible. After receiving their last checks, those recipients would not be able to file for more aid, Stettner said.

While payments could be received retroactively, any gap would mean more hardship and uncertainty for Americans who had already grappled with bureaucratic delays, often depleting much of their savings to stay afloat while waiting for payments to kick in.

They were people like Earl McCarthy, a father of four who lives in South Fulton, Georgia, and had been relying on unemployment since losing his job as a sales representative for a luxury senior living community. He said he would be left with no income by the second week of January if Trump refused to sign the bill.

McCarthy said he already burned through much of his savings as he waited five months to begin receiving about $350 a week in unemployment benefits.  “The entire experience was horrifying," said McCarthy. "I shudder to think if I had not saved anything or had an emergency fund through those five months, where would we have been?”  He added, “It’s going to be difficult if the president doesn’t sign this bill.”

The bill, which was in Florida awaiting Trump's signature, would also activate a weekly $300 federal supplement to unemployment payments.

Sharon Shelton Corpening had been hoping the extra help would allow her 83-year-old mother, with whom she lives, to stop eating into her social security payments to make their $1,138 rent.

Corpening, who lives in the Atlanta area, had launched a freelance content strategy business that was just taking off before the pandemic hit, prompting several of her contracts to fall through. She was receiving about $125 a week under the pandemic unemployment program and says she would be unable to pay her bills in about a month. This, despite her temporary work for the U.S. Census and as an elections poll worker.  “On the brink,” Corpening, who lobbies for Unemployment Action, a project launched by the Center for Popular Democracy to fight for relief, said of her predicament. “One more month, if that. Then, I run out of everything.”

In addition to the unemployment benefits that have already lapsed, Trump's continued refusal to sign the bill would lead to the expiration of eviction protections and put on hold a new round of subsidies for hard-hit businesses, restaurants and theaters, as well as money for cash-starved transit systems and for vaccine distribution.

The relief was also attached to a $1.4 trillion government funding bill to keep the federal government operating through September, which would mean that failing to sign it by Tuesday would trigger a federal shutdown. 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 12-26-20 I 24 News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

IDF hit a key Hamas rocket facility during overnight strike: report

December 26, 2020 12:37 PM

The Israel Defense Forces (IDF] hit a key Hamas military facility during its overnight retaliatory strike on the group's assets in the Gaza Strip. Ynet reported on Saturday. According to the report, one of the targets hit was of special importance to Hamas as it was used by the Gaza-based terrorist group to develop its rocket strike capabilities. Following the attack on the structure, which was located next to the Pepsi Cola factory in Gaza, Hamas sealed the area off, preventing any recordings. It relocated all of the equipment it had managed to recover from the building to a different site in a truck. Overnight, the IDF attacked Hamas targets in the coastal enclave in retaliation for two rockets fired from Gasa into Israel's south, setting offf red alert sirens in the Ashkelon area. Both projectiles were intercepted by the Iron Dome missile defense system. etc. and the news story continues.. 

:: 12-26-20 The Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

IDF spokesperson: Iranian retaliation likely to come from Iraq, Yemen

In an interview given to the Saudi news website Elaph, Brig.-Gen. Hidai Zilberman addressed Iran and the tactics deployed by the IDF in order to address the looming threat.


Israel is monitoring Tehran’s movement in the region and expects that an Iranian attack could come from Iraq and Yemen, IDF Spokesman Brig.-Gen. Hidai Zilberman told the Saudi news website Elaph.

In an interview published on Friday, Zilberman addressed Iran and the tactics deployed by the IDF in order to respond to the threat, which he said is likely to arise from Iraq and Yemen. Zilberman referred to Iraq and Yemen as Iran’s second circle after Lebanon and Syria, considered the first circle in its proxy conflict with Israel, and said that Israel has been monitoring the situation in both countries closely. He noted that Iran has developed a wide range of capabilities in the area – and specifically in Iraq and Yemen – that include advanced drones and remote-guided missiles, which they manage to operate without detection, indicating “a great Iranian ability in this area.”

He stressed that everyone should be on high alert regarding the Iranian threat, which he described as a “powder keg liable to explode,” considering the many blows Iran has received in the past year without being able to properly respond. These include the assassination of Maj.-Gen. Qassem Soleimani, its sites continuously being targeted in Syria, the mysterious explosions in several of its nuclear facilities, the assassination of its top nuclear scientist Mohsen Fakhrizadeh, international sanctions and the novel coronavirus pandemic, which has had a devastating effect on the country.

Nearing the one-year mark since the assassination of Soleimani that took place on January 3, 2020, Zilberman noted that Iran may use the occasion to launch an offensive against Israel or the US, which are considered one entity in Iran’s eyes.

Asked about the incident of an Israeli Navy submarine being spotted crossing the Suez Canal earlier this week, Zilberman said he could not confirm the report but noted that the IDF operates freely in the Middle East and that Israeli submarines sail to “different places, far and near.”

Addressing various unprecedented recent operations attributed to the IDF, Zilberman said he considers 2020 a year of “security par excellence for the State of Israel.”

In this regard, he noted that the Jewish state has proven its ability to carry out targeted and smart operations, considering that the IDF has led more operations in the past year than usual and has received close to no response.

He added that Israel has no intention of stopping its efforts of preventing Iran from taking hold of areas in Syria and Lebanon, indicating that the extended array of anti-aircraft systems deployed in Syria is no obstacle for the IDF.

Asked about Israel’s involvement in Lebanon and the recent rising tension with Hezbollah, Zilberman avoided giving a direct answer but said that Israel knows about the current efforts being undertaken by Hezbollah and will know how to neutralize any weapon or technology of the terrorist group – by military means or otherwise.

Regarding recent cyberattacks carried out against Israel by Iranian hacker groups, Zilberman admitted that Iranian efforts on this front have increased and have succeeded somewhat – explaining that the Iranian hackers usually target civilian companies that work with the military – but stressed that the damage was insignificant. He did, however, hint at the possibility that 2021 will see even more attacks of this kind, as cyberattack warfare replaces the modern battlefield.

“Any calculations known to us today could change for an unknown reason,” Zilberman told Elaph when asked about a looming war, adding that the current echelon leading the IDF is innovative in its thinking about the future and its unknown threats, and is working hard to ensure that Israel will always be prepared.

On Monday, IDF Chief of Staff Lt.-Gen. Aviv Kochavi addressed the Iranian threat during a ceremony for exemplary soldiers, saying that Iran will pay a heavy price if any Israeli is targeted.

“We are hearing more and more threats against Israel coming from Iran,” he said. “If Iran and its partners... attack the State of Israel, they will [pay] a heavy price... I am simplifying things and describing the situation to our enemies as it is,” he added. “Our retaliation plans are prepared, and they have been practiced.” 

:: 12-24-20 The Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

New UK COVID-19 strain may just be 'tip of the iceberg'

Ben-Gurion University professor tells 'Post' that mutation unlikely to immediately impact effectiveness of the vaccine.


British Prime Minister Boris Johnson announced on Saturday that due to the emergence of a new, fast spreading variant of the novel coronavirus, the country's Christmas plans would have to be canceled, imposing an effective lockdown on more than 16 million people.

Johnson said that the new strain was up to 70% more transmissible than the original virus, leading him to rethink Britain's planned easing of restrictions for the holiday.

Prof. Jacob Moran-Gilad, a medical specialist in clinical microbiology and public health from Ben-Gurion University’s School of Public Health, and a member of Israel’s Pandemic Management Team, spoke with The Jerusalem Post on Sunday, saying that while coronavirus mutations are relatively commonplace, the new mutation in the UK may be “just the tip of the iceberg.”

“While it has not yet been definitively proven that the strain is more infectious,” Moran-Gilan said, “the numbers Johnson presented on Saturday were a projection, based on data that shows a recent rise in infections in areas where this specific mutation was found.”

Mutations in viruses are nothing new, neither are they new to COVID-19,” he said. He said that there are currently more than 1,000 known mutations to the novel coronavirus that was first found in Wuhan, most of which are inconsequential.

Both the new UK variant, and a Danish variant which recently resulted in a mass-culling of minks in the country, made changes to the virus’s spike protein, though Moran-Gilad said the two are otherwise unrelated.

Mutations that are related to the spike protein can affect the dynamics of the disease, seeing as it is a deciding factor in the infection process. For example, the mutation might affect the ways in which the virus connects with cells in the respiratory system,” Moran-Gilan said, emphasizing that this looks like the most probable negative consequence that could arise from the new UK strain. “That’s what doctors in England are currently most worried about. It has not yet been proven, but there is circumstantial evidence that suggests that might be the case,” he said.

A consequence of the new strain that would be less likely, according to Moran-Gilad, is a decrease in the amount of cases tests will be able to reveal.

“While the spike protein is used in diagnostic screening, testing and genome sequencing for the novel coronavirus has advanced greatly,” he told the Post. “Since every lab test looks for several target areas within the virus capable of detection, a mutation in a single protein is unlikely to lead to underdiagnosis.”

While the new mutation could potentially affect the effectiveness of a vaccine, COVID-19’s rate of mutation (around one mutation every two weeks, according to Moran-Gilad) indicates that a process like this would likely take years.

There are new mutations to this virus all the time, most of them are inconsequential,” Moran-Gilad said. “There’s no reason to think that a specific mutation means we all wake up in the morning and suddenly see the vaccine doesn’t work. It’s not an all-or-nothing effect, and there is currently no indication that this specific mutation harms the vaccine’s effectiveness in any way.”

Our immune system creates a wide range of antibodies to this virus, it’s not just one type of antibody. Therefore, even if there is a mutation which would potentially affect the vaccine’s effectiveness, it wouldn’t have a dramatic effect,” he added.

“The British are currently the world leaders in their rate of genetic sequencing for COVID-19 patient samples. That’s why they’re the ones that find these things. It’s very likely that what we are seeing in Britain is just the tip of the iceberg. There are most likely a lot of mutations we don’t yet know about because most of the world doesn’t consistently survey and track the mutation,” he said.

“We place the focus on Britain, because that’s where the reports are coming from, but this is probably a universal issue,” Moran-Gilad said. 

[ :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
Matthew 24:3 And as he sat upon the mount of Olives, the disciples came unto him privately, saying, Tell us, when shall these things be? and what shall be the sign of thy coming, and of the end of the world?
Verse 7 For nation shall rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom: and there shall be famines, and pestilences, and earthquakes, in divers places. (KJV)

[ :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
Luke 21:7 And they asked him, saying, Master, but when shall these things be? and what sign will there be when these things shall come to pass?
Luke 21:10 Then said he unto them, Nation shall rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom:
11 And great earthquakes shall be in divers places, and famines, and pestilences; and fearful sights and great signs shall there be from heaven. (KJV)
:: 12-27-20 BGR :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

‘Super Gonorrhea’ is spreading like wildfire thanks to COVID-19

By Mike Wehner @MikeWehner  December 23rd, 2020 at 5:47 PM

Overuse of antibiotics during the coronavirus pandemic has resulted in the more rapid spread of a type of antibiotic-resistant gonorrhea.

This so-called ‘Super Gonorrhea’ does not respond to the normal first-line treatments, making it particularly dangerous and uncomfortable for those afflicted.

Doctors and medical experts have long warned of the possibility that “superbugs” that are antibiotic-resistant could become more commonplace, and this is one example of such a thing happening.

2020 hasn’t been kind to anyone, but it’s almost over. Unfortunately, if you find yourself with a case of “Super Gonnorhea” you might feel the effects of this terrible year for an extended period of time. Doctors are now warning of the increasing spread of the antibiotic-resistant strain of STI, and they’re blaming the coronavirus pandemic for helping it gain momentum. According to a report from The Sun, the problem has gotten so bad that the World Health Organization has taken notice. The issue is that as the coronavirus pandemic was ongoing, many clinics and hospitals used antibiotics in the treatment of patients and to prevent the cross-infection of hospitalized individuals. That overuse of antibiotics has given a boost to antibiotic-resistant gonorrhea, according to WHO. Antibiotics are great. They have saved countless lives and provided mankind with the incredible power to rid ourselves of problematic microbes. Unfortunately, as the decades began to pile up, the very microorganisms we fought using antibiotics began to find ways around them. Now, several types of antibiotic-resistant bacteria are known to exist, and these “superbugs” require more complex treatment that sometimes includes multiple antibiotics or newer versions of drugs that are not yet compromised.

In the case of gonorrhea, the bacterium that causes the infection has, over time, adapted to common first-line treatments. In particular, the new “super” strain of the infection doesn’t respond to treatment with azithromycin, which has long been the go-to medication option.

Overuse of antibiotics in the community can fuel the emergence of antimicrobial resistance in gonorrhoea,” a WHO spokesperson told The Sun. “Azithromycin – a common antibiotic for treating respiratory infections – was used for Covid-19 treatment earlier in the epidemic.”

“During the pandemic, STI services have also been disrupted. This means more STI cases are not diagnosed properly with more people self-medicating as a result. Such a situation can fuel emergence of resistance in gonorrhea including gonorrhea superbug (super gonorrhoea) or gonorrhoea with high level resistance to current antibiotics recommended to treat it.” The worst part is that the number of people reporting a new gonorrhea infection is growing year-over-year, to the tune of about 17%. That means more and more people are getting the infection, and the antibiotic-resistant strain of the bacteria has an even larger population of people to further its adaptation to medications and other treatments. Be safe out there. 

[ :: 3-6-05 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. I have talked about the EU and how they have grown in power and shall grow to more power. I have talked to you about China and yet America embraces China their enemy and they build them up that later China shall come against many and destroy many because of the finances you have provided for them. That was not my wisdom, that was not my knowledge. It was not my wisdom nor my knowledge when you gave your secrets to a country that worships a false god and they have sold them to other countries and become superior. Oh how foolish man is. etc..

:: 12--20 Just the News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Facebook fact-checker struck deal with Communist China-linked social media company

Outlet is providing consultation services to TikTok, company owned by CCP-affiliated ByteDance fact-checking outlet for Facebook is defending its business relationship with an app company linked to the Chinese Communist Party, an arrangement that has raised some controversy in recent weeks amid elevated activity by fact-checkers across social media platforms.

Lead Stories, which Facebook has contracted as a fact-checker since February 2019, is also involved in consultation work with TikTok, a social media company which allows users to share quick video clips among each other on its app-based platform.

TikTok is owned by ByteDance, a tech company headquartered in Beijing that has been the subject of considerable media attention due to its links with the Chinese Communist Party. Like a great many China-based corporations, ByteDance is overseen in part by an internal committee of communist representatives; it also reportedly maintains a professional partnership with the Chinese government's security bureau.

At least five dozen managers at ByteDance are reportedly on the communist committee there. The company's CEO, Zhang Yiming, has "publicly affirmed that ByteDance is a mouthpiece for the CCP in that it is committed to promoting the CCP’s agenda and messaging," the U.S. Justice Department said in a filing earlier this year.

'More of a consultation process'

Alan Duke, the co-founder and editor-in-chief of Lead Stories, defended his firm's work with TikTok, which started several months ago. Lead Stories, Duke told Just the News, is "not actually fact checking for TikTok." Rather, his group is providing "more of a consultation process where we help the company understand the misinformation that may be spreading on their platform."

Duke said Lead Stories was contacted by TikTok in February and that it signed an initial short-term agreement in June. The arrangement is new enough, he said, that "we have not yet seen any revenues yet."

"Any new contract requires time to set up processes from scratch," he said. "It takes time to hire staffers, etc. It also takes time to invoice and receive payment."

He claimed that receipts from Lead Stories's partnership with TikTok are "anticipated to be a low percentage of our total revenues," and that the company would "post the amount on our website afterward just like we have for Facebook." Asked about concerns about TikTok's relatively close proximity to the Chinese Communist Party via ByteDance, Duke denied any conflict.

"ByteDance does not give Lead Stories any guidance on what to fact check or what conclusions to reach," he said. "Lead Stories has no association with the Chinese Communist Party. Any claim otherwise is itself disinformation."

ByteDance over the summer was the subject of considerable scrutiny from the U.S. government. The Trump administration had taken actions to ban TikTok from the U.S. over security concerns stemming from ByteDance's potential communist liabilities. As of December, TikTok was still in negotiations with both potential corporate partners and the U.S. to avoid a ban or limitation on its services in this country.

A report in the Guardian from September 2019 claimed that internal company documents directed TikTok staffers to "censor videos that mention Tiananmen Square, Tibetan independence, or the banned religious group Falun Gong," all sources of consternation for China's ruling communist elite.

The Australian Strategic Policy Institute's International Cyber Policy Center, meanwhile, claimed in a report that the company "collaborates with public security bureaus across China, including in Xinjiang where it plays an active role in disseminating the party-state’s propaganda on Xinjiang." Xinjiang is the region of China in which state authorities have imprisoned ethnic Uyghurs in re-education camps. 

[ :: 12-31-11 / 1-1-12 New Years Eve Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. Have you read my word, do you know that Ezekiel thirty eight and thirty nine is knocking on the door, as a matter of fact, its got a battering-ram and it is knocking the door down, but you are not aware of that.  Are you aware of how they are removing the Bible, are you aware of how they are fighting Christians, are you aware of the countries that are killing every Christian that is there?  And then you think I can delay another five years or another ten years.  Have you not read in my word where they are laying under my altar and they are crying out, how much longer, how much longer?  Oh what a sad state the world is in. etc.

[ :: 11-3-13 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc.  for the world hates the Christians more now than at anytime in history.  Even during the days Jesus walked on earth, it is much worse now and it is not going to get better because those that don’t believe the truth are going to come against you like never before because they don’t want you to know the truth etc.

:: 12-20-20 I Am Not Ashamed Of The Gospel Of Christ :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :

News/Prophecy From A Christian Perspective

Democrats Draft Proposal To Strip Religious Liberty

By C. J. Refsland on December 20, 2020

We are living in a time unlike any in modern times. It’s surreal to see our country fall. Our government is broken. I have never been more disturbed or concerned than I am tonight. I knew and have been loudly warning about the takeover of not only America but the world by a system that resembles communism, a beast. Our own democrat party has morphed into communism right before our very eyes. Skimming right over socialism and shift changing to communism. Not hyperbole or conspiracy it’s truth. Unbridled truth.

President Trump worked very hard to restore our religious freedoms. He involved prayers in the name of Christ, he supported defunding planned parenthood, he appointed conservative christian judges, he did more for Christians than any other President. He did more for Israel than any other President. So it shouldn’t really be a surprise that the socialist democrat party is already starting to rip our religious Liberty away. I believe this election was played and stolen for nefarious reasons. Even Franklin Graham says that. Why? For the New World order.

Every communist despotic government in history has persecuted religion from the Jewish religion to Christianity. And even some sects of Islam. I have been very vocal about the clash and differences of Islam and Christianity. But what China is doing to the Uighar Muslim population is bordering on genocide and ethnic cleansing. And no one condemns it but us.

In China churches are demolished on a regular basis. Only those the CCP approves of remain.

Well here in America the socialist/communist party is beginning the crushing of religion and pushing for a government approved secular blend with paled watered down Christianity.

According to a recent report by just the news, “The Secular Democrats of America PAC prepared a report for Joe Biden and his transition team that outlines a roadmap to “boldly restore a vision of constitutional secularism and respect in the land for religious and intellectual pluralism.”

Sound harmless? No. They aim to make it illegal for businesses such as a baker that refuses to make a cake for a homosexual wedding. Calling it a hate crime. From now on it will be illegal if they have their way.

“In the document, the group argues that Trump has “empowered the religious right in ways no other administration has before, making significant advances in enacting their Christian nationalist agenda.” (More) I encourage you to read the whole report.

They even say the rise of Christian Nationalism is a national security risk. They want to de-radicalize us. It’s this that troubles me and should trouble everyone especially Christians. We have watched the watering down secularization of many churches in recent years.

The takeover of America this year by socialist /communists is the last straw in the brick for the great reset.

China has invaded every aspect of our life and country.

Even the green new deal is against God. It worships the created rather than the creator.

It’s time to wake up. I will not denounce my faith, I will not denounce my Lord, I will not stop telling the Gospel. I will not stop warning there is only one way to the Father and that is through Christ. Prepare because it’s here. Take a stand, stand firm and speak loudly. Email, call and share with your representatives do not let up until they listen. And pray! I don’t know how long we will be able to speak but I will continue and hold the line until God calls me home. Paul gave us this at a time when persecution of Christians took the lives of the Saints. We can not give up!

Another article: Citing rise of ‘Christian nationalism,’ Secular Democrats unveil sweeping recommendations

Romans 8:38-39

For I am persuaded, that neither death, nor life, nor angels, nor principalities, nor powers, nor things present, nor things to come,

39 Nor height, nor depth, nor any other creature, shall be able to separate us from the love of God, which is in Christ Jesus our Lord. 

:: 12-23-20 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

SpaceX aims to build a Starlink mega constellation around MARS to provide internet to the one million people the firm will send to colonize the Red Planet

SpaceX revealed plans to bring its Starlink satellites to Mars

The firm wants to provide internet to those who colonize the Red Planet

The satellites would act as a communication bridge between Mars and Earth

CEO Elon Musk has plans to send one million people to Mars by 2025

By Stacy Liberatore For

Published: 18:05 EST, 23 October 2020 | Updated: 18:21 EST, 23 October 2020

Elon Musk has an ambitious plan to build a city of one million people on Mars and believes SpaceX’s Starlink satellites will play a key role in the mission.

The company’s president and COO Gwynee Shotwell recently shared details with TIMEmagazine about bringing this technology to the Red Planet.

Once we take people to Mars, they are going to need a capability to communicate,’ says Shotwell.

‘In fact, I think it will be even more critical to have a constellation like Starlink around Mars.’

Not only will the satellites beam internet to those living on Mars, but the team will act as a bridge for the planet to communicate with Earth. Although SpaceX has its sights set on Mars, Shotwell said they are not giving up one Earth – it is to give ‘humanity another shot in case there were to be some horrible event’ on our planet. ‘Elon founded this company with the entire purpose of building a space transportation capability that would allow humans to move to other planets,’ Shotwell says in the interview.

‘I remember when I was interviewing with Elon in 2002 and he had such an ambitious goal, it sounded absolutely insane at the time.’ ‘Now almost 20 years later, it doesn’t actually sound that insane. Well at least not to the insiders.’

Musk has had his heart set on colonizing Mars for many years and is not shy about how he plans to make it happen. This past January, he was aiming to put a million people on the Red Planet by 2050. He planned for three flights a day - or 1,000 flights a year - with 100 people on each one.

And in 2017, the tech tycoon had the idea to send two cargo ships to Mars in 2022, followed by four other vessels - two with cargo and two with human settlers in 2024.

‘I want you to understand that we are not giving up on Earth when we talk about building capability to move humanity to other planets,’ Shotwell explains in the interview.

‘It’s not giving up on Earth, it’s actually just giving humanity another shot in case there were to be some horrible event.’

Along with Starlink, SpaceX’s Starship rocket is also a key player in humans becoming an inter-planetary species. Musk shared the craft’s progress during the virtual Humans to Mars Summit last month, saying the rocket 'is making progresses,' but also raised concerns about building a base on the planet.

Musk suggested constructing a self-sustaining city will be 'difficult' and there will be a number of dangers settlers may face while developing the galactic civilization.

'I want to emphasize, this is a very hard and dangerous and difficult thing,' Musk said. 'Not for the faint of heart. Good chance you'll die. And it's going to be tough, tough going, but it'll be pretty glorious if it works out.'

Although Musk has painted a picture of humans on Mars, he has stated in the past that he himself may never make it due to SpaceX’s lack of progress.

'We've got to improve our rate of innovation or, based on past trends, I am definitely going to be dead before Mars,' Musk said during a discussion in March. ELON MUSK'S SPACEX SET TO BRING BROADBAND INTERNET TO THE WORLD WITH ITS STARLINK CONSTELLATION OF SATELLITES

Elon Musk's SpaceX has launched the fifth batch of its 'Starlink' space internet satellites - taking the total to 300.

They form a constellation of thousands of satellites, designed to provide low-cost broadband internet service from low Earth orbit.

The constellation, informally known as Starlink, and under development at SpaceX's facilities in Redmond, Washington.

Its goal is to beam superfast internet into your home from space.

While satellite internet has been around for a while, it has suffered from high latency and unreliable connections.

Starlink is different. SpaceX says putting a 'constellation' of satellites in low earth orbit would provide high-speed, cable-like internet all over the world.

The billionaire's company wants to create the global system to help it generate more cash.

Musk has previously said the venture could give three billion people who currently do not have access to the internet a cheap way of getting online.

It could also help fund a future city on Mars.

Helping humanity reach the red planet is one of Musk's long-stated aims and was what inspired him to start SpaceX.

The company recently filed plans with the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) to launch 4,425 satellites into orbit above the Earth - three times as many that are currently in operation.

'Once fully deployed, the SpaceX system will pass over virtually all parts of the Earth's surface and therefore, in principle, have the ability to provide ubiquitous global service,' the firm said.

'Every point on the Earth's surface will see, at all times, a SpaceX satellite.'

The network will provide internet access to the US and the rest of the world, it added.

It is expected to take more than five years and $9.8 billion (£7.1bn) of investment, although satellite internet has proved an expensive market in the past and analysts expect the final bill will be higher. Musk compared the project to 'rebuilding the internet in space', as it would reduce reliance on the existing network of undersea fibre-optic cables which criss-cross the planet.

In the US, the FCC welcomed the scheme as a way to provide internet connections to more people. 

:: 12--20 The Post Millennial  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Tulsi Gabbard introduces bill to fund small businesses forced to close using profits from big corporations

Tulsi Gabbard introduced legislation on Friday that would redirect excess profits from corporations that were allowed to remain open during the coronavirus crisis to small businesses that have been forced to close due to economic shutdowns.

As the big tech tyrants tighten their grip, join us for more free speech at Parler—the anti-censorship social media platform.

Representative Tulsi Gabbard (D-HI) introduced legislation on Friday that would redirect excess profits from corporations that were allowed to remain open during the coronavirus crisis to small businesses that have been forced to close due to economic shutdowns.

HR 1267, otherwise known as The Pandemic Crisis Excess Profits Tax, would add a 95 percent tax on corporations’ excess profits. This would be calculated by subtracting their 2020 gross earnings from their average gross earnings from 2016 to 2019, before the coronavirus. Gabbard claims that this would ensure that corporations such as Amazon, Walmart, Zoom and others, are not profiting off economic shutdowns that have helped clear the market of their competition. Gabbard said in a statement that “Big tech corporations and big-box retailers are among those who have made excessive profits during the COVID-19 pandemic, while mom and pop shops are being forced to close their doors due to government-mandated restrictions.”

The corporations’ excess profits would be redirected to struggling small businesses that have been forced to close their doors due to economic shutdowns. Similar legislation was first adopted during World War I then again during World War II to prevent corporations from profiting off the wars. Gabbard added: “…these large corporations will be better positioned with a competitive advantage over small businesses in a post-pandemic economy. Congress must reinstate the WWII-era excess profit tax used at that time to prevent war-time profiteering, and dedicate the funds collected to helping small businesses recover.”

Small businesses are the backbone of our economy and have borne the brunt of this crisis,” Gabbard continued. “We need to support our small businesses and make sure that they are able to thrive and compete.”

While an exact number is not yet known, some estimate that over 315,000 small businesses across the United States have closed between February and September of this year, due to forced shutdowns imposed by politicians.

Meanwhile, some of the country’s biggest corporations which were allowed to remain open, have made enormous profits over the last year, as have their executives.

Amazon CEO Jeff Bezos increased his wealth by almost $72.5 billion this year. Big box retailers like Target, Home Depot, and Walmart have seen their profits skyrocket and have been allowed to remain open through the crisis, as their small business competition has been forced to shut down and go out of business. 

:: 12-21-20 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Baby elephant WALKS AWAY after being saved with CPR when it was hit by a motorbike in Thailand

Video footage captures moment paramedics performed CPR on the baby jumbo

The one-month-old elephant was knocked to the ground after a motorcyclist crashed into it in Chanthaburi province in Thailand

The elephant finally regained its strength and was reunited with its mother whilst motorist Anan Cherdsoongnern was rushed to hospital

By Rachael Bunyan For Mailonline

Published: 07:46 EST, 21 December 2020 | Updated: 10:28 EST, 21 December 2020

This is the dramatic moment paramedics performed CPR on a baby elephant after it was hit by a motorbike in Thailand.

The one-month-old jumbo was knocked to the ground and crying in pain after a motorcyclist crashed into it in Chanthaburi province on Saturday.

The elephant was injured while the motorist, Anan Cherdsoongnern, 53, was flung through the air and hit the ground some 20 feet away. The baby elephant was lying on its side while crying loudly. Staff at the nearby Forest Fire Control office heard the elephant's cries and rushed to the scene.

As the animal was starting to lose consciousness and had a faint pulse, one of the volunteers began performing a CPR on the youngster.

Its pulse slowly returned, but it still could not stand up properly while paramedics called to the scene carried the injured motorcyclist on a stretcher. The baby elephant was seen able to stand after a few minutes but it still could not walk properly.

The youngster later regained its strength after being moved by the volunteers in a truck to a quiet location across the roadside in the hope its mother would find it.

The mother elephant emerged from the forest at the roadside and went straight to the injured jumbo. She then ushered it back into the forest with her. One of the rescue team, Lek, said: 'We gave the elephant first aid and then one of my colleagues had to perform CPR.

'It was such a nerve-wracking moment. I'm glad the baby survived its injuries and is together with its mother now.'

The paramedics let the mother take its baby and waited for them to leave while treating the injured motorcycle rider. He is now in hospital recovering from his injuries.

Lek added: ''It was dark when the crash happened. We think the young elephant was scared by something and ran into the road, but we will wait until the injured man is recovered to ask him exactly how it happened.' 

:: 12-20-20 The Epoch Times :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trump Is Ill-Served by Advisers Pushing Him to Concede, Former Overstock CEO Says

By Ivan Pentchoukov  December 20, 2020 Updated: December 20, 2020

President Donald Trump’s adviserswant him to lose” the election “and are lying to him,” according to Patrick Byrne, the former CEO who says he was part of a lengthy White House meeting on Dec. 18.

Trump is lied to by his own advisers, who tell staff ‘get the president to concede’ while they stall Trump,” Byrne wrote on Twitter on Dec. 20.

Byrne specifically pointed to White House Chief of Staff Mark Meadows, General Counsel Pat Cipollone, and a pair of attorneys who he referred to by their first names, Eric and Derek. The White House didn’t respond to a request for comment by press time.

“I can promise you: President Trump is being terribly served by his advisers,” Byrne said, “They want him to lose and are lying to him. He is [surrounded] by mendacious mediocrities.”

Trump has not conceded the 2020 election, which he believes was stolen. His legal team and third parties like Powell are pursuing legal challenges in six states, including several cases pending in the U.S. Supreme Court. The president’s legal team has also pushed state legislatures to assert their constitutional power to name electors.

Byrne’s messages appeared to be a reaction to media reports that the president discussed declaring martial law during the meeting on Dec. 18. Byrne said the claims were “100% false.” Attorney Sidney Powell, who was also present at the meeting, likewise disputed the claims.

“People saying that, including those around him, are liars,” Powell wrote on Twitter on Dec. 20.

Byrne wrote: “It is 100% winnable. No martial law required. Sydney and [Lt. Gen. Michael] Flynn presented a course that I estimate has 50% – 75% chance of victory. His staff just try to convince him to do nothing but accept it. As a CEO, my heart broke to see what he is going through. He is betrayed from within.”

Byrne said he spent 4 1/2 hours at the White House. Media reports also cited anonymous sources claiming that during the meeting, the president discussed the potential of appointing Powell as a special prosecutor to investigate election fraud. Powell didn’t respond to a request for comment by press time.

Byrne said the president “wants to fight on.” Those opposing Trump’s plans are concerned with how such moves may be perceived in the media, according to Byrne.

Meadows and legal staff led by GC Cippolone reflexively shoot down every sober discussion or idea presented. Their frame of mind is automatic: ‘We better not try that, it may not work, it would hurt your reputation in the press,’” Byrne wrote. “No kidding, they say stuff like that.

They are bending over backwards to come up with reasons to tell him he can’t do anything. He needs to fire them all or he loses.

“He truly [believes] he won and he truly did win. I did not vote for him, but I don’t want to see our country hijacked in a psyop.”

Follow Ivan on Twitter: @ivanpentchoukov 

[ :: 12-1-13 am service (first word) :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. I have told you to have enough food, generator for three months, how long, for three months. Not three years, not six years, not seven years. Man says many things, but it does not line up with my word, but I shall be giving unto you my word that you may know, you must prepare now, you must get your house in order now, these things, these things are important. etc..

[ :: 4-22-16 pm service  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. For truly blood shall flow in the streets and things will be very bad in that sense and in the weather also that you have already seen a change in like I have said you would see.  Drought shall affect very many places and food shall be scarce, but I have given unto you my word and my promise that I will take you through these days victoriously. etc

:: 12-21-20 Survival Dan 101 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Starvation as the Final Imprisonment of Humanity Is Right Around The Corner


Mass starvation has throughout history been miscategorized as a natural phenomenon or an unfortunate side-effect of conflict and political oppression. The numbers and names of the victims fade into the background, blurred traces of the horrors of history. The same thing is applied today when starvation is being enforced in the name of political oppression and hidden by the COVID facade designed for the coming events. The powers that be need the masses under control, they need people to comply and get the vaccine that will eventually lead to many other problems that we will debate in another article.

In this article, we introduce the term ‘starvation crimes’ to capture how these separately criminalized acts, when perpetrated over a long duration, can create mass starvation. Implicit in ‘starvation crimes’ is that starvation is produced by leaders’ decisions and serves political, military, or economic goals.

Starvation is both an outcome and a process. As an outcome, starvation means deprivation of food unto death and is very rare even during famines, where the proximate cause of death is usually infectious disease. It takes about two months for a formerly healthy human adult to die from food deprivation alone, during which time the body and mind slowly cease functioning. In this article, we refer to starvation in the transitive sense: a process of deprivation that occurs when actors impede the capacity of targeted persons to access the means of sustaining life. Our concern is with mass starvation: when groups of people (communities, nations, classes, populations) are deprived.

The four key features of starvation.

First, many different actions qualify as acts of starvation. Depriving people of their ability to obtain food is the central component, which includes not only denying or destroying objects such as food stores but also preventing or obstructing activities such as working, trading, and foraging. Other deprivations are also relevant, including:

degrading public health, such as disrupting access to clean water forcing people to congregate in unhealthy conditions, and destroying health facilities degrading habitation and shelter, and reducing the means and capacities for mothers to care for young children tearing apart the social fabric, compelling people to violate norms and taboos, and turn against one another.

A crucial factor of mass starvation is time. While famine or starvation crimes may emerge from conditions for which culpability is relatively easy to deny, the long duration of maintaining the policies that create these conditions undermines claims of innocence. In most of the ‘uses’ of mass starvation documented by historians, deprivation was imposed on thousands of people over multiple years. In no case were those maintaining the conditions ignorant of the impact their decisions had on entire civilian populations. Yet they chose to continue, and in some cases, deepen the crisis that they themselves had created. Does COVID-19 ring a bell? What about the vaccine that they developed in such a short time when more than 55% of the world’s conditions have no cure so far? 

The Purposes of Starvation

Controlling a Population: ‘War Assumes an Aspect that May Shock the Humanitarian’

When a perpetrator’s primary interest is in reducing the capacity of a group to resist its policies, there may be only a thin line of interpretation separating an intended goal of killing through starvation, from the lack of concern about how many people die as a result of policies intended to control a population. A common context is counter-insurgency.

Flushing Out a Population: ‘If You Join Us, We Will Feed You. If Not, We Will Kill You’

Deprivation can be used to flush a population out of a remote area into perpetrator control. This section presents cases where the primary goal was population-centric: starvation to bring a population under control.

Throughout history, all the above happen so many times that I could fill out pages upon pages with examples, and I am pretty sure everyone knows at least two of these examples without being a historian. What most people fail to see and understand, is there there are plans, globally, for a second wave and subsequently, humanity will be locked down again. However, this lockdown will consist of widespread brutality. The enforcement will be a global version of the Gestapo.

As Dave Hodges from The Common Sense Show wrote in an article a couple of months ago:


Hitler’s use of what psychologists refer to as classical conditioning techniques reduced the will of the German population to a pack of Pavlovian dogs who were conditioned to be totally dependent upon the government for their survival.”

The wannabe President-elect Joseph R. Biden made no secret of the speed with which he plans to bury “America First” as a guiding principle of the nation’s foreign policy.

Obama has given himself control over all resources through Executive Order 13603. I am certain that we will soon see anti-hoarding policies created out of thin air by DHS and FEMA which will basically outlaw all prepping. In the short-term, every American who intends on surviving what is coming needs to be prepared, and to be prepared means starting RIGHT NOW!

Would you care to guess what America’s New World Order is working on now? Any questions about what is about to happen next? 

[ :: 12-31-09/1-1-10 New Years Eve Service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For the disasters that shall take place are many, the flooding shall be far greater than in times past, the mudslides far greater than in times past, the earthquakes shall be more numerous and far greater than in times past. The tornadoes, oh the savageness of the tornadoes that shall rip across the land, the straight winds, the hurricanes, the forest fires, the volcanoes shall erupt, the rising of the sea level that will be marked not in inches but in feet. etc.. 

[ ::  12-31-18/1-1-19 New Years Eve service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc hour is getting very close.  The earthquakes shall now get bigger, far bigger, far bigger, more powerful, the tornadoes and the hurricanes, oh you will see storms like the world has not seen, volcanoes like the world does not remember. Oh the things that are about to take place simply because it is my timing, etc

:: 12-21-20 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Eruption Reported At Hawaii's Kilauea Volcano

by Tyler Durden Monday, Dec 21, 2020 - 6:38

The U.S. Geological Survey said an eruption that started Sunday night at the Kilauea volcano on Hawaii's Big Island is unleashing plumes of smoke into the air with concerns about ashfall.

The National Weather Service in Honolulu warned residents in surrounding communities about excessive exposure to ash could result in eye and respiratory issues. The Hawaiian Volcano Observatory (HVO) posted an update on its website calling the situation "rapidly evolving" and said communities around Kilauea's summit and rift zones to "be prepared." Pictures and videos of the eruption have been uploaded to social media, showing "the western rim of Kīlauea Caldera. Lava is erupting from a fissure in the NW wall of Halemaʻumaʻu crater and cascading into the deepest part of the crater, which had been occupied by a water lake (now replaced with a growing lava lake)," tweeted USGS Volcanoes. According to KITV4 Island News, an earthquake was reported at the start of the eruption. Here are the first images of the eruption, courtesy of EpicLava. "We have an amazing eruption going on right now," said one person near the volcano. This is Kilauea's first major eruption in two years. The last time Kilauea erupted, all hell broke out (see: here & here). 

[ :: 11-13-16 am service  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

As you can clearly see the evil in the world is almost fifty-fifty, my word has shown you that before, so that should not be a surprise.  For I have said that two shall be standing in the field and one shall go and one shall remain, that is fifty-fifty, and it has got to that place, that also means that the end is very, very near.  So you will still have half of the world that desires to do evil and half of the world that desires to do good, but only about thirty percent are true Christians. etc.

[ :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::] 

John 15:20 Remember the word that I said unto you, The servant is not greater than his lord. If they have persecuted me, they will also persecute you; if they have kept my saying, they will keep yours also. (KJV)

Luke 21:17 And ye shall be hated of all men for my name's sake. (KJV) 

[ :: 10-19-08 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. You shall be hated by the world, the world shall be against you, etc.

John 15:18 If the world hate you, ye know that it hated me before it hated you. (KJV)

:: 12-21-20 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

American Family Association Reportedly Banned From Credit Card Processor Over Religious Views

by National File  December 21st 2020, 2:25 am

Just days after Stripe inked a deal with Goldman Sachs

A conservative Christian group critical of homosexuality reported Tuesday that they were banned from a credit card processor over their religious views.

From LifeSiteNews, “Credit card company blacklists American Family Association from donation processing”:

The socially-conservative American Family Association (AFA) was recently forced to change credit card companies after one cut off service apparently over the group’s pro-life, pro-family views.

AFA president Tim Wildmon wrote Tuesday that the unidentified company AFA was using to process donations stopped doing so “without warning — overnight — the first week of December.”

Wildmon added that AFA is pursuing legal recourse for religious discrimination, but in the meantime has found a different credit card company; “however, the company that dropped us refuses to release the personal and credit card information to the new processing company.”

Later this week, Wildmon followed up with an update that “after several communications from our attorney – and after the prayers of many believers – the processing company has finally agreed to transfer the necessary personal and credit card information.”

It’s only taken about two years for credit card processors to go from banning “far right” political figures to banning Christians for preaching from the Bible.

The immigration restrictionist website VDARE was banned from the payment processor Stripe a little over one week agojust days after Stripe inked a deal with Goldman Sachs. 

[ :: 8-28-16 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Babylon destroyed in twenty-four hours, and you shall see the other earthquake on the west coast, you shall see the one in the middle and that shall come unto you soon, just as soon as they divide my land again, saith your Father God, you shall see that.  For it is that hour and it is that time and it shall come to pass, etc.

:: 12-10-20 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

What are the most dangerous fault lines for Seattle? And when are they going to erupt?

By Strange Sounds - Mar 10, 2020

The western half of Washington state is considered earthquake country, with the potential for very large quakes.

Discover in this article the most dangerous earthquake zones for Seattle and its area: The Cascadia Subduction Zone, the Seattle Fault and the South Whidbey Island Fault

The below map shows that Seattle and its surroundings is constantly being rattled by small earthquakes and tremors. On Dec. 15th, a small swarm even hit near Bremerton, a few miles away from downtown. While the intensity of this seismic event has now decreased, a big earthquake is overdue in the region. So I think it is worth your time to learn more about the biggest seismic risks and major fault lines criss-crossing this part of the Pacific Northwest, namely: The Cascadia Subduction Zone running roughly parallel to the Pacific Coast from northern California past the northern tip of Canada’s Vancouver Island.

The Seattle Fault, which runs east to west just south of downtown Seattle. It ends up near the Cascade Mountains and west onto the Olympic Peninsula.

The South Whidbey Island Fault running from northwest to southeast of the southern tip of the island. Now let’s visit the 3 most dangerous earthquake faults for Seattle one by one:

1. Cascadia Subduction Zone

The Cascadia Subduction Zone is a giant fault running from Cape Mendocino, Calif. past Oregon and Washington and doesn’t end until it’s north of Vancouver Island in Canada.

You saw its potential in the 9.1 magnitude Tohuku earthquake and tsunami that hit northeastern Japan in March 2011. Tohoku killed nearly 16,000 people; most died as a result of drowning or being crushed in the tsunami.

Because Japan was so well prepared, most retrofitted buildings outside of the tsunami zone survived. This part of the Japanese coast had not seen this type of seismic rupture in some 800 years, and what failed was that walls built to keep tsunami waves were not high enough. In Washington, we do not have tsunami walls. Along the coast residents may have between 20 and 30 minutes to get to higher ground.

The Westport area is now the first in North America to have a community vertical evacuation structure, a building strong enough to resist earthquake and tsunami wave forces and give people a platform above the expected wave heights. That place is the Ocosta School.

But the Cascadia Subduction Zone isn’t just a fault; it’s an overlapping joint between tectonic plates, parts of the Earth’s crust that float on layers of molten rock.

There’s a reason the lands around the Pacific Ocean are called the “Ring of Fire.” The earthquakes, tsunamis, and the proximity of volcanos are all part of the same system. The coast is now the home of one of the state’s largest network of warning sirens called All Hazard Alert Broadcast (AHABs). But Forson says you also need to know what to do when the shaking happens.

There are also tsunami evacuation signs on the highways. Westport currently is the only location with a vertical evacuation structure designed for a tsunami.

We do not encourage people to evacuate in vehicles. We’re working on pedestrian evacuation maps that show the best routes for pedestrians to take to evacuate,” said Forson. “You just need one person to crash or a power line to fall over the road, and the roads are unusable.”

“That’s why we’re pushing for a lot of vertical evacuation structures to be built – hotels or schools, because it’s not an easy problem to solve,” he said.

Resources on tsunami danger and preparedness in Westport, Grays Harbor County, Long Beach Peninsula, and Coastal evacuation maps.

2. Seattle Fault Moving inland, the Seattle Fault is capable of a magnitude 7.

That may not sound like much more than the magnitude 6.8 quake of 2001 based on the numbers, but that the Nisqually quake occurred some 30 miles underground. Then consider that the Seattle Fault is a complex of faults with various branches that run at or just below the surface. “The risk is complicated, but there are millions of people who live in the Seattle area,” said Forson. “What we know about this fault is that it’s ruptured may times in the past…it will happen again. We just don’t know when.” Across the northern portion of Bainbridge Island, light radar or lidar images taken from airplanes clearly show the Seattle Fault running right on the surface.

Another piece can be seen under the elevated lanes of northbound Interstate 5 in South Seattle not far from the Rainier brewery. The Seattle Fault is also likely to create a tsunami that would inundate Harbor Island and much of SODO, Interbay, and the waterfront. It could also create dangerous currents and hazards to the north including Everett.

What scientists don’t know is its timing interval. “The last time was 1,000 years ago between 900 and 903 A.D.,” said Forson. “It will happen; we don’t know when.”

What about the localized tsunami risk? In the 1990’s, scientists produced an animation that shows inundation, and people won’t have much time to run to higher ground. In some areas getting up a hill to higher ground will be difficult. Some people in places like SODO and Harbor Island may have to flee to higher floors in a building. You can look at different geological hazard maps on the website of the Department of Natural Resources.

3. South Whidbey Island Fault

The South Whidbey Island Fault is also dangerous.

It’s significantly larger than the Seattle Fault, and South Whidbey could hand us a magnitude 7.5 earthquake.

That could spell trouble not only for its namesake island but for south and north King County and further west.

“The crustal faults – the Seattle Fault, the South Whidbey Island Fault, the Tacoma Fault – those are less well known,” said Forson.

And while scientists keep digging for more information and more situational awareness of what we face, the other problem is human.

A lot of people are transplants,” Forson said. “They didn’t grow up here, they haven’t heard this story. So they don’t necessarily know the threats they face.”

Earthquakes. Volcanic eruptions. Devastating wind storms. Floods. Mudslides. Why is Strange Sounds focusing so much on disaster preps? It’s certainly not to scare you. Emergency planners all had a simple message: It’s not IF a disaster will happen, it’s WHEN.

The experts say few are ready. And being ready means being able to support yourself, your loved ones, your neighborhood for 2 weeks. Because after a region-wide event, it could take that long for help to come from the rest of the country and world.

Seismologists estimate that such quakes and tsunami waves occur roughly every 500 years on average on the Cascadia Subduction Zone. There’s approximately a 14% chance of another approximately M9 earthquake occurring in the next 50 years.

There’s a must-see documentary film called ‘Cascadia The Big One’ that exposes what’s currently going on in this region of the Cascade volcanoes and the Pacific NorthWest. Learning earthquake faults around where we live is a first good way to prepare the next devastating earthquake. Be prepared and read more on DNR, USGS, King5, Strange Sounds and Steve Quayle.

If you are already planning your Christmas gifts, please buy with us on Amazon. The affiliate sales will help us to continue the hard work we are putting in this website. 

[ :: 12-31-06/1-1-07 New Years Eve service (sixth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc shifting of the plates underneath the ocean causing more tidal waves, tsunami’s, flooding, earthquakes, volcanoes, etc

:: 12--20 Mirror :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Lava and ash are spewing from a volcano that has erupted on Hawaii’s Big Island following weeks of earthquakes.

A "strong" eruption occurred at the Halemaumau crater of the Kilauea volcano, and forecasters have warned that ash is likely to fall on nearby towns.

A magnitude 4.4 earthquake struck the area about an hour after Sunday night's eruption, along with tremors measuring between 2.0 and 2.7, but there was no tsunami threat to Hawaii.

Planes were told to avoid airspace around the volcano due to the ash cloud.

The US Geological Survey says (USGS) wrote online: "Shortly after approximately 9.30pm, the USGS Hawaiian Volcano Observatory (HVO) detected glow within Halemaumau crater at the summit of Kilauea Volcano. "An eruption has commenced within Kilauea’s summit caldera. The situation is rapidly evolving and HVO will issue another statement when more information is available."

"Accordingly, HVO has elevated Kilauea’s volcano alert level to WARNING and its aviation color code to RED."

The Hawaii County Civil Defense Agency tweeted: "The Hawaiian Volcano Observatory reports an eruption at the Halemaumau Crater of the Kilauea Volcano. "Trade winds will push any embedded ash toward the Southwest. Fallout is likely in the Kau District in Wood Valley, Pahala, Naalehu and Ocean View. Stay indoors to avoid Exposu."

The USGS said "ground deformation" and a series of earthquakes had been detected for several weeks before the eruption, exceeding those observed since the end of a major eruption and summit collapse in 2018. It wrote: "In late November 2020, increased earthquake rates began when seismic stations recorded an average of at least 480 shallow, small-magnitude earthquakes (97% of which were less than or equal to magnitude-2) per week occurring at depths of less than 4 km (2.5 miles) beneath Kīlauea’s summit and upper East Rift Zone "This compares to a rate of fewer than 180 per week following the end of Kīlauea’s 2018 eruption and through early November 2020.

"On December 2, 2020, GPS stations and tiltmeters recorded a ground deformation event at Kilauea’s summit.

"Accompanied by earthquake swarms, the patterns of ground deformation observed were consistent with a small dike intrusion of magma under the southern part of Kilauea caldera.

"The injection resulted in about 8 cm (3 inches) of uplift of the caldera floor, and modeling suggests that it represented 0.4–0.7 million cubic meters (yards) of magma accumulated approximately 1.5 km (1 mile) beneath the surface. "Though the intrusion did not reach the surface and erupt, it represented a notable excursion from trends observed in Kilauea summit monitoring data streams following the end of the 2018 eruption.

"On December 17, 2020, seismometers detected a notable increase in occurrence and duration of long-period seismic signals beneath Kīlauea’s summit, which are attributed to magmatic activity. "Whereas this type of seismicity was observed on average once every few weeks following the 2018 eruption, rates have increased to over a dozen in the past several days.

"Other monitoring data streams including volcanic gas and webcam imagery were stable until this eruption.

"An earthquake swarm began on the evening of December 20, accompanied by ground deformation detected by tiltmeters. An orange glow was subsequently observed on IR monitoring cameras and visually beginning approximately 9.36pm." 

:: 12-21-20 Tap News Wire :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

WARNING: 3,150 Injuries in First Week of Illegal Experimental COVID Vaccines Among American Healthcare Workers! Pregnant Women Included

Mon 9:37 am +00:00, 21 Dec 2020 posted by Weaver

by Brian Shilhavy Editor, Health Impact News

The first week of injecting American healthcare workers with the experimental illegal Pfizer mRNA vaccine has resulted in over 3000 of these healthcare workers reporting that they were injured to the extent that they could not continue on their jobs and perform normal activities, requiring care from a doctor or healthcare worker. This report is directly from the CDC and was published yesterday, December 19, 2020.

If the staffing issues and overcrowding at hospitals across the U.S. were being over-exaggerated in the Pharma-controlled corporate media in recent weeks to instill fear over COVID to the public, that is all about to change as the next phase of the experimental COVID vaccine trials is being conducted on the American public, starting with healthcare workers this past week.

Because according to this CDC report, the healthcare system just lost over 3000 staff due to the experimental COVID vaccine, and not COVID itself.

Using healthcare workers as the first human lab rats in the public was obviously planned from the start. Those trained in the dogma of the pharmaceutical industry, at least many of them, were able to roll up their sleeves and get this experimental vaccine and be convinced that the side effects are “normal” and for the “greater good,” because that is what their training has taught them.

This will also lead to REAL hospital over-crowding as more and more of these healthcare workers will not be able to show up for work next week, and probably the weeks ahead, and the pharma-controlled corporate media will spin this as being due to the rising “cases” of COVID to convince the general public to line up and get this vaccine.

And the dumbed-down American public who actually trust the pharma-owned and controlled corporate media seem to be falling for the deception, based on comments we have received here at Health Impact News as we report these events.

For example, we published the video of the press conference in Chattanooga, Tennessee earlier this week where Nurse Manager Tiffany Dover passed out live on camera just after she was vaccinated with the Pfizer COVID experimental vaccine. The doctors at CHI Memorial Hospital, and the nurse herself, tried to reassure the public that her passing out had nothing at all to do with the vaccine she had just received, and apparently most of the public is buying it, based on comments we received, like this one:

My mom made me watch this video. All of you here are misled and make yourselves look incredibly dumb. You guys are really taking this site as a credible news source? Listen to healthcare officials! Listen to the cdc and who! Wear your mask!!!!!! Get the vaccine!!!!!!! At the very least stay home and quarentine!!!!! It’s partially because of your noncompliance and uneducated propaganda that this country is in the state it is in compared to the rest of the world.

Where you get your information right now is a matter of life and death, literally, and threats of the government seizing websites such as Health Impact News and others who dare to publish the truth about the corruption in the Pharmaceutical industry and government are still hanging over us, and could be implemented at any time now, as they seek to roll out this vaccine to the general public after they significantly reduce the hospital staffs across the country.

Next up will be seniors in assisted living institutions, probably beginning this week, and most of them have co-morbidity conditions with weakened immune systems and are pumped full of toxic pharmaceutical drugs.

This will be a literal holocaust, and be far worse than the tens of thousands of seniors who died when COVID started!

The other disturbing aspect of the CDC report published yesterday is that there were 514 healthcare workers pregnant that received the first round of Pfizer’s experimental vaccine.

As we have reported, the U.K. is not recommending pregnant women get this vaccine, but no such warning exists in the FDA guidelines for the U.S.


This is the eugenics agenda for the New World Order called “The Great Reset” being implemented right before you very eyes! Stop watching the pharma-owned and controlled corporate media news, and start taking precautions to RESIST their agenda to reduce the world’s population and setup their New World Order!

This is not a “conspiracy theory” anymore!! It is the stated goal of the Globalists like Bill Gates, it has been published, and now it is being implemented right before your very eyes as The Great Reset.

If you have not yet listened to the warning from doctors and healthcare professionals who are not onboard with this eugenics program which represents literally TENS OF THOUSANDS of doctors around the world trying to sound the alarm on these experimental COVID vaccines, please watch and listen now and pass this on because these doctors are being censored and attacked:

Doctors Around the World Issue Dire WARNING: DO NOT GET THE COVID VACCINE!!

See Also:

COVID VaccinesBiological Weapons of Mass Destruction” says Wyoming Medical Doctor and Manager for Wyoming’s State Public Health Department

WARNING! Seniors and Healthcare Workers First in Line to Get the Experimental COVID Vaccine!

WARNING: 3,150 Injuries in First Week of Illegal Experimental COVID Vaccines Among American Healthcare Workers! Pregnant Women Included

The first week of injecting American healthcare workers with the experimental illegal Pfizer mRNA vaccine has resulted in over 3000 of these healthcare workers reporting that they were injured to the extent that they could not continue on their jobs and perform normal activities, requiring care from a doctor or healthcare worker.

This report is directly from the CDC and was published yesterday, December 19, 2020.

If the staffing issues and overcrowding at hospitals across the U.S. were being over-exaggerated in the Pharma-controlled corporate media in recent weeks to instill fear over COVID to the public, that is all about to change as the next phase of the experimental COVID vaccine trials is being conducted on the American public, starting with healthcare workers this past week. Because according to this CDC report, the healthcare system just lost over 3000 staff due to the experimental COVID vaccine, and not COVID itself.

Using healthcare workers as the first human lab rats in the public was obviously planned from the start. Those trained in the dogma of the pharmaceutical industry, at least many of them, were able to roll up their sleeves and get this experimental vaccine and be convinced that the side effects are “normal” and for the “greater good,” because that is what their training has taught them.

This will also lead to REAL hospital over-crowding as more and more of these healthcare workers will not be able to show up for work next week, and probably the weeks ahead, and the pharma-controlled corporate media will spin this as being due to the rising “cases” of COVID to convince the general public to line up and get this vaccine.

Next up will be seniors in assisted living institutions, probably beginning this week, and most of them have co-morbidity conditions with weakened immune systems and are pumped full of toxic pharmaceutical drugs.

This will be a literal holocaust, and be far worse than the tens of thousands of seniors who died when COVID started!

The other disturbing aspect of the CDC report published yesterday is that there were 514 healthcare workers pregnant that received the first round of Pfizer’s experimental vaccine. 

:: 12-20-20 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Special Reports

Forced Inoculation Is Here

December 20th 2020, 4:43 pm

Tucker Carlson delivers powerful breakdown of vaccine dangers, medical tyranny, and corporate corruption

Comments: All 85 comments

Scribe note: See video and comments click on link below 

:: 12--20 The Berean Beacon :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Behold a pale horse

By Greg Bentley


Here is why you should not take the vaccine for Covid-19.

First and foremost the Lord has declared in 1 Corinthians 6:19…know ye not that your body is the temple of the Holy Ghost which is in you, which ye have of God, and ye are not your own. The Lord also warned, If any man defile the temple of God him shall God destroy; for the temple of God is holy, which temple ye are. 1 Corinthians 3:17

During the first half of 2020 we have highlighted the Vatican connection with some of the Jesuit trained Roman Catholics in the US government. These Jesuits have been directing the world response to the Corona virus. We have clearly shown their modus operandi consisting of deceit, contradictory science and the use of organs and tissues from murdered children in the development of their vaccine agenda. All of this in accordance with the Jesuit mantra, “the end justifies the means”. Please read our research on the following government leaders.

Dr. Anthony Fauci Head of the NIAID

Dr. Francis Collins Head of the NIH

Dr. Robert Redfield Head of the CDC

The FDA has issued a statement on the possible adverse event outcomes of taking the Covid-19 vaccines, it is found on page 16. The following are 5 of the 22 listed possible adverse outcomes:


Pregnancy and birth outcomes


Autoimmune disease


According to a fact sheet (pdf) from the FDA for healthcare providers, no one who has a known history of a severe allergic reaction, or anaphylaxis, to any component of the newly released vaccine should get injected.

According to another fact sheet issued by the maker of the Pfizer-BioNTech COVID-19 Vaccine, the vaccine is an unapproved vaccine that may prevent COVID-19. There is no FDA-approved vaccine to prevent COVID-19. There is no guarantee that the vaccine will prevent you from getting Covid-19. The vaccine only has emergency use authorization, not approval from the FDA.

We do know the Department of Defense has awarded a contract through operation Warp Speed to ApiJect to produce a pre filled syringe that will deliver an electronically traceable vaccine. This will be accomplished through their partnership with Rapid USA.

The Greek word “pharmakeia” (Strongs number 5331) literally means “drugs”, and appears five times in the New Testament: in Gal 5:20, Rev 9:21, 18:23, 21:8, and 22:15.

“Pharmakia” is translated into our English Bible as either “witchcraft” or “sorceries”. We also get our English word “pharmacy” from the Greek word “pharmakia”.

In each of the five Bible passages, “pharmakia”, or “drugs” is listed as a work of the flesh of man as opposed to the Spirit of God working in us. In Revelation 18:23 it is interesting to note the final judgment of the woman who is dressed in scarlet and purple and riding the beast. In this verse, she is found guilty of deceiving the nations through Pharmakia.

The first image below is of the statue of Baphomet which is a satanic symbol of worship and the second is the symbol of the Caduceus. You will notice the similarities in these images consisting of two snakes around a pole and the wings. The Caduceus represents the pagan god Asclepius which was worshipped in the ancient city of Pergamos. Pergamos was known as the center of medicine in the ancient world. The Apostle John in Revelation 2:12-13 points out that Satan’s seat was also located in the city of Pergamos. Pergamos is where satan dwells at it was the center of medicine. The Caduceus is now the symbol of modern medicine as well and the branch insignia of the US Army Medical Service Corp. It would behove the Lords people to take heed to the exhortation found in 2 Thessalonians 2:11

And for this cause God shall send them strong delusion, that they should believe a lie:

We pray and trust that the Holy Spirit will lead and guide you in these treacherous days. We also pray that the recipients of the vaccine will have had informed consent. 

:: 12-21-20 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

More Signs 2021 Will Hit Ludicrous Levels Of Insanity As Chaos Abounds With Vaccine Rollout Nationwide, With 'No End In Sight' To The Madness Spreading Worldwide Like A Pandemic

- 'We have now had nearly nine months of being treated like utter imbeciles'

By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die  December 21, 2020

The photographs, videos and 'written content' over at the Covid Loves Canada website are quite surreal.

With the lead gif photo ringing out 'crazy' as seen in the monstrosity at the top of this page that we've taken a screenshot of from their website, the videos (which we've embedded at the bottom of this story), as well as the content, are seemingly written for a 2-year-old child, or the most 'dumbed down' members of society, yet it comes to us from the government in Alberta, Canada.

Introducing the hideous character named 'Covid', who they portray in their videos and photos as 'the life of the party', they even create dialogue for 'Covid' as we see in the lines taken from their website below.

MEET COVID! "I love life! Going to all the places, doing all the things and spreading the fun to everyone. Bring me to your next get-together, I’d love to meet your friends and family!"

VIDEOS: Covid Loves THE SPOT LIGHT! "They don’t call me the ultimate plus-one for nothing. I’m on every guest list. Nobody puts me in a corner!"

COVID LOVES RULE BREAKERS! "You already know what I love. Time to tell you what really crumbles my cookies."

COVID LOVES EVERYONE! From Edmonton to East Timor, Covid’s made a name for himself as an international love bug. Poor or rich, young or old, healthy or not, he isn’t picky.

COVID LOVES MISINFORMATION! “When your dog licks your face, it could be giving you COVID-19. And pink eye.” Myth or fact?

Sending the message to us that we 'should hate life,' along with being repelled by our families and friends, it also goes so far as to proclaim that those refusing to use hand sanitizers are 'cold-blooded killers' while proclaiming why we should all avoid travel this Christmas.: "Nobody travels like me, I’m the ultimate globetrotter. So if you’re planning any road trips or flights, I might just tag along." With that website just the latest taste of brainwashing that the people of Canada are having to endure from their own government, as Zero Hedge reports in this new story titled "2020: The Year We Let Ourselves Be Infantilised And Dehumanised", we have now had nearly nine months of being treated like utter imbeciles by our government's and the media. An extended excerpt from that Zero Hedge story, originally published at TheBlogMire, before we continue.:

I recently wrote a satirical speech by our Prime Minister, in which I imagined him coming up with all sorts of absurd rules for the Christmas season. It was really hard. Not because I was unable to come up with hundreds of such rules, were I minded to do so, but because the whole point of satire is to raise the absurdities up a step or two, in order to highlight the ridiculousness of what is happening.

But how do you do this when the real-life absurdities have already been turned up to 11 on the amplifier? I kid you not when I tell you that my original list included a rule against playing certain board games over Christmas — which I rejected — only to see a few days later SAGE coming out and advising against the playing of board games.

We have now had nearly nine months of being treated like utter imbeciles. A once great country with a once free people has been reduced to the level of being governed by pathetic, childish slogans. And for some reason we have allowed ourselves to be infantilised.

I am utterly baffled as to how people can have sat through some of these slogans being introduced without responding with howls of laughter.

“Stay Alert. Control the Virus. Save Lives.”  What on earth is this actually supposed to mean?

Stay Alert? For what? Are we supposed to be on our guard for a virus that is approximately 120 nanometres, or around 1,000th the width of a human hair? Are we to carry an electron microscope around with us wherever we go, just in case? One of my favourite signs is an electronic one I sometimes see on my occasional drives into the office. On one day, it says, “Stay Alert. Control the Virus.” On another, it says, “Stay Alert. Watch out for Cyclists.” It should be noted that cyclists are considerably bigger than 120nm and even often wearing the kind of hi-vis jackets that coronaviruses refuse to wear.

Control the Virus? Say what? You mean they actually think we’re stupid enough to think they’re clever enough to devise schemes that can actually control those little invisible 120 nm virus particles that are in the air and on surfaces. Apparently so.

Save Lives? I am yet to hear a convincing argument as to how I and my family, not having any symptoms and thus not being infected by the virus, can possibly stop the spread of said virus that we don’t have by staying at home or wearing a piece of cloth over or respiratory passages, such that we save lives.

More recently, it has been decided that the slogans were maybe a bit too high-brow and needed to be simplified further, this time into monosyllables: “Hands. Face. Space.” Although I tend to avoid watching Comrade Johnson and Co as they spout this nonsense at their regular stand-ups, on the occasions when I have had that misfortune, it has felt eerily like suddenly being thrust into the world’s largest Kindergarten with teacher talking down to his little charges as if they were really, really stupid.

But the infantilising of an entire population is by no means the worst thing they have done to us. Worse by far has been the dehumanising of millions of people, which has been done via a number of enormously destructive methods.

Chief of them is the idea that we must all avoid each other. I cannot even begin to think how destructive this has become. In a normal society, if you or I have symptoms of a particularly nasty seasonal respiratory illness, which is what Covid-19 is, we would avoid one another. Obviously. But the idea of perfectly healthy people avoiding other perfectly healthy people must qualify as one of the most absurd concepts ever dreamt up. Not only is it self-evidently unnecessary, it is bound to have long-terms consequences for the way we view one another, the way we relate to one another, the way we behave around one another. It turns us from seeing one another as humans, made in the Image of God, to walking virus carriers and a potential risk. Some people now literally behave as if they are navigating their way through a crowd of potential terrorists, rather than simply walking through a group of fellow humans.

Millions of people humiliated by the Marketing Team of Covid-19 and their infantile slogans. Millions of people dehumanised by having their faces, their smiles, their laughter, their thoughtfulness etc covered to make them into expressionless drones. That was the year we just lived through. Will 2021 be the year a critical mass try to escape the Kindergarten and return to being human?

So with 2020 clearly the most bizarre and ludicrous year in my 58-year-long life, and 2021 looking like the democrats/globalists are about ready to kick that insanity level up a few notches, we see in London, England what that 'insanity' might look like, with this story over at Metro reporting the people of London face being arrested simply for trying to leave the city.

(ANP EMERGENCY FUNDRAISER: Due to unexpected medical and emergency repair bills, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this 'Info-war' for America at this most critical time in US history, during a time of systematic 'big tech' censorship and widespread Democrat corruption.)

As we had reported in this December 22nd of 2019 ANP story titled "'Letters From The Gulag' & These Recent Events Prove The Dumbing Down Of America Worked Like A Charm Using The Globalists Beast System Of Identify, Vilify, Nullify & Destroy", the 'war upon Americans' was designed by the globalists to destroy our ability to reason.

Leaving most Americans quite eager to accept the lines that they're being sold rather than to question the information that Americans and 'free people' around the planet are being 'handfed' by those who seek to control us, none other than George Orwell had warned long ago: "If people cannot write well, they cannot think well, and if they cannot think well, others will do their thinking for them." And they have, in spades.

With globalists selling us the 'bill of lies' that masks will somehow help prevent the spread of Covid-19 while claiming that things will slowly 'get back to normal' once a vaccine is developed, an outright lie with even the CDC now admitting that 1000's of people are having adverse reactions following their vaccinations, the story over at the top of Daily Mail for much of the day on Saturday into Sunday paints the picture the globalists want us to see as we approach Christmas and 'travel season' in America and around the world.

Reporting that utter chaos broke out on a United Airlines flight from Orlando, Florida to Los Angeles, California after a passenger died from Covid-19 while aboard the flight, who else thought of the climactic airport scene from the 1995 science fiction movie "12 Monkeys", where one character embarks on a tour of several cities that match the locations and sequence of the viral outbreak that wipes out most of humanity, with survivors forced to live underground.

With what's looking more and more like the failure of the Covid-19 vaccination sure to send millions more around the world into a mental tailspin, with those people truly but incorrectly believing a vaccination would allow things to 'return to normal', the fact that Americans and people around the world are being 'dumbed down' by government's should be seen as another sign of where we're being herded in 2021. As 'loving life' is demonized, along with our friends and family, by those who think they know what's best for us while they themselves ignore and disobey their own rules that they insanely expect us to follow.

And while it's certainly up to every individual about whether or not they want to take the covid-19 vaccine once available to them, as we hear in the final video below, a staggering number of doctors and scientists are now speaking out about the dangers of vaccines as more and more people are sickened by it and the liberal media reports that chaos abounds in states now distributing the vaccine, with 'no end in sight'. 

:: 12-21-20 Mercola :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

A Year Without Santa Claus?

Analysis by Dr. Joseph Mercola December 21, 2020

Story at-a-glance

Thanksgiving was canceled in many parts of the U.S., and many government leaders are now urging residents to cancel their Christmas celebrations too

Scribe note: Click on link below to read article 

:: 12-20-20 Breitbart :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Dr. Deborah Birx Visited Family Despite Own Travel Warning

AP20 Dec 2020

WASHINGTON (AP) — As COVID-19 cases skyrocketed before the Thanksgiving holiday weekend, Dr. Deborah Birx, coordinator of the White House coronavirus response, warned Americans to “be vigilant” and limit celebrations to “your immediate household.” For many Americans that guidance has been difficult to abide, including for Birx herself. The day after Thanksgiving, she traveled to one of her vacation properties on Fenwick Island in Delaware. She was accompanied by three generations of her family from two households. Birx, her husband Paige Reffe, a daughter, son-in-law and two young grandchildren were present.

The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention has asked Americans not to travel over the holidays and discourages indoor activity involving members of different households. “People who do not currently live in your housing unit, such as college students who are returning home from school for the holidays, should be considered part of different households.”

Even in Birx’s everyday life, there are challenges meeting that standard. She and her husband have a home in Washington. She also owns a home in nearby Potomac, Maryland, where her elderly parents, and her daughter and family live, and where Birx visits intermittently. In addition, the children’s other grandmother, who is 77, also regularly travels to the Potomac house and returns to her 92-year-old husband near Baltimore.

Birx’s own experiences underline the complexity and difficulty of trying to navigate the perils of the pandemic while balancing a job, family and health, especially among essential workers like her.

Yet some of Birx’s peers in public health say she should be held to a higher standard given her prominent role in the government’s response to the pandemic and the current surge in COVID-19 deaths across the country. Birx has expressed a desire to maintain a significant role on the White House coronavirus task force when President-elect Joe Biden is inaugurated next month, according to a person familiar with the Biden team’s personnel deliberations and a Trump administration coronavirus task force official. Neither was authorized to publicly discuss internal deliberations and both spoke on condition of anonymity.

“To me this disqualifies her from any future government health position,” said Dr. Angela Rasmussen, a virologist at the Georgetown Center for Global Health Science and Security. “It’s a terrible message for someone in public health to be sending to the American people.”

After The Associated Press raised questions about her Thanksgiving weekend travels, Birx acknowledged in a statement that she went to her Delaware property. She declined to be interviewed.

She insisted the purpose of the roughly 50-hour visit was to deal with the winterization of the property before a potential sale — something she says she previously hadn’t had time to do because of her busy schedule.

I did not go to Delaware for the purpose of celebrating Thanksgiving,” Birx said in her statement, adding that her family shared a meal together while in Delaware. Birx said that everyone on her Delaware trip belongs to her “immediate household,” even as she acknowledged they live in two different homes. She initially called the Potomac home a “3 generation household (formerly 4 generations).” White House officials later said it continues to be a four-generation household, a distinction that would include Birx as part of the home. Birx’s job makes her an “essential worker” by federal guidelines, in a position that requires extensive travel to consult with state and local officials on the pandemic response. She has traveled to 43 states, driving 25,000 miles, she said, often to coronavirus hot spots. Birx also has an office in the White House, where numerous COVID-19 infections have been revealed.

Through it all, she said she has kept herself and her family safe through isolating, wearing a mask and regular testing.

Birx has not said how long she isolates for before visiting family. Medical experts say people who only recently became infected often do not test positive. They say wearing a mask has limited efficacy in an environment such as the White House, where few others use them.

Margaret Flynn, the children’s other grandmother comes to the Potomac home to provide child care, then returns to her husband, who has health complications. Birx said that she hasn’t seen the other grandmother since the beginning of the pandemic and does not know how frequently she visits the Potomac house. Flynn confirmed that she hasn’t spoken to Birx in months. Flynn declined to say how frequently she visits the home to look after the grandchildren.

From the podium at the White House, Birx has spoken about how she comes from a multigenerational family with her parents and her daughter’s family, including grandchildren, all living under one roof. Many saw that as a relatable family dilemma.

In early April, she said she understood the sacrifices many were making and explained that she couldn’t visit her Potomac home when one of her grandchildren had a high fever.

“I did not go there,” she said, while standing next to President Donald Trump. “You can’t take that kind of risk.”

She has resumed her visits to the house since then.

Numerous elected officials, including prominent Democrats, have been forced to acknowledge that they have not heeded their own stern warnings to the public about the dangers of spreading the virus.

But Birx occupies a position of far greater authority when it comes to the pandemic. Many Americans rely on the advice that she and the government’s top infectious disease expert, Dr. Anthony Fauci, have given.

Kathleen Flynn, whose brother is married to Birx’s daughter who lives in the Potomac house, said she brought forward information about Birx’s situation out of concern for her own parents, and acknowledged family friction over the matter.

“She cavalierly violated her own guidance,” Flynn said of Birx.

Richard Flynn, her father, confirmed details of Birx’s Thanksgiving holiday gathering and visits to the Potomac house, but said he trusted the doctor and believes she’s doing what’s right. He said Birx’s visits to the house have occurred only every few weeks of late.

“Dr. Birx is very conscientious and a very good doctor and scientist from everything I can see,” Richard Flynn said during a recent interview.

Medical experts say public health officials such as Birx need to lead by example, including personal conduct that’s beyond reproach.

We need leadership to be setting an example, especially in terms of things they are asking average Americans to do who are far less privileged than they are,” said Dr. Abraar Karan, a global health specialist at Brigham and Women’s Hospital and Harvard Medical School, about the high-profile lapses in judgment.

Birx came to the White House coronavirus task force with a sterling reputation. A public servant since the Reagan administration, Birx has served as a U.S. Army physician and as a globally recognized AIDS researcher. She was pulled away from her ambassadorial post as the U.S. global AIDS coordinator to assist the task force in late February.

Birx, however, has faced criticism from public health experts and Democratic lawmakers for not speaking out forcefully against Trump when he contradicted advice from medical advisers and scientists about how to fight the virus.

While she stayed in Trump’s good graces far longer than Fauci, who frequently contradicted Trump, the president by late summer had sidelined Birx, too.

Kathleen Flynn said she urged her brother and sister-in-law not to allow her mother to babysit, arguing it put her mother at risk by spending so much time in a household other than her own, while also posing a danger to Birx’s elderly parents. Flynn, who said she has long had a strained relationship with her brother, is currently not on speaking terms with him and has never met Birx.

Flynn said her mother waited about a week after Birx’s Thanksgiving trip before returning to the Potomac home to provide child care help.

Lawrence Gostin, a public health expert at Georgetown University’s law school who has known Birx professionally for years, said that he’s confident that Birx took all necessary precautions to minimize risks in her Thanksgiving travel. Still, he said it undercuts her larger goal to get Americans to cooperate with government officials’ efforts to minimize the death and suffering caused by the virus.

“It’s extraordinarily important for the leaders of the coronavirus response to model the behavior that they recommend to the public,” Gostin said. “We lose faith in our public health officials if they are saying these are the rules but they don’t apply to me.”

Madhani reported from Wilmington, Delaware. 

:: 12-20-20 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

US Embassy Comes Under Rocket Attack In Baghdad, Anti-Missile Defenses Active

by Tyler Durden  Sunday, Dec 20, 2020 - 14:25

A series of dramatic videos show a Sunday night (local time) rocket attack against the Green Zone in Baghdad, presumably once again targeting the large US Embassy complex there.

"At least three Katyusha rockets landed in Baghdad’s heavily fortified Green Zone in an attack targeting the US Embassy, two Iraqi security sources said on Sunday," Reuters reports.

The US embassy's high tech C-RAM system, or "Counter rocket, artillery, and mortar" defense weapon, was activated in response to the inbound rocket fire.

Below: the Centurion Counter-Rocket, Artillery, Mortar (C-RAM) system which protects the embassy compound and Green Zone.

According to a description of the C-RAM's specialized ammo in The Drive:

What you are seeing in the video is a dense string of M-940 20mm Multipurpose Tracer-Self Destruct (MPT-SD) rounds. The ammunition is specially engineered to self-destruct at a certain distance so that the string of shells doesn't take out a city block miles away.

While such attacks, widely blamed on Iraq's Shia paramilitary unites backed by Iran, have come almost monthly they don't often directly strike the embassy.

The enemy rockets and mortars, often fired without sophisticated targeting systems (or essentially fired "blindly"), often hit nearby civilian residences which sit just outside the Green Zone, as apparently just happened in Sunday's rocket attack.

There are early reports several apartment buildings were struck by the inbound projectiles. "An anti-rocket system set up to defend the U.S. Embassy fired and diverted one of the rockets, said one security official whose office is inside the Green Zone," Reuters detailed further.

Within the early hours after the attack there are no reports of casualties. It comes after weeks ago Trump ordered a sizeable US troop reduction from Iraq of at least 2,500.

Hawks, however, fear that a major American draw down from Iraq and the region will only empower Iran and those local forces which are believed doing Tehran's bidding. 

[ :: 12-31-10 / 1-1-11 New Years Eve Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. The storms will be far greater than the storms you have seen before, more hurricanes, more tornadoes, more typhoons, more cyclones, more tidal waves, more earthquakes, more flooding, more mudslides, oh, the trouble, the trouble, the trouble that shall come.  At times you may wonder what is taking place, and I say unto you, get into my word, look in my word, know what Jeremiah has said, know what Ezekiel has said, know what Joel told you etc

[ ::  12-31-18/1-1-19 New Years Eve service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc hour is getting very close.  The earthquakes shall now get bigger, far bigger, far bigger, more powerful, the tornadoes and the hurricanes, oh you will see storms like the world has not seen, volcanoes like the world does not remember. Oh the things that are about to take place simply because it is my timing, etc

:: 12-21-20 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

East Coast braces for Christmas Eve storm: Nearly 60M from Charlotte to NYC will be slammed with strong winds and freezing temperatures - one week after huge nor'easter killed seven and dumped up to 44 inches of snow

A cold front is to move across central and eastern states starting Wednesday

Wind gusts between 25 to 35mph could mean power outages for some areas

Forecasters also predict flooding in parts of the Northeast that were impacted by up to 44 inches of snow last week due to Storm Gail

By James Gordon For

Published: 18:46 EST, 20 December 2020 | Updated: 13:17 EST, 21 December 2020

Nearly 60 million people from North Carolina to New York are bracing for a Christmas Eve storm that's predicted to bring strong winds and freezing temperatures.

Current forecasts show storms affecting a large portion of the country before hitting the East Coast on Christmas Eve with a cold front bringing an Arctic blast for the duration of the holiday.

Forecasters said that wind gusts between 25 to 35mph could mean that some Americans may wake up to power outages on Christmas Day.

It follows last week's nor'easter that killed seven people and dumped 44 inches of snow on cities across the East Coast. Scroll down for video

Currently, most of the East is experiencing seasonable temperatures after a blast of cold air hit the region on Saturday.

However, forecasters say there are a number of fast-moving systems that will travel through the Eastern and Central US over the next few days.

The first frontal system may see some snow stretching from Ohio to New York.

On Monday, another disturbance coming in from Canada could see snow landing in the upper Midwest although there is unlikely to be any significant accumulation.

But the storm that may affect the East for Christmas is likely to begin with strong winds on Christmas Eve and Christmas Day. The winds are first forecast in the Pacific Northwest where up to 8 inches of rain could fall in Oregon and Washington with the risk of triggering mudslides, landslides, avalanches and flooding.

The weather system will then move into the Central US by Wednesday where it will become more organized with a powerful cold front bringing heavy rain and strong thunderstorms.

Snow will then form on the cold side of the storm with snow falling in the upper Midwest.

By Christmas Eve, the system will approach the Eastern US with heavy rain forecast and powerful wind gusts, especially along parts of the Northeast Coast.

Although it is too early to tell how strong the winds will be, power outages may occur. This, coupled with the melting snow from last week's storm is likely to cause flooding.

Those at higher elevations including northeast Pennsylvania, New York and Vermont, where more than 2 feet of snow fell, are at risk.

Heavy rain and strong thunderstorms are also forecast to hit the southeast on Christmas Eve.

Temperature-wise, the Midwest could see wind chills around the -10s and -20s.

On the East Coast there could be some dramatic temperature swings with parts of New Jersey at around 60F on Christmas Eve falling to single digits by Christmas night.

Snow showers may also mix in with the rain on Friday morning. Friday is also likely to be chilly with highs reaching about 40F in New York City and New Jersey.

Chicago could see temperatures near 50F on Wednesday. On Thursday and Friday, highs in Chicago may reach the lower 20s.

In Atlanta, highs in the 50s and 60s are forecast through Thursday.

Forecasters say the new storm could lead to flooding in the Northeast, which is still reeling from last week's nor'easter that dropped up to 44 inches of snow and killed seven people. Storm Gail battered the East Coast last week, causing more than 1,000 crashes on roadways along the Eastern states.

More snow fell in one day in New York City Wednesday than the whole of last winter, blanketing areas in thick flakes.

In Kennebunkport, Maine, a light dusting of snow Wednesday night was replaced the next morning by thick snow as the full force of Gail was felt through the small town.

At least seven people were killed in snow-related incidents across the East Coast caused by the powerful nor'easter which began blanketing areas from northern Virginia to New York City to southern Maine Wednesday night.

More than 600 crashes were reported across New York state through Wednesday night, including a 27-car pile up in New York City that left six injured, as other parts of the state were smothered in more than 40 inches of snow. 

:: 12-21-20 H Newswire :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

How Much More Destruction Will The People Tolerate, Satan Soldiers Are

December 21, 2020/StevieRay Hansen/2 Comments

to Blame: Medical Tyranny Has Sent 8 Million Americans Into Poverty Since Summer 2020…

It is a well known and self-evident fact that poverty kills. Thus far, Technocrat policies relating to COVID have driven well over 8 million Americans into poverty since the pandemic was first declared.

In Q1 2031, as many as 17 million Americans will face household eviction because of failure to pay rent. The majority of these are in minority communities.

Jobs are being permanently destroyed as up to forty percent of small businesses are shuttered forever. According to the Small Business Administration (SBA), small businesses make up:

99.7 percent of U.S. employer firms,

64 percent of net new private-sector jobs,

49.2 percent of private-sector employment,

42.9 percent of private-sector payroll,

46 percent of private-sector output,

43 percent of high-tech employment,

98 percent of firms exporting goods, and

33 percent of exporting value.

Just do the math to see what impact small businesses have on overall economic activity.

I have stated from the beginning of the COVID debacle that the objective was not to “save lives” but rather to destroy Capitalism and Free Enterprise, making way for Sustainable Development, aka Technocracy, to be established in its place. The harsh reality emerging from this economic carnage will see an order of magnitude more lives lost to factors other than coronavirus infection.

Contrary to constantly-stated rhetoric, Technocrats have absolutely no concern for human well-being, much less saving lives. ⁃ TN Editor

The U.S. poverty rate has surged over the past five months, with 7.8 million Americans falling into poverty, the latest indication of how deeply many are struggling after government aid dwindled.

The poverty rate jumped to 11.7 percent in November, up 2.4 percentage points since June, according to new data released Wednesday by researchers at the University of Chicago and the University of Notre Dame.

While overall poverty levels are low by historical standards, the increase in poverty this year has been swift. It is the biggest jump in a single year since the government began tracking poverty 60 years ago. It is nearly double the next-largest rise, which occurred in 1979-1980 during the oil crisis, according to James X. Sullivan, a professor at Notre Dame, and Bruce D. Meyer, a professor at the University of Chicago’s Harris School of Public Policy.

Sullivan and Meyer created a Covid-19 Income and Poverty Dashboard to track how many Americans are falling below the poverty line during this deep recession. The federal poverty line is $26,200 for a family of four.

The economists say the sharp rise in poverty is occurring for two reasons: Millions of people cannot find jobs, and government aid for the unemployed has declined sharply since the summer. The average unemployment payment was more than $900 a week from late March through the end of July, but it fell to about $300 a week in August, making it harder for the unemployed to pay their bills.

We’ve seen a continual rise in poverty every month since June,” said Sullivan. A Reminder of What Happens When the People Get Fed up With a Corrupt Government Incapable of Serving Their Interests…

It’s all a rigged game. And now that that has been fully exposed what comes next, Mayhem.

Because how many people in the U.S. are coming to the same conclusions, that their government is terminal, its authority illegitimate and its edicts unworthy?

No one wants to see this kind of abuse of any other human being. It’s anathema to life itself. But everyone makes a choice. The police choose to put on their uniforms and riot shields to enforce immoral orders while the people make the choice to stand up to it.

It is the fundamental problem of rule through force that eventually leads to these regrettable outcomes. No one wants to see policemen, presumably decent men with the right motivations to maintain societal order, stoned in public.

But when people have had their ability to make their grievances heard peacefully taken away from them they will, eventually, make their grievances heard violently.

It’s who we are. It’s human nature.

And the lesson here is for all of these would-be tyrants currently laughing about winning a fraudulent election in the U.S. through changing the rules is that they will face this same moment as these cops did very soon.

Because elections are the opportunity for us to air our grievances with our government peacefully. And what so many in politics fail to understand, but what the people who voted for Donald Trump do, is that these past two elections haven’t been referenda on Hillary Clinton or Donald Trump.

They have been referenda on the whole political class and culture which has driven people to the edge of insanity, bankruptcy and despair.

So, laugh it up Stacey Abrams, Rahm Emmanuel, Barack Obama, Dan Crenshaw and Mitt Romney. Watch this video carefully. This is your future.

The same goes for Tony Blair, Emmanuel Macron, Bill Gates, Angela Merkel, George Soros and Benjamin Netanyahu.

You may scare people into taking your vaccine and issuing your medical passports but what happens on the day when the cops fail to show up to control the crowd for fear of being stoned?

The same people today screaming “my body, my choice” will line up for their COVID-19 vaccine if it means they can’t continue infecting the minds of students with Critical Race Theory.

Congratulations on turning everyone into a desperate, cognitivally-dissonant response monkey.  That stuff cuts both ways folks.

Obedience is not acquiescence. No one really loves Big Brother no matter how much you torture them. The longer you suppress the anger the worse it gets.

Until it explodes.

And people won’t be turning that anger on the idiots on the streets in Portland.

We’ve seen what it looks like when the would-be tyrants riot — the ideologically possessed race hustlers and commies in Antifa and BLM. We haven’t seen what it looks like when the conscientious ‘right’ who just want to live without abuse looks like.

Well, in fact we do. They vote twice, overwhelmingly for Donald Trump and throw British tea into Boston Harbor. They veto legislation designed to sell their people out to the Politburo in Brussels.

You Can Thank Google, Most of the Social Media Platforms, Congress, and Mainstream Media for Lying to You About the Food Shortage… Get Prepared, the Plandemic Seems to Be Working for the New World Order Elitist, Food Shortages Are Coming to America, It’s All Part of the Plan…

The Plandemic Has Been Designed to Make Society Suffer, They Know If They Crush Society They Will Be Able to Implement the New World Order, the Alternative Would Be FEMA Food Lines, Satan Soldiers Billionaire Financier George Soros in Full Stride…

The World Is In Big Trouble, for Those That Believe We Will Go Back to Some Sense of Normal Life Here on Earth, You Will Be Sadly Disappointed, Seven Years of Hell on Earth Which Began January 1, 2020

Our courts oppose the righteous, and justice is nowhere to be found. Truth stumbles in the streets, and honesty has been outlawed” (Isa. 59:14, NLT)…We Turned Our Backs On GOD, Now We Have Been Left To Our Own Devices, Enjoy…

While Mainstream Media Continues to Push a False Narrative, Big Tech Has Keep the Truth From Coming out by Shadow Banning Conservatives, Christians, and Like-Minded People, Those Death Attributed to the Coronavirus Is a Result of Those Mentioned, They Truly Are Evil…

Source: HNewsWire technocracy HNewsWire HNewsWire HNewsWire HNewsWire HNewsWire HNewsWire

StevieRay Hansen Editor, 

Watchmen does not confuse truth with consensus The Watchmen does not confuse God’s word with the word of those in power…

In police-state fashion, Big Tech took the list of accused (including this site), declared all those named guilty and promptly shadow-banned, de-platformed or de-monetized us all without coming clean about how they engineered the crushing of dissent, Now more than ever big Tech has exposed there hand engaging in devious underhanded tactics to make the sinister look saintly, one of Satan’s greatest weapons happens to be deceit

The accumulating death toll from Covid-19 can be seen minute-by-minute on cable news channels. But there’s another death toll few seem to care much about: the number of poverty-related deaths being set in motion by deliberately plunging millions of Americans into poverty and despair.

American health care, as we call it today, and for all its high-tech miracles, has evolved into one of the most atrocious rackets the world has ever seen. By racket, I mean an enterprise organized explicitly to make money dishonestly.

All the official reassurances won’t be worth a bucket of warm spit. The Globals are behind the CoronaVirus, It Is a Man-Made Bioweapon.

This is what their New World Order looks like, Democrats Lawmaker in California: ‘legalize child prostitution’ SACRAMENTO – Beginning on Jan. 1, police cannot arrest child prostitutes in the streets of California, except under limited circumstances. And dumb down people wonder why California is burning to the ground, poke God in the eyes enough times and his anger will start to show…

But realize this, that in the last days difficult times will come. For men will be lovers of self, lovers of money, boastful, arrogant, revilers, disobedient to parents, ungrateful, unholy, unloving, irreconcilable, malicious gossips, without self-control, brutal, haters of good, treacherous, reckless, conceited, lovers of pleasure rather than lovers of God, holding to a form of godliness, although they have denied its power; avoid such men as these.

Among them are those who enter into households and captivate weak women weighed down with sins, led on by various impulses, always learning and never able to come to the knowledge of the truth. Just as Jannes and Jambres opposed Moses, so these men also oppose the truth, men of depraved mind, rejected in regard to the faith. But they will not make further progress; for their folly will be obvious to all, just as Jannes’s and Jambres’s folly was also. Now you followed my teaching, conduct, purpose, faith, patience, love, perseverance, persecutions, and sufferings, such as happened to me at Antioch, at Iconium, and at Lystra; what persecutions I endured, and out of them all the Lord rescued me! Indeed, all who desire to live godly in Christ Jesus will be persecuted.

But evil men and impostors will proceed from bad to worse, deceiving and being deceived. You, however, continue in the things you have learned and become convinced of, knowing from whom you have learned them, and that from childhood you have known the sacred writings which are able to give you the wisdom that leads to salvation through faith which is in Christ Jesus. All Scripture is inspired by God and profitable for teaching, for reproof, for correction, for training in righteousness; so that the man of God may be adequate, equipped for every good work.

I solemnly charge you in the presence of God and of Christ Jesus, who is to judge the living and the dead, and by His appearing and His kingdom: preach the word; be ready in season and out of season; reprove, rebuke, exhort, with great patience and instruction. For the time will come when they will not endure sound doctrine; but wanting to have their ears tickled, they will accumulate for themselves teachers in accordance to their own desires, and will turn away their ears from the truth and will turn aside to myths. But you, be sober in all things, endure hardship, do the work of an evangelist, fulfill your ministry.

2 Timothy 3:1-4:5

According to the word of God, as Christians, we are living in difficult or perilous times. One of the greatest of those perils is the threat posed by false teachers. This site is a call to action for believers. The call to action is this: Trust(1) in the truthfulness and sufficiency of God’s word. Submit(2) to His sovereignty over our lives. Study(3) His word with humility and fear. Test(4) those who call themselves Apostles or claim any other title of spiritual authority. Prove(5) your love for God by not fearing man, and warn those who do not know God whether or not they claim to be Christian. Expose(6) the lies that claim to be God’s truth. Love(7) others sacrificially. Judge(8) with righteous judgment. Examine(9) yourself to see if you’re in the faith. Endure(10) to the end.

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 12-20-20 The Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Suspected Iranian cyberattack targets Israel Aerospace Industries

Check Point has referred to Pay2Key as an elite hacker group that steals data and threatens to leak it if its target does not cooperate.


The hacker group Pay2Key claimed Sunday night that it had successfully hacked a range of Israeli defense industry companies, including the largest Israeli airpower defense corporation, Israel Aerospace Industries.

There were signs on social media and elsewhere that the hack was part of an ongoing and concerted Iranian campaign to hack Israeli companies. The IAI said that the subject is currently being investigated.

Check Point has referred to Pay2Key as an elite hacker group that steals data and threatens to leak it if its target does not cooperate.

Pay2Key has already posted information relating to IAI, including to its cyber chief.

Earlier in December, the giant insurance company Shirbit was hacked by the hacker group Black Shadow.

Over several dramatic days, Black Shadow steadily leaked customer data to try to get Shirbit to pay it ransom money. The insurance agency never paid, though its future as a business is also deeply uncertain, including that Israeli defense officials who had used it have loudly discussed switching to a different insurer.

Check Point also published a report earlier in December that 141 Israeli companies had been cyberattacked in November and 137 in October, a major spike in attacks.

Some view this as Iran's response to Israel's alleged involvement in recently assassinating Iran's nuclear program chief Mohsen Fakhrizadeh as well as other assassinations and sabotage.

It is unclear how and whether Israel will respond to these latest cyber strikes or if Jerusalem is hoping that showing restraint will end the current cycle of attacks. 

:: 12-20-20 WGHP Fox 8 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Second stimulus checks: Breakthrough clears way for deal with $600 payments

by: Nexstar Media Wire and The Associated Press

Posted: Dec 20, 2020 / 11:49 AM EST / Updated: Dec 20, 2020 / 05:21 PM EST

(NEXSTAR/AP) – “We’re getting very close, very close,” Minority Leader Chuck Schumer, D-N.Y., said as he left the Capitol late Saturday.

Top congressional lawmakers struck a late-night agreement on the last major obstacle to a COVID-19 economic relief package costing nearly $1 trillion, clearing the way for votes as early as Sunday.

The breakthrough involved a fight over Federal Reserve emergency powers and was resolved by the Senate’s top Democrat and a senior conservative Republican.

Congressional aides confirmed the agreement late Saturday, which clears the way for an expected deal Sunday on the aid bill. The measure is finally nearing passage amid a frightening spike in cases and deaths and accumulating evidence that the economy is struggling through the pandemic.

Schumer spent much of the day going back and forth with GOP Sen. Pat Toomey of Pennsylvania. Toomey had been pressing a provision to close down Fed lending facilities. Democrats and the White House said it was too broadly worded and would have tied the hands of the incoming Biden administration.

Stimulus check update: Congress passes 2-day bill to avoid shutdown as COVID relief talks continue

The compromise, aides said, preserved Toomey’s goal but retained the Fed’s existing powers to restart similar facilities in the future.

The COVID-19 legislation has been held up after months of dysfunction, posturing and bad faith. But talks turned serious last week as lawmakers on both sides finally faced the deadline of acting before leaving Washington for Christmas.

The relief bill, lawmakers and aides say, would establish a temporary $300 per week supplemental jobless benefits and $600 direct stimulus payments to most Americans. It would provide a fresh round of subsidies for hard-hit businesses and money for schools, health care providers and renters facing eviction.

If finalized, wheels will be set into motion for the Internal Revenue Service to begin issuing the Economic Impact Payments.

It’s not clear when checks would clear at this point, but in August, Treasury Secretary Steve Mnuchin said payments could be issued as quickly as one week after Congressional approval.

“I can get out 50 million payments really quickly, a lot if it into people’s direct accounts.” Mnuchin said at the time, according to NewsNation reporting.

The measure is being added to a $1.4 trillion spending bill and lots of other unfinished work, including previously stalled legislation to extend tax breaks, authorize water projects, and address the problem of surprise sky-high medical bills for out-of-network procedures.

It would be virtually impossible for lawmakers to read and fully understand the measure before a House vote expected Sunday night.

Second stimulus check: President-elect Biden’s thoughts on $1,200 payments

Schumer said he hoped both the House and Senate would vote on the measure Sunday. That would take more cooperation than the Senate can usually muster, but a government shutdown deadline loomed at midnight Sunday and all sides were eager to leave for the holiday.

Toomey defended his provision in a Senate speech, saying the emergency powers were designed to stabilize capital markets at the height of the pandemic this spring and were expiring at the end of the month anyway. The language he had sought would block the Biden administration from restarting them.

Toomey has a stubborn streak and Democrats held firm as well, but both sides saw the need for a compromise.

The Fed’s emergency programs provided loans to small and mid-size businesses and bought state and local government bonds. Those bond purchases made it easier for those governments to borrow, at a time when their finances were under pressure from job losses and health costs stemming from the pandemic.

Treasury Secretary Steven Mnuchin said last month that those programs, along with two that purchased corporate bonds, would close at the end of the year, prompting an initial objection by the Fed. Under the Dodd-Frank financial overhaul law passed after the Great Recession, the Fed can only set up emergency programs with the support of the treasury secretary.

Democrats also said that Toomey was trying to limit the Fed’s ability to boost the economy, just as Biden prepared to take office.

This is about existing authorities that the Fed has had for a very long time, to be able to use in an emergency,” said Sen. Elizabeth Warren, D-Mass. “It’s about a lending authority for helping small businesses, state government, local government in the middle of a crisis.”

Toomey disputed that, saying his proposal “is emphatically not a broad overhaul of the Federal Reserve’s emergency lending authority.” His office issued a statement early Sunday calling the compromise with Schumer “an unqualified victory for taxpayers” that met Toomey’s aim of shutting down the emergency facility.

A Senate vote would follow, possibly on Monday. One more short-term funding bill would be needed to avoid the looming deadline — or a partial shutdown of nonessential agencies would start on Monday.

The emerging agreement would deliver more than $300 billion in aid to businesses as well as the extra $300-per-week for the jobless and renewal of state benefits that would otherwise expire right after Christmas. It included $600 direct payments to individuals; vaccine distribution funds; and money for renters, schools, the Postal Service and people needing food aid.

It would be the first significant legislative response to the pandemic since the landmark CARES Act passed virtually unanimously in March, delivering $1.8 trillion in aid, more generous $600 per week bonus jobless benefits and $1,200 direct payments to individuals.

The governmentwide appropriations bill would fund agencies through next September. That measure was likely to provide a last $1.4 billion installment for President Donald Trump’s U.S.-Mexico border wall as a condition of winning his signature.

The Associated Press contributed to this report. 

:: 12--20 Fox News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Biden will not discuss Hunter Biden probe with attorney general candidates: Psaki

Delaware U.S. Attorney's Office is looking into Hunter Biden for possible tax fraud

By Ronn Blitzer | Fox News

President-elect Joe Biden's pick for White House press secretary, Jen Psaki, told "Fox News Sunday" that Biden will not discuss any investigation of his son Hunter with anyone he is considering to be the next U.S. attorney general. The Delaware U.S. Attorney's Office is currently looking into Hunter Biden for possible tax fraud, and Trump is reportedly considering appointing a special counsel to ensure the probe continues after he leaves office.


"He will not be discussing an investigation of his son with any attorney general candidates," Psaki said. "He will not be discussing it with anyone he is considering for the role and he will not be discussing it with a future attorney general. It will be up to the purview of a future attorney general in his administration to determine how to handle any investigation."

Psaki also said Biden has emphatically stated that his attorney general will "oversee an independent department," and that this person will be "somebody of the highest level of integrity." HUNTER BIDEN’S FOREIGN TRANSACTIONS REPEATEDLY FLAGGED AS POTENTIAL CRIMINAL ACTIVITY, SENATE PROBE FOUND

The discussion of the Hunter Biden probe came after Biden had told "Late Show" host Stephen Colbert that he thinks it is "kind of foul play" that an investigation into his son was "used to get to me." Psaki clarified that Biden's use of the phrase "foul play" was in reference to the politicization of the investigation, not the investigation itself. As for the future of Delaware U.S. Attorney David Weiss, Psaki remained non-committal, noting that this was a personnel matter and the transition team currently has more important positions to fill.

The Associated Press contributed to this report.   

:: 12-20-20 Newsmax :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Gaetz Says He Will Challenge Electoral College Votes on Jan. 6

By Eric Mack | Sunday, 20 December 2020 11:33 AM

Rep. Matt Gaetz, R-Fla., touted himself as an attorney general appointee for President Donald Trump, vowing to "go easy on marijuana, tough on big tech."

"And so I figure, in the next term of Donald Trump, whether that's in 2021 or 2025, maybe he ought to pick me to be the attorney general," Gaetz told Turning Point USA's young conservatives conference in West Palm Beach, Florida, this weekend, Mediaite reported.

"And for whatever reason he doesn't run, maybe I ought to pick the attorney general," Gaetz added, per the report.

"I would go easy on marijuana, tough on Big Tech, and I would go after the 'deep state.'"

Gaetz has been a vocal supporter of President Trump and a staunch opposition of Democrat-led investigations into the Trump administration.

Trump's past attorney general William Barr has decided to resign before Christmas amid potentially multiple investigations of the Biden family, election fraud, and special counsel John Durham's investigation of the investigators of 2016 election meddling. Gaetz said he plans to challenge electoral college votes when they are counted during a Joint Session of Congress on Jan. 6.

“So on January 6, I’m joining with the fighters in the Congress and we are going to object to electors from states that didn’t run clean elections.”

Gaetz said newly elected Alabama senator Tommy Tuberville, R-Ala., will join the planned objection by members of the House of Representatives. Gaetz during his speech said that moments before the event he had spoken to Tuberville, who told him that he plans on joining the effort.

“I had a chance to speak to coach Tuberville just moments ago and he says we are done running plays from the establishment’s losing playbook and it’s time to fight,” Gaetz said.

“Now coach Tubervillve went for it a lot on fourth down when he was coaching at Auburn. They called him the Mississippi riverboat gambler. The odds may be tough, it may be fourth and long but we’re going for it on January 6.” /2020/12/20 /id/1002398 /   

[ :: 3-6-05 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. I have talked about the EU and how they have grown in power and shall grow to more power. I have talked to you about China and yet America embraces China their enemy and they build them up that later China shall come against many and destroy many because of the finances you have provided for them. That was not my wisdom, that was not my knowledge. It was not my wisdom nor my knowledge when you gave your secrets to a country that worships a false god and they have sold them to other countries and become superior. Oh how foolish man is. etc..

[ :: 7-15-15 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. For I have warned you Russia is not your friend, I have warned you that China is not your friend, I have warned you that North Korea is not your friend and I have warned you that Iran is not your friend. etc.

:: 12-14-20 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

This explains the election censorship: YouTube has been infiltrated by Chinese Communist Party-linked engineers

Monday, December 14, 2020 by: JD Heyes

(Natural News) In recent days, YouTube made an alarming announcement that the video platform behemoth would begin censoring any content questioning the deep state narrative: “Joe Biden won and is now your leader — accept it.”

Even while the Trump campaign and others were legally contesting the results for Biden in just enough swing states to ‘win’ — challenges that were accompanied by literally hundreds of witness statements in the form of sworn affidavits, the platform issued its blanket dictate: ‘There shall be no content allowed questioning Biden’s legitimacy.’

Now we know why.

As reported by the National Pulse, YouTube employs several software engineers who have ties to the Chinese Communist Party, and since we all know that Biden and his spawn do as well, that explains a lot.

Here’s what the outlet discovered:

Tai Jinjiang is a software engineer who’s been with YouTube since 2019 and who previously worked for Guanghzou Shian Technology as a project manager. Tia provided details about his work for the firm, which is based in China, noting that he played a “major role in successful PLA certification of ShiAn terminal by [the] Minister of Public Security, State Secrecy Bureau, and IT Evaluation Center.”

Notes the National Pulse:

In other words, Jinjiang led software efforts on behalf of the PLA – appearing to reference China’s People’s Liberation Army – and a host of Chinese government-led intelligence bodies. What’s more, he notes he “garnered numerous staff awards for excellent performance.”

Xiao Chen is listed as having become a software engineer at YouTube last month. He previously worked as a research assistant at Sun Yat-Sen University, which recently sent a researcher to the United States who pleaded guilty to lying to the FBI over his China ties. The university’s Supercomputing Center has been on the U.S. government’s entity list since 2015. The list contains “people and companies the U.S. government deems a national security risk.”

— Xifei Huang is another software engineer and has been with the platform since February 2014 though he previously worked as a developer for Peking University in Beijing.

Researchers from Peking University have been sentenced in the U.S. for stealing American intellectual property and for failing to disclose to immigration officials their Chinese Communist Party affiliations.

“The university also counts former and current party apparatchiks among its leadership, including its leader: a former head of the country’s spy agency’s Beijing branch,” The National Pulse noted.

Fan Yang has been employed as a software engineer by YouTube since April 2017 after doing an internship at China Telecom, which has been deemed by the Defense Department as having collaborated with the Chinese military for at least 20 years.

Fan was a research assistant at Fudan University, which recently took out “freedom of thought” from its charter after acceding to demands from the Chinese Communist Party. During Fan’s stint as an assistant, five Chinese military-tied hackers based at Fudan University were indicted for pilfering U.S. secrets.

The National Pulse adds:

The unearthed ties cast YouTube’s decision to ban all content disputing a victory for Joe Biden – the Chinese Communist Party’s preferred candidate – in an interesting light. It similarly calls into question reports of YouTube automatically deleting Chinese-language phrases critical of the Chinese Communist Party, which the platform attributed to “an error in our enforcement systems.”

The revelations also add to a growing list of American tech corporates hiring Chinese Communist Party-linked individuals including Facebook and Twitter.

As previously reported, ‘China Joe’ Biden and son Hunter have extensive business and financial ties to the ChiComs. What’s more, nearly his entire transition team and several people he has chosen to be in his Cabinet, if he is, in fact, actually inaugurated, also have close ties to the Communist regime in Beijing.

So essentially, after four years of Donald Trump trying to break down the ties China developed with U.S. officials and corporations, Biden is getting ready to reinstate them and give Beijing’s authoritarians a seat at the table of American government.

Where is the ‘mainstream media’ now? Or are they still focused on the ‘Trump-Russia’ lie?

Stay current with the growing China threat at

Sources include: 

[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. But it is not an exciting time for the lukewarm or the ungodly, it shall be a terrible time, a time of a dictator, a dictator government that dictates, that takes away your rights, that takes away your freedoms, that takes away the things that you have, the things that you never expected that they would control, they shall control. Oh, what an hour is just ahead. etc..

:: 12-14-20 Guns in the News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Polymer80 Refuses California’s Subpoena To Turn Over Customer Information ~ VIDEO

Guns In The News / December 14, 2020 /

Article first appeared on

U.S.A. –-( war on 80% frames continues heating as companies fight back against a rogue federal agency.

As AmmoLand News reported earlier, the ATF raided Polymer 80, seizing computer equipment over its “Buy, Build, Shoot” kits. The agency’s goals appear to be to obtain customer’s personal information. It is unknown precisely what information the ATF was able to retrieve since Polymer80 stored most customer information in the cloud. The company did not hand that access over to the ATF. At the same time, Polymer80 received a subpoena from the state of California demanding that they turn over customer information. Polymer80 is refusing to comply with the subpoena and is committed to fighting back against the anti-gun state. Polymer80 attorneys told AmmoLand News that the company will fight against California’s legal request and is committed to protecting its customer’s information. The company is still selling and manufacturing 80% frames.

California is suing the ATF over 80% frames and 80% lower receivers., aka “Ghost-Guns”. The state believes that the ATF should consider these items firearms. Gun rights advocates point out that these products cannot fire a projectile and therefore cannot be considered a gun. It still falls on the user to finish the chunk of plastic or aluminum before it is a gun. There is also a long history of Americans making their firearms, and users can print a pistol frame with a 3D printer or simply buy the parts at Home Depot to make a shotgun. The law states that users do not have to serialize their DIY firearms. The ATF still takes the stance that 80% frames and receivers are not firearms, as evident in internal documents from our sources inside the agency. Still, the agency now suddenly considers an 80% frame bundled with the parts to complete the gun as a firearm even when not assembled. The internal documents falsely claim that a user could put together a weapon in minutes using the kits. The kits require the owner to grind, file, drill, and fit all the pieces before the completed firearm can fire a projectile. That takes more than a few minutes. Contacts at confirmed that ATF also showed up at the Brownells Iowa office, and other retailers, demanding customer information. Brownells told the single ATF agent that visited them that although the company still proudly sells Polymer80 frames that it did not sell the “Buy, Build, Shoot” kits and therefore would not turn over any customer records. The lone agent left without obtaining a single document.

The Firearms Blog reported that the ATF did turn up at a reader’s house and demanded his Polymer80 “Buy, Build, Shoot” kit. The reader did turn over the equipment to the ATF and received a receipt from the agents. AmmoLand News reached out to several high-profile attorneys specializing in firearms to ask if the owner of a “Build, Buy, Shoot” kit could face any type of criminal charges. The lawyers all told AmmoLand News off the record that it would be doubtful that an owner would or could face any charges. They believe that the ATF is most likely using the threat of charges as a fear tactic to force compliance. They suggested that users remain silent and not speak to the agents if they show up at their residence and demand their property. AmmoLand News has also reported Brady United co-opting a tragic murder to sue Ghost Gunner Inc. and 12 other parts manufacturers over 80% lower receivers. With the ATF, California, and Brady United moving against DIY firearms, some in the gun world believe that these are coordinated attacks. AmmoLand News does have documents showing anti-gun groups in direct communication with several state Governor’s offices. Although none of the documents we have obtained shows anti-gun groups talking about 80% frames or lower receivers, it is still possible. About John Crump

John is a NRA instructor and a constitutional activist. John has written about firearms, interviewed people of all walks of life, and on the Constitution. John lives in Northern Virginia with his wife and sons and can be followed on Twitter at @crumpyss, or at 

:: 12--20 The Burning Platform :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::


In Part 1 of this article I discussed how our country has devolved from Huxley’s Brave New World of distraction and irrelevancy into Orwell’s world of Big Brother surveillance and Solzhenitsyn’s Gulag Archipelago. Now I will make the case for joining the fight against the Great Reset. HEEL – OR FIGHT

In Part 1 of this article I discussed how our country has devolved from Huxley’s Brave New World of distraction and irrelevancy into Orwell’s world of Big Brother surveillance and Solzhenitsyn’s Gulag Archipelago. Now I will make the case for joining the fight against the Great Reset.

Now is the time for a 'great reset' of capitalism | World Economic Forum

As more than half the country sleep-walks into the clutches of Marxism and tyranny, they fail to heed the wisdom of those who experienced the cruelty, oppression, and degradation after a similar revolution in the last century.

A revolution never brings prosperity to a nation, but benefits only a few shameless opportunists, while to the country as a whole it heralds countless deaths, widespread impoverishment, and, in the gravest cases, a long-lasting degeneration of the people.” – Aleksandr Solzhenitsyn

Schumer’s slip of the tongue about changing the world and then putting on his mask (to push the masks work narrative) and declaring he will change the country when they win the two Georgia Senate seats reveals the global nature of this ongoing coup attempt by the global elites and the Deep State. I was highly suspicious of the engineered hysteria for this China flu back in March when I wrote P for Pandemic and stand by my conclusions reached nine months ago:

“As this incomprehensible national shutdown extends into April, tens of thousands of small businesses will be forced to close their doors for good. Local restaurants, hair salons, delis, hardware stores, and thousands of other small businesses will be involuntarily shuttered for good.

The national chains will collect their government largess, produce PR campaigns to pat themselves on the back, and abscond with the profits of the now deceased small businesses. The corporate fascists will become ever more powerful. Why are we letting this happen?” I’m infuriated every time I see an Applebees, Wal-Mart, or Amazon commercial touting their bravery and fortitude during these troubled times. These mega-corporations, with powerful lobbying departments and unlimited financial resources, have reaped tremendous profits and seen their stock prices soar to all-time highs, while hundreds of thousands of small restaurants and retailers have closed for good. Somewhere between one-third and one-half of all small businesses in America have closed or will close permanently. The bullshit slogan “We are all in this together” has been beaten to death by the propaganda media, while our wealthy elite overlords work remotely in their multi-million-dollar mansions, doing their daily Peleton workouts, sending their kids to expensive private schools and dining on white truffles and caviar at the French Laundry for $1,200. We are not in this together.

It’s us and THEM. You know who THEY are. The millions of formerly middle class and poor are lining up at foodbanks because authoritarian governors like Newsom, Cuomo, Whitmer, Murphy, and Wolf have shutdown small businesses without any science to back up their dictatorial actions, while allowing Wal-Mart, Costco, Lowes, and other favored companies to remain open. Political donations appreciated. As the months of idiotic government tyranny have gotten worse, I couldn’t help but experience an Inspector Finch moment while pondering the confluence of events surrounding this pandemic/plandemic/scamdemic.

“I felt like I could see everything that happened, and everything that is going to happen. It was like a perfect pattern, laid out in front of me. And I realized we’re all part of it, and all trapped by it.” – Finch – V for Vendetta

The purposeful destruction of the US and EU economies through unnecessary, unwarranted and un-Constitutional lockdowns of citizens and small businesses; mandatory masking for a virus that can easily penetrate a mask, with a survival rate of 99.5% for those under 70 years old; using the virus to steal a presidential election though mail-in ballot fraud, social media manipulation, and Dominion software vote switching; and now the rollout of a vaccine in nine months that is supposedly 95% effective, when the regular flu vaccine is only 40% effective after decades of study, and no one has a clue regarding any long-term consequences of the vaccine, is all part of the plan.

We also know the drug companies have legal immunity from whatever terrible side effects might arise. Whenever confronted with a confusing sequence of events and baffling governmental measures, it is always a safe bet to just follow the money. Leftist ideology is only a means for evildoers to justify the destruction of our society.

“Ideology—that is what gives evildoing its long-sought justification and gives the evildoer the necessary steadfastness and determination.” – Aleksandr Solzhenitsyn

If you drive 50% of small businesses into insolvency, all those sales and profits must gravitate to the connected mega-corporations, as we have already seen. They then payoff politicians to enforce regulations and mandates to keep the profits flowing and small businesses from competing. By stealing the presidential election and accomplishing the same result in the Georgia Senate races, the Marxist loving global elite will change the world. By packing the Supreme Court with four leftists, abolishing the filibuster rule and making Washington DC and Puerto Rico states, the coup will be complete. America as we know it will cease to exist and those not connected to the oligarchs will sink into impoverishment and slave-hood status. The oligarchs will reap the riches, while they retain control through an iron fist and sophisticated technological surveillance.

The “miraculous” Gates/Fauci Covid vaccine, which is currently being marketed by the MSM talking heads, will become mandatory to work, travel, shop, or enter sports venues. Big Pharma is already reaping billions in profits, while being shielded from liability when it goes wrong – as designed. By acquiescing to the demands of these evil totalitarians we are sentencing future generations to a digital gulag – with the threat of a real gulag for dissenters.

In keeping silent about evil, in burying it so deep within us that no sign of it appears on the surface, we are implanting it, and it will rise up a thousand-fold in the future. When we neither punish nor reproach evildoers, we are not simply protecting their trivial old age, we are thereby ripping the foundations of justice from beneath new generations.” – Aleksandr Solzhenitsyn

“Big Brother is home. He is installed in the item you just dragged home from the Apple store.” ― Julian Assange

Even though all “scientific” studies, prior to the pandemic, by the CDC, WHO, prestigious universities, the New England Journal of Medicine, and the recently published Danish mask study all concluded masks do not protect anyone from viruses, our totalitarian overlords saw the opportunity to impose their will upon the masses as a test to see how far they could go before meeting resistance.

Fauci, the Surgeon General, and the head of the CDC weren’t lying in March when they all told the public, masks didn’t protect them. They have been lying since then. The scientific proof can be easily observed by looking at a chart of cases in states with mandatory masking. The cases have skyrocketed (due to the purposely faulty PCR test) despite mask mandates and lockdowns. I guess the manufacturers of these masks are telling the truth. The masks have not been about health, they’ve been about control and conditioning the population for further restrictions of liberties and rights – in the name of safety and security. Knowing the ignorance and lack of critical thinking skills of at least half the population, those in control of the pandemic narrative are weaponizing that ignorance to invoke fear and loathing among the pliable populace.

By dehumanizing us as nothing more than germ carrying super spreaders, their plan is to drastically reduce interaction by like minded people who might resist and create suspicion and distrust among neighbors and families. And it is working beyond their wildest expectations, as a nation of Karens are on the lookout, reporting non-compliance to the authorities. Big Brother now wears a mask, along with recording every electronic communication you make and tracking your every movement. This isn’t Orwellian fiction. It is a modern-day version of Solzhenitsyn’s Gulag Archipelago.

Always eyes watching you and the voice enveloping you. Asleep or awake, indoors or out of doors, in the bath or bed—no escape. Nothing was your own except the few cubic centimeters in your skull.” – George Orwell – 1984

A network of informants saturated the population. Secrecy and distrust permeated the people, so much so that any overt activity was perceived as a provocation. How many denunciations there were against one’s own close relatives or against friends who had fallen under the sword!” – Aleksandr Solzhenitsyn

Our world is descending into darkness, but it is not the Dark Winter narrative being spewed by the vacuous bimbo faux journalists on the boob tube at the behest of their corporate chieftains. The ramping up of fear using fraudulent statistics, while withholding the truth regarding the minuscule danger to healthy people under the age of 70, is essential for the global elite to successfully achieve their Great Reset, where you will own nothing and be happy.

For decades they have been slowly chipping away at the foundations of our society: family, faith, personal responsibility, honesty, hard work, community standards, good will towards your fellow man, the freedom to make your own choices, and adherence to agreed upon societal rules. Today we have drag queen story hour at the library for five year olds, Epstein and his cadre of rich celebrity elites practicing pedophilia, and men pretending to be women as health experts and women athletes. Now they are ready for the final destruction of our foundational values.

You will eat bugs and fake meat, to preserve the planet. You will be denied fossil fuels, for the planet. You will be provided just enough digital currency to survive. You will do menial jobs and be thankful to your overlords. You will dutifully take your vaccination boosters without question or face the gulag. You will gladly agree to being chipped and electronically monitored. You will only consume government messaging and will not be allowed to contemplate contrary views.

You will no longer hide behind the safety of the U.S. Constitution, as a new world order supplants that outdated scrap of parchment. They want billions of obedient automatons with the same face and thoughts, adhering to their mandates and proclamations. Once these Marxists seize power of our government, they will never relinquish it. This battle is for all the marbles. If we lose, we will be subjugated and punished. Orwell understood the mindset of totalitarians. “We know that no one ever seizes power with the intention of relinquishing it. Power is not a means; it is an end. One does not establish a dictatorship in order to safeguard a revolution; one makes the revolution in order to establish the dictatorship. The object of persecution is persecution. The object of torture is torture. The object of power is power. Now you begin to understand me.” – George Orwell – 1984

It is time to fight. Not time to heel. The enemy and their tactics have been laid bare to all who choose to acknowledge reality and realize a battle for the soul of our civilization is underway. Being trapped in a normalcy bias bubble is not a viable strategy. You can’t sit out a Fourth Turning. This Fourth Turning has followed the expected path, as the initial financial crisis has now entered the violent upheaval stage, where the future of our country hangs in the balance. Trump’s team seems to have exhausted all legal means to reverse this travesty of an election. The Deep State is powerful and ingrained at all levels of the government bureaucracy. Hoping for the cavalry to arrive in the nick of time to save the day is naïve and dangerous wishful thinking. The future will be determined by individual acts of bravery and courage. Setting an example for others by courageously speaking the truth and standing up to those intent on enslaving us through lies, in their Great Reset dystopian future, is how this war will be won. If you think we have time to fight at a future date, you are badly mistaken. As we have seen during the four-year attempted coup against a non-cooperative president and this stolen election, these Marxist globalists will resort to anything to prevail. And once they gain complete control, they will not relinquish their power. That is when retribution against Trump supporters will commence. If we do not take the fight to these evildoers now, we will burn in the camps later. Heel or fight. The time has arrived. “And how we burned in the camps later, thinking: What would things have been like if every Security operative, when he went out at night to make an arrest, had been uncertain whether he would return alive and had to say good-bye to his family? Or if, during periods of mass arrests, as for example in Leningrad, when they arrested a quarter of the entire city, people had not simply sat there in their lairs, paling with terror at every bang of the downstairs door and at every step on the staircase, but had understood they had nothing left to lose and had boldly set up in the downstairs hall an ambush of half a dozen people with axes, hammers, pokers, or whatever else was at hand?… The Organs would very quickly have suffered a shortage of officers and transport and, notwithstanding all of Stalin’s thirst, the cursed machine would have ground to a halt! If…if…We didn’t love freedom enough. And even more – we had no awareness of the real situation…. We purely and simply deserved everything that happened afterward.” – Aleksandr Solzhenitsyn 

:: 12--20 The Organic Prepper :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Vaccine Passports and Health Passes: Is Showing Your “Papers” the “New Normal?”

by Robert Wheeler

Life cannot return to normal until there is a vaccine for COVID 19.

At least, that is what governments, corporations, and their mainstream propaganda media outlets have been incessantly arguing. Interestingly, the development of that vaccine was “warp speed,” allegedly at the behest of the Trump administration.

“Warp speed” also took place in other countries like the UK, where shots have been administered. This information has caused some to question whether the vaccine was ready long before the announcement was made or, indeed, before the pandemic ever began.

They tried to warn us about mandated vaccines

Years ago, “conspiracy theorists” were ridiculed for warning of a system in which vaccines would be required to access normal aspects of life. Today, however, government officials and MSM are now openly discussing the very same system. In case you have been living under a rock for the past several weeks, here are several instances where the “public discussion” has centered around the idea of a “vaccine passport” or “immunity passport” or the general blockade and sanctioning of anyone not willing to take the jab.

Chief Medical Officer of Health for Ontario Dr. David Williams recently stated that individuals who refuse the COVID-19 vaccination might “face some limits.” Some of the “limits” he suggested included not being able to enter a hospital or nursing home without showing proof of having been vaccinated without personal protective equipment. Welcome to the new normal: Vaccine Passports and Health Passes

For the moment, vaccine passports are mainly intended for international travel. However, their use can be extended to many other areas of life. Vaccine passports in the form of free mobile apps in which a traveler (or event goer, employee, or shopper) uploads their COVID-19 test results or vaccination status. There are currently two existing vaccine passports options, one being operational in the United States right now.

Common Pass: Created by Commons Project, this health pass has been in international use since October on United and Cathay Pacific flights between New York, London, Singapore, and Hong Kong. Common Pass operates via Apple’s Health app on iOS and CommonHealth for Android. It connects to 230 US health systems. It functions as a scannable QR code and can store a passenger’s test or vaccine data and travel plans. (It is not yet publicly available for download.) IATA Travel Pass: Expected to launch in early 2021, IATA Travel Pass, is currently under development by the International Transport Association. According to the IATA website, the digital pass for travelers is: A global and standardized solution to validate and authenticate all country regulations regarding COVID-19 passenger travel requirements.

Vaccination tickets: the future of concert and event-goers Ticketmaster announced that it is exploring the possibility of requiring proof of vaccination for ticket purchases and entrance to events. An article published on Billboard stated:

Ticketmaster has been working on a framework for post-pandemic fan safety that uses smartphones to verify fans’ vaccination status or whether they’ve tested negative for the coronavirus within a 24 to 72-hour window.

Many details of the plan, still in development, will rely on three separate components: the Ticketmaster digital ticket app, third party health information companies like CLEAR Health Pass or IBM’s Digital Health Pass, and testing and vaccine providers like LabCorp and CVS Minute Clinic.

If the vaccination tickets are approved, how would it work?

The Billboard article gives further details about what people will have to do to attend concerts and other events.

After purchasing tickets, concert fans will have to provide proof of COVID-19 vaccination or test negative 24-72 hours before the event Fans must have proof of vaccination or test results delivered to a health pass company, such as CLEAR or IBM

Health pass company verifies the attendee’s COVID-19 status to Ticketmaster (Ticketmaster will not be granted access to fan’s medical records)

Vaccinated fans or those with negative test results would be issued the credentials needed to access the event by Ticketmaster

Fans testing positive or who can not verify their status will not be granted access to any event. Different states will have different requirements

The primary role of health pass companies will be to collect data from testing and medical providers and deliver status updates to partner companies. This would be done in a secure, encrypted way that complies with the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA).

For individuals financially privileged enough to afford to buy the ever-more expensive tickets from the Ticketmaster’s monopoly, the world will have taken a giant step forward into the “new normal.”

Airlines are quickly following suit

From CNN: Australia’s national carrier Qantas will require future international travelers to provide proof of vaccination against Covid-19 before flying.

The airline’s CEO Alan Joyce said in an interview with CNN affiliate Nine News on Monday that the move would be a “necessity” when coronavirus vaccines are readily available Joyce said the airline was looking at changing its terms and conditions to “ask people to have a vaccination before they get on the aircraft.”

“Whether you need that domestically, we will have to see what happens with Covid-19 in the market. But certainly, for international visitors coming out and people leaving the country, we think that’s a necessity,” the Qantas chief said.

While Qantas is the first airline to indicate that Covid-19 vaccinations would be a must before travel, others may soon require this as well.

Whatever the “new normal” is for travel will quickly spill over into everyday life

Researchers suspect these new “passports” will quickly be extended to employment, education, and even buying food.

Judging by the behaviors of those around us, all of those concerns are entirely legitimate.

What will you do if you can’t attend a favorite event, or fly to see your family? Will you have a choice? If so, what choice will you make? Is this the hill you’re willing to die on or will you go with the flow? Let us know what you think in the comments. 

:: 12-15-20 The Mental Recession :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Bill Gates: Bars and Restaurants Should Be Shut Down For 6 Months, Lockdowns May Continue Into 2022

Rusty Weiss Rusty Weiss Follow on Twitter December 15, 2020

Bill Gates expressed support for shutting down bars and restaurants for up to six months and indicated lockdowns may continue all the way into 2022.

The billionaire Microsoft founder made his sobering warning during an interview with CNN over the weekend. “Well, sadly, the next four to six months could be the worst of the epidemic,” he told anchor Jake Tapper in discussing lockdowns and his support for extreme restrictions such as stay-at-home orders issued by California Governor Gavin Newsom. “Bars and restaurants in most of the country will be closed as we go into this wave, and I think sadly that’s appropriate,” Gates continued. “You don’t want somebody you love to be the last to die of coronavirus.” Tapper then asked: “When do you think life will fully return to what we thought of as normal back in January? No masks, no social distancing, no other protective measures necessary.”

His response was rather chilling.

“Certainly, by the summer we will be way closer to normal than we are now,” replied Gates, “but even through early 2022, unless we help other countries get rid of this disease and we get high vaccinations rates in our country, the risk of reintroduction will be there.” Bill Gates Supports Lockdowns, Closing Bars and Restaurants

Bill Gates went on to suggest that while shutting down bars and restaurants would be advisable, and that lockdowns may continue in some form into 2022, shutting down schools is a bit of a trickier question.

Further along in the interview, he noted a balancing act that would be necessary in determining whether or not to keep schools open as COVID cases rise. Gates surmised keeping schools open is more “complicated” than other businesses because the benefits of in-person learning are high while transmission rates among children are low.

Restaurants may be more complicated as well.

Los Angeles County Health Department data, it turns out, indicates that a small percentage of COVID-19 outbreaks have been tied to restaurants and bars.

Restaurants have been linked to less than 4% of coronavirus outbreaks in non-residential settings, according to data from L.A. County,” ABC 7 reported. Gates Expresses Hope For a Biden Administration

In the interview with Tapper, Gates expressed optimism about the prospects of a Joe Biden-Kamala Harris administration.

“I’m pleased with the people and the priority that President-elect Biden and his team are bringing to bear on this problem,” he said.

Of those people, the billionaire believes Dr. Anthony Fauci, who has been wrong in dealing with the pandemic on several occasions, is a positive move. “Biden is doing his best to retain Francis Collins and Tony Fauci and add them to that strong group of people,” Gates said.

These are people who are willing to admit when things aren’t going well and deliver top messages, particularly about the next four to six months.” Remarkably, Gates took a shot at President Trump for prioritizing the vaccine for American citizens first saying it is a “selfish” move and downplayed the administration’s role in getting it approved in record time.

On Monday morning, President Trump celebrated the vaccine with a tweet.

“First Vaccine Administered,” he announced. “Congratulations USA! Congratulations WORLD!”

Read more at the Political Insider


:: 12--20 International Man :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Doug Casey on What Happens When the Suspension on Evictions Ends

by Doug Casey

International Man: Earlier this year, CDC was able to extend its powers unprecedentedly by issuing a nationwide suspension on evictions.

What’s your take on how a public health agency grew to be in the position of telling property owners what they can do on their properties?

Doug Casey: Health paranoia is an excellent method of control. People put their health above almost everything. I’m only surprised it hasn’t been used as a lever up until now. It’s part of a trend toward mass control that has started in earnest early in the 20th century and has been increasing exponentially over time.

First was the income tax. If you didn’t comply, it was not only seen as a legal crime but also promoted as a moral sin. The prohibition of liquor from 1919 to 1933 got under way as a moral failing and then was turned into a crime. It’s the same with the prohibition of some drugs; Nixon started that hysteria in 1971, and it was put on steroids, so to speak, by Nancy Reagan. Next came the war on terror, especially since 2001. These were all promoted with both legal and moral taboos. Everybody is supposed to line up with them shoulder to shoulder, like in one of those old socialist realism propaganda posters the Soviets and the Nazis specialized in. The public is supposed to self-police under the supervision of the authorities, like they did in Salem in 1692.

Public health is the current impetus for mass hysteria and paranoia. All of these things impinge upon your right to ownership of private property, including your own body, which is the primary form of property. The public health angle is potentially the most dangerous and invasive one from the viewpoint of freedom. Busybodies—the type of people who work for and actively support the State—always need an excuse to control others en masse. This pandemic provides an excellent template for the future.

Wearing a mask—whether or not you want to or think it helps—isn’t just about virtue signaling. It also shows whether you’re willing to do as you’re toldwhether you’re “politically reliable”, as the communists like to say. It’s like wearing the Party’s armband.

In fact, wearing a mask and social distancing in stores, bars, restaurants, and gymnasiums shouldn’t be up to the government. It should be strictly up to the property owner. Decisions that the individual makes regarding his own health are his own; it’s between the individual and his doctor.

I have no problem if the owner of a bar or restaurant wants to keep me out if I’m not wearing a mask. It’s his property. He makes the rules. I can go elsewhere, where it suits me better. It’s an affront and an imposition on restaurateurs and storekeepers to be told what they and their guests can and cannot do.

This isn’t, incidentally, about a technical or medical problem. The value of wearing masks, social distancing, and obeying quarantines and lockdowns is questionable at best, as Sweden has shown. The real problem is ethical and that there’s no moral pushback from either the public or the property owners. People are arguing on strictly technical grounds: “Yes, you have a right to tell me what to do, and even close my business. But you shouldn’t because it’s not ‘fair’, or your solutions aren’t optimal”. They accept the busybody’s premises. The argument is over before it even begins. Americans are truly acting like whipped dogs.

Whether the masks, distancing, and the rest of it work or not, isn’t the point. My own belief is they’re at best of marginal value and may well be counterproductive. But that’s beside the point. The point is that it’s immoral and destructive for the State to tell people how to relate to each other.

As for the CDC, it’s just another government bureaucracy concerned with putting itself in the limelight, gaining more power, enhancing its budget, and the number of its employees—and making Fauci, a lifelong but previously insignificant swamp creature, into an international celebrity.

International Man: Currently, over 18 million Americans are currently behind on their mortgage or rent payments.

That temporary suspension on evictions ends December 31st. What do you think will happen next?

Doug Casey: Just as with the financial markets, the government has no alternative but to “do something.” They will—they have to—print more money to keep the rotten house of cards from collapsing on itself.

The Democrats have already said that they want to increase the next stimulus to over $3 trillion. The fact that most of the last round of stimulus was either overtly wasted, went to cronies, or can’t be accounted for, is completely lost on them. They recognize that unless they give a lot of money directly or indirectly to the hoi polloi, there are going to be millions of them on the streets.

Approximately 11 million renters and 4 or 5 million mortgagees are now in forbearance. They’ll be kicked out of their houses and apartments come January 1, barring a huge bailout. Where are those people going to go?

If Obama had made good on his ridiculous promise about shovel-ready projects, there’d be a lot more bridges that they could camp out under. But he didn’t. They have a real problem on their hands. Millions of people have been living above their means and have no savings. At this point, if they let landlords and banks kick all those people out, a number of things will happen. Residential property prices will collapse. Millions of people will be scrambling for somewhere to live. Lots of banks and landlords would go bust.

The longer the government kicks the can down the road, the bigger the inevitable bust will be. The stimulus money will have to continue because Biden doesn’t want it all to come unglued on his watch. The State is not only going to have to pay individuals and business owners that their idiotic policies have busted. They’ll be subsidizing banks, landlords, and utility companies—because you can’t live in a house or an apartment without water and electricity.

It’s worse than that because even if you cover the bare essentials, there’s no money leftover for maintenance. There will be millions of buildings across the country suffering from deferred maintenance. The South Bronx, East St. Louis, and Baltimore will be replicated across the country.

And no one’s talking about how to cover the real estate taxes due on these properties. Many local governments are already bankrupt. Their expenses are going way up even while their tax income collapses. The whole country has painted itself into a corner at this point. That’s what happens when you adopt a collectivist economic policy, as the Soviets, the Chinese, and scores of other countries have discovered.

I’m not sure how they’re going to get out of it because the economy itself has just started to collapse. Of course, they’ll print up more money because they see that as a solution when it’s actually a cause. It’s going to worsen the collapse.

International Man: For the tens of millions behind on their mortgage and rent payments, will their back rent and overdue payments ever be repaid?

Doug Casey: The government will not only have to pay the rent for the future, but it’s going to have to cover landlords’ previously unpaid rent—if they don’t want lots of bankrupt landlords and banks.

It will lead to a guaranteed annual income, which they’ve been thinking about for some time. In some cases, the government will take over properties. It’s nothing new. Most major US cities already have significant public housing. None of it’s good, but most isn’t as bad as Cabrini-Greene or Pruitt-Igoe.

Who knows where this daisy chain will lead? With all the unemployed people who can’t pay their rent, perhaps the government will develop something like national service. Then there will be millions more people working for the government, doing god knows what. It will lead to the socialization of society. Remember, this COVID hysteria is just the pin that broke the bubble. The Greater Depression was already in the cards. Americans will beg the government to cure it, which is guaranteed to make it vastly worse and longer-lasting and invite some charismatic authoritarian to be their savior and take charge.

International Man: Assuming the COVID hysteria and lockdowns are behind us in 2021, what lasting effects could we see taking place?

Doug Casey: It’s going to destroy the restaurant, retail, and travel industries all at once.

Stores, restaurants, and small businesses are always failing—maybe 15% of them annually— and new ones are starting up in normal times. It’s the circle of life. The problem is that about half of these businesses are failing all at once. That makes it much harder to recover.

The economy is a lot like a body. If you burn your finger, it hurts, but you’ll recover. But if you suffer burns on over 50% of your body all at once, it might kill you. That’s what we’re looking at right now.

Commercial real estate is another area that is going to be devastated because a lot of people will continue working at home and prefer it over working in an office.

Who knows what’s going to happen to all that commercial real estate and how it’s going to be repurposed. It’s certainly going to consume a huge amount of capital.

Another area that will change is schools. I would have been happy to have a year off from school because classes bored me. I would have read many more things on my own. But today, most kids don’t read books. Public school kids are lucky to absorb a few things by osmosis.

Now they’re mostly playing video games or are on social media—mostly doing nonproductive things on their computers at home. I don’t know the effect of not being able to associate with other kids.

For most kids, it may be damaging. On the bright side, many parents have decided that school is a waste of time and have started homeschooling their kids. That’s generally a positive thing.